Home

SIMS User Reference Guide

1. bak ET Part 3 Detach existing database on source PC 481 SIMS User Reference 6 Replace the current query text with the following and press F5 to detach your database Note that this will take your current SIMS database offline USE Master GO sp_detach_db SimsXml GO 7 Confirm the Messages window indicates Command s completed successfully ee A AE E TE ee E An pe Object ra Detain Set H Cd Part 4 Detach new empty database on target PC 8 Open SQL Server Management Studio on your target PC 9 Click Connect on the initial connection dialog 10 Select File New Query with Current Connection L HMacrosott SM werner Henen hio E aljaj Fi Too Window Coumi He PE a e l ilmar a DaDa a a Object Explorer Detads wl 1a ot Chr ce Aeree ver 9 0 3073 CCONRAD Developer nip anah Services MON Query Timia ai G Anatase Servis DEN Query E Arahna Seer EMA Query ja SQL fere Compact Enon ery Em ae a e a a n 3 Coret gbe Epe J ai Connan Cien Expiorer 11 Execute the following statement to detach your new empty database USE Master GO sp_detach_db SimsXml GO 12 Confirm the Messages window indicates Command s completed successfully 482 SIMS User Reference Part 5 Copy and attach data files to new PC 13 Copy the fi
2. Other Addresses Type Address Contact Phone OTHERAST PO Bos 77r Los Angeles CA 90045 ATTA Security Office Powers Brad A S10 461 9292 PRIMARY 1200 W Century Boulevard Suite 800 Los Angele Powers Brad A 310 481 9292 For more information about using this screen see Input screen Host Facilities Other Addresses Input Page Fields 46 SIMS User Reference Field Name Type Address Contact Phone Host Facilities Cog Office a Host Facility General Space amp Defense Corporation 1 of 15 Contracts Paints of Contact Awards Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Description A way to identify any other address for example PRIMARY OTHER SHIPPING etc The Address Types are defined in Utilities gt List Management The primary address type is the address displayed in the Home tab of the Facility Input screen The full address The name of the Point of Contact PoC related to the facility address When the facility address is selected in a visit request it will reference this contact information The telephone number for the PoC Home OtherAddresses Cog Dlfice Cag Inspections Internal Inspections Cognizant Office 55310 D55 Pacific Region 3605 Long Beach Bled Suite 405 PO Box 12345 Long Beach GA 90807 4013 Phone 213 595 7644 FAA 213 555 7777 a Pedy Paku tr Access Control Cancel Save For more information abou
3. When your report information appears tidy up the columns to what you would like as a final form Go to the File menu and pick Save As Where it says Save as Type pick Microsoft Excel Workbook Give the file a name and save it Related topics Quick Report Editor Quick Report Labels Quick Report Using Barcode Fields Labels 493 SIMS User Reference Labels can be printed while using the Quick Report Editor To create a label follow these steps 1 Click Query Editor Perform a query so that the output list displays the records that you want to report on 2 Inthe output list screen select Quick Report from the Reports menu 3 Select the fields that you want to use on the report To do so select the field and then choose the Add to Report button Or double click on the field 4 Select a Mail Merge format which appears in the Format drop down list box 5 Click the Label Wizard button A label wizard will appear so that the start position can be specified when printing a sheet of labels E Quick Report EK Report Properties Title SIMS Quick Repot 000000000 Format Mail Merge Avery 5260 4 lines 1 0 x 2 6 Available Fields E Accountability System E Cog Fax S Division S FacAdd Lined E FSOEmail E AwardNotes E Cog Phone E DOEFCL E Fac dd Phone E FSOPhone E Awards E CogCode E 05S FedexOK S Fac dd SecurePhone eo FSOStartDate ClassifiedAlS E CooFieldCode EmployeeBadaing
4. Clearance Case Audit Trail Detail a Clearance Audit Trail Clearance Information PSG 7 Polygraph Remarks Clearance Information JPAS Update Ineligible General Space amp Defense Corporation Administrative Termination TOP SECRET Granted 3715719559 Investigated 7p 171989 Reinvestigation Notification v q2 41 2006 4 Facility ID T Zi mm mm Level Status Agency Next Brief 11 2010 Briefed 1 142005 Rebriefed q7 172008 Debrieted DEIC 1 5 2006 Last Held Type T Oo a wn 2a Basis D55 Headquarters Last Action Other Action Investigator Billet Humber 29 7209398 Clearance Number 12345 Granted By DISCO Expires Modified By Modified On 1 1 1754 1200 00 AM mjm T 4 4 lt For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Clearance Audit Trail Clearance Information Page Fields Field Name Description Facility ID The facility identification number Level The clearance level Status The current status of the clearance active terminated etc 95 SIMS User Reference Agency Type Basis DSS Last Action Investigator Billet Clearance Granted By JPAS Update Ineligible Administrative Termination Granted Investigated Reinvestigation Notification Next Brief Briefed Rebriefed Debriefed DCID Last Held 96 The agency DoD Department of Defense DoE Department of Energy
5. Click to delete all rows of parameters SIMS User Reference Save Query Load Query OK Cancel IS After selecting this button a Save dialog will appear Save the query so that it can be reloaded for later use After selecting this button an Open dialog will appear Select a query file that was saved at an earlier time The query must be loaded in the same module in which it was saved Click to start the search Click to close the screen The table below lists fields in the IS module The subsequent columns list where the field can be found in the Query Editor Home Tab AIS ID Barcode FacilityID ParentID Deactivate Date Location System Category Status AIS Mode Custodian ID Personnel Custodian ID Visitor When Processing AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AISID Barcode Facility _ID AlSParentSystem_ D DeactivateDate AlSLocation_ID AlSSystemCategory AlSOperationalStatu s ID AlSMode_ ID Custodian Personn el ID Custodian_Visitor_ D Process Level ID 566 Facility AlSLocation AlSSystemCategory AlSOperationalStatu S AlSMode Personnel VisitAuthorizationVis itors Levels FacilityID AlSLocation AlSSystemCategory AlSOperationalStatu S AlSMode PersonnellD VisitorID Name SIMS User Reference When Not Processing IP Address Next Inspect Memo Responsible Ctr
6. Verify that All Access List In House Personnel are not If checked verify that all in house personnel identified Terminated on the container s access have not been terminated Verify that all Access List Visitors have Non Expired If checked verify that all list visitors identified on the Visit Authorizations container s access do not have an expired visit authorization Verify Combination not Expired If checked verify that the combination date has not expired prior to assigning a document to the container Storage Level lt Rated Level If checked the storage level must be less than or equal to the rated level indicated on the home page of the secured container record Verify No Active Documents Assigned Prior to Marking When enabled and a container is marked as inactive if Container Inactive one or more documents are still assigned to the container the user will receive a validation error when saving the record If the document is archived destroyed or externally transferred it will not trigger the validation If a container is marked as inactive with the exception of checking for valid active documents all other container validations will be skipped such as combination expiration If a database audit is run from the Utilities module all inactive containers that still have active documents will be included System Customization Output Lists 397 SIMS User Reference A System Customization Aa Eg Data Group Filter
7. Allow Modifications to Personnel Transfer Courier Destroy Allow Modifications to Personnel Barcode Allow Modifications to Personnel Special Accesses Enterprise Coordinator Allow Special Access Visibility across All Data Groups Database Audit Distributor Overide Manager only Restriction on Record Deletion Allow Read Only Access to All Utilities Allow JPAS Import Transaction Modify Data Group Override Time Out Setting Submanager Read Write Utility Access Advanced Data Field Defaults Transaction Defaults Basic Data Field Defaults Clearance Levels Special Accesses Custom Images List Management Custom Input Forms Database Audits Custom Reports Document Streams Auto Numbering Task Scheduler ERE For more information about using this screen see Input Screen User Management User Options Page Fields Field Name Login ID User Name 429 Description The login of the user Each user s Login ID code must be unique and may contain up to 50 alphanumeric characters Last names or last names combined with first initials are often convenient and easily remembered user IDs The full name of the user SIMS User Reference Change Password User required to change password on next login Archive User Manager 430 Select this button to edit the password for the user If the password is the same as the user name the user will not be able t
8. Billet Number 29 7285398 Epia Clearance Number 12345 SE 312 Brief Granted By DISCO Type Final Basis SBI D SS Headquarters Last Action Other Acton For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Clearance Case Information Page Fields Field Name Description Facility ID The Cage Code for the facility that holds the clearance The adjacent field identifies the facility name Level The level of this clearance JPAS Update Ineligible If checked this clearance record will not be eligible when doing a JPAS update 88 SIMS User Reference Administrative Termination Status Agency Type Basis Billet Clearance DSS Last Action Granted By Granted Investigated Reinvestigation Notification Next Brief Briefed Rebriefed Debriefed DCID 89 Check if this clearance was administratively terminated as opposed to expiring on a certain date Current status of the clearance Active Terminated etc The agency DoD Dept of Defense DoE Dept of Energy or DoJ Dept of Justice The type of clearance final interim etc The basis for the other clearance investigation such as an SBI or SSBI A billet number associated with the person s security clearance The clearance number This is used for printing a DoE Visit Request The DSS department entity that approved the DCID The last action taken for this clearance The name of the age
9. Combination E spires Personnel Access Special Accesses Inactive Alarmed on T TI m L TOP SECRET I Cc cc Cc Pi cn BLOG 204 COLUMN H 22 2272 22 2222 Powers Brad A General Space amp Defense Corporation i pai E mm mm 6 15 2007 6132008 Y D m m j Manufacturer Information T T TI m Container Type 9S Md pb Mosler Ar rod Premier TOP SECRET bi Audit Trail dL Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Closed Area Accrediting Authority hE Date Approved UL Cert Date Multiple Drawer Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Containers Home Page Fields Field Name ID Accountability Inactive Alarmed Barcode Storage Level Location 144 Description Any character and or numerical string can be used for the Container ID The container s accountability number Check this box if the container is inactive Check this box if the container has an alarm A container barcode label You can enter the barcode manually via the keyboard or scan it in using a barcode reader The maximum storage level of the container from a pick list The specific location of the container such as a permanent office or a column number if in a very large room SIMS User Reference Prime Custodian Facility ID Data Group Combination Date Changed Combination Date Expires Type Maker Ser
10. Conference Classification Level lt Attendees Visitors amp In House Personnel Clearance Levels Require In House Personnel Attendees Clearance Level to have a Brief Date and not a Debrief Date Verity that All In House Personnel Attendees are not Terminated For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization Conferences Page Fields Field Name Enable Conferences Validations Validate visiting attendees against visit authorizations Visit Authorization Valid From To Dates Encompass Conference From To Dates Require a valid visit authorization to add a visiting attendee Conference Classification Level lt Attendees Visitor amp In House Personnel Clearance Levels Require In House Personnel Attendees Clearance Level to have a Brief Date and not a Debrief Date 395 Description If checked enables incoming conference validations that are enabled below If checked enables the following validations Visit Authorization Valid From To Dates Encompass Conference From To Dates Require a valid visit authorization to add a visiting attendee If checked the attendees valid visit authorization from and to dates must occur between the conference from to dates If checked a Visitor must have a valid Visit Authorization on file at the time of the Conference to attend If checked the conferences classification level must be less than or equal to the attendee s clearance level
11. Facility ID E Inactive ClearanceGrantD ate CogField ame W EnteredintoSystem E Facility ame International ClearanceLevel Cog ame 5 Fac dd E mergencyPhone Facility T ype leGovtF acility E Closed amp reas CogRep S Fac dd Fax S Fach anager oe KSPDate Cog Address CogResidentCode E Fac dd Linel E Fach anager Full ame EA NexztCoglnspect Cog Address2 E CogResidenth ame E Fac dd Linez E Fach anager hone EA Nerterity E Cog Address3 E ContractBadging E Fac dd Line FOCI E NRE Addto Repot W TextField n Numeric Field p Date Field Report Layout FacAdd Line FacAdd Line Header FacAdd Linez FacAdd Line Sort Mone wt Hone w Remove Remove Report Properties Edit property values for the label font format Select the table that will be used to create the report Available Fields Select the fields that you want to use for the label Double click on the field or use the Add to Report button Loading and saving a layout 494 SIMS User Reference After adding and sorting the fields the layout can be saved for future use Use the Save Layout button When returning to the Quick Report dialog use the Load Layout button to open the saved file When selecting one of the mailing labels as a format a label wizard will appear so that the start position can be specified when printing a sheet of labels Select Label Position From the label sheet layout below please select the position w
12. Hi2 7 2007 Deactivate Date Ww Deasvaedey Inspected Date SPP Date Contingency Plan Submit Date Approve Date Risk Assessment Next Review Ci lt Horton Av Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen IS Home Page Fields Field Name IS ID Barcode Facility ID Parent ID Deactivate Date Location Description Any character and or numerical string can be used for the ID The Barcode field can be entered manually via the keyboard or scanned in using a barcode reader connected through a serial port The system s host facility ID If this element is part of a larger system you can enter the System ID for the larger or parent system This field contains the date that the system was deactivated and no longer approved for processing classified information A specific location where the system can be found such as a permanent office or column number if in a very large room 311 SIMS User Reference System Category Status IS Mode Custodian ID Custodian Name Class Level When Processing Class Level When Not Processing IP Address Next Inspect Memo Responsible Ctr 312 This field identifies each system as either a major application or a general support system Systems will be covered individually if they have been designated either as a major application or within the security plan of a general support system Genera
13. Inspect Rating Inspected Date Contigency Plan Accredidation Risk Assessment System Specific SPP Date Submit Date Approve Date Next Review Emergency Phone Data Group Firewall Hardware Firewall Software Hardware Tab AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS AIS NoProcess_ Level_ D IPAddress NextInsepctDate Memo AlSResponsibleCen ter_ID InspecitionRating_ D InspectDate ContingencyPlanDat e AccredDate RiskAssessDate SPPSysSpec SPPDate SPPSubmitDate SPPApproveDate NextSPPReview EmergencyPhone UserGroup_ ID AlSFirewallHardwar e ID AlSSoftware_ D 567 Levels AlSResponsibleCen ter InspectionRating UserGroups AlSFirewallHardwar e AlSSoftware Name AlSResponsibleCen ter InspectionRating GroupName AlSFirewallHardwar e AlSSoftware SIMS User Reference Hardware Type Hardware Model Serial Number Barcode Classification Last Inventory Date Sealed Description Software Tab Type Version Classification Serial Number Resident Access List ID Granted Briefed Trained AlSHardware AlSHardware AlSHardware AlSHardware AlSHardware AlSHardware AlSHardware AlSHardware AlSSoftware AlSSoftware AlSSoftware AlSSoftware AlSSoftware AlSAccess AlSAccess AlSAccess AlSAccess AlSHardwareType_ AlSH
14. P757857648 Foreign Person Venhication Passport Verfication Verification Birth Certificate sued fal 1 4 2004 is lgsued f J Evidence of Residency or Asum Status Foreign Government Represented Agency or Division of Entity or Government OS lt P bi J Intemational Entity Links HRA JPAS DB Audit Trail Citizenship Photo l Badges o Training Passport State CA Passport City Los Angeles Expires E 1 3 2014 Passport City i Pazsport State L E spires Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Citizenship Page Fields Field Name U S Citizen Dual Citizenship US Person Foreign Person Country of Citizenship Verification Passport Issued Passport Country Passport State Passport City Expires 109 Description If the person is a U S citizen check this box If the person is not a U S citizen select the applicable type of citizenship If you select one of these options additional fields will become available The country of citizenship The form of verification for the country of citizenship The person s passport number The date the passport was issued Select the check box to modify the date The country that issued the passport The state that issued the passport The city that issued the passport The date the passport will ex
15. PRSubmitted PersonnelClearance ClearanceBasis Basis PSQ _ Basis ID PSQSentDate PSQ Levels ID Name Levels EPSQCaseNum EPSQSentDate AppSubmitDate ClearAppRecDate OtherAppPending 523 SIMS User Reference Denied Terminated Reviewer Other Application Pending Polygraph Case Given By Result Type Test Date Case Given By Result Type Test Date Audit Trail No Query option for the Audit Trail Task List PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases ClearDenyDate ClearAppTermed Reviewer_ID OtherAppPending PolyCaseNum PolyGivenBy PolyResult PolyGraphType_ID PolyDate PolyCaseNum2 PolyGivenBy2 PolyResult2 PolyDate2 524 PersonnelReviewer PersonnelPolygraph Type Reviewer PolygraphType SIMS User Reference Task Assigned Estimated Completion Completed Sequence Days to complete Remarks Remarks Remarks Special Accesses Tab Special Accesses Special Access Identified Status Facility Billet Number Billet Type Billet Title Submitted PersonnelClearance TaskSet
16. Replace Documents Odd Skip Incidents Add Skip Personnel Add Skip SC Requests Od Skip Replace Replace Replace Replace O Add O Skp Replace O Add O Skip Replace Choose Transactions gt Import Data and browse for the export xml file Choose whether or not a database backup will be triggered and select from a list of conflict resolutions After choosing the OK button the import will proceed and a Data Exchange log report will display the results of the import Data Entry Hierarchy Fields in some modules rely on records existing in other modules for validation There is a data entry hierarchy that should be followed unless modified within the SIMS validations via the SIMS System Customization utility In order to enter any data into a particular module it may be necessary to enter records in an associated module first This is due to the fact that SIMS must perform auditing and cross checking with other modules while new records are being added to ensure that correct types of data are entered and to avoid discrepancies For example if a document is entered SIMS checks that the custodian entered for that document is in the Cleared Personnel module that the custodian is cleared to the level of the document including any special accesses and that the custodian has access to the safe where the document is to be located In order to do this the custodian mus
17. SIMS User Reference Look ir SIMS Software My Recent Documents File name Wy Hetwork Files of type Text Files bet Ww Make ScanSet In the Document output screen highlight or query the records in which to make a scanfile Select Load Scanset Make Scanset from the Transactions menu The Document Transactions screen will appear Choose the Make Scanset button and then enter a file name in the Save As dialog The scanfile will contain all the barcodes for the selected document records Use a Barcode Inventory as a Scanset Step 1 Open a Barcode Inventory in Excel 1 Open Excel 2 Open a Barcode inventory Text file in Excel 3 It may be necessary to change the type of file you are looking for at this point in order to find the text file Select the option All Files 4 Once the barcode inventory has been located and opened a wizard will appear to guide you through the process of converting the file to Excel 5 When the wizard appears click Next on the first page 6 Once the second page appears make sure that both Tab and Comma delimiters have been selected 7 Click Next 8 Click Finish 9 You should now see two columns in Excel The first column is for container barcodes and the second is for document barcodes Step 2 Eliminating the Container Barcodes 1 SIMS cannot read a scanset properly if it contains container barcodes You will need to remove that column 2 Click on column A s header to select th
18. 8 Select the Backup sets to restore 9 Click OK 10 Verify you receive a message The restore of database SimsXml completed successfully Training amp Technical Support Although SIMS comes with a tutorial that is coupled with a training workbook and numerous training videos for self paced training if you determine that you need formal training in order to effectively use SIMS to manage your security information please contact us and we will schedule a training session at your facility for a reasonable fee If you are using SIMS and encounter a situation that seems cumbersome or you otherwise need assistance in getting SIMS to do what you want please contact our technical support staff Email techsupport simssoftware com Phone 858 481 9292 Hours Monday Friday 7 00 am 5 00 pm Pacific Time Periodically updates are made available to SIMS users that have subscribed to our upgrade subscription service You can download those SIMS updates from the Downloads area of our web site at http web simssoftware com 42 SIMS User Reference Host Facilities Purpose of Host Facilities The Host Facilities module maintains information about the facility using SIMS The Host Facilities module stores data regarding all of the host user s cleared facilities Company name facility ID address phone clearance level and point of contact are some of the items that comprise the host facilities data This information is useful w
19. Cog Office ls Cog Inspections Internal Inspections Access Control Key Security Personnel Contracts Points of Contact Awards Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Awards Awards Cogswell JEKEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Host Facilities Awards Page Fields Field Name Description Awards Select if this facility has received awards Type any remarks in the text box area Host Facilities Remarks 55 SIMS User Reference a Host Facility General Space amp Defense Corporation 1 of 15 SE Home Other Addresses Cog tfice Cog Inspections Internal Inspections Access Control Key Security Personnel Contracts Points of Contact Awards Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Remarks This is the Headquarters facility JEKEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Host Facilities Remarks Page Fields Field Name Description Remarks Free form textual information up to 32kb Host Facilities Links 56 SIMS User Reference gt Host Facility General Space amp Defense Corporation 1 of 15 Kef Home Other Addresses Cog Office Cog Inspections Internal Inspections Access Control Key Security Personnel Contracts Points of Contact Awards Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Links Double click an tem below to open the linked document Description FilePath TEKEL
20. Enable Personnel Validations If checked enables personnel clearance validations that are checked below 382 SIMS User Reference Clearance Level lt Facility Clearance Level Briefed Date gt Granted Date Granted Date gt Investigated Rebriefed Date gt Briefed Date Debriefed Date gt Briefed Date Debriefed Date gt Rebriefed Date Special Accesses Briefed Date gt Granted Date Special Accesses Rebriefed Date gt Briefed Date Special Accesses Debriefed Date gt Briefed Date Special Accesses Debriefed Date gt Rebriefed Date Settings Maximum number of personnel on a single special access billet number System Customization DD254 383 If checked the rank of a person s clearance level must be less than or equal to the rank of the person s facility clearance level If checked a person s briefed date must be greater than or equal to the person s granted date If checked the person s granted date must be greater than or equal to the person s investigation date If checked the person s rebriefed date must be greater than or equal to the person s briefed date If checked the person s debriefed date must be greater than or equal to the person s briefed date If checked the person s debriefed date must be greater than or equal to the person s rebriefed date If checked the person s special access briefed date must be greater than or equal to the person s special access gran
21. Enter any remarks to appear on the report Print Document Special Accesses If selected the document s special accesses will appear on the certificate Click OK when all of the requirements have been fulfilled Transaction Reprints All Document transactions have receipts and all receipts can be printed in an identical form to the original To get a reprint go to the Transactions menu in Documents and select Transaction Reprints Document Transaction Reprints For Receipt Number For Transaction Date Range O For Transaction Type Enter information either a receipt number a transaction date range or a transaction type and then choose OK A report will display 240 SIMS User Reference Transaction Reprints List Date i Transaction Type Document Count Receipt Humber 172072006 AA Destruction jep 001 1 22006 ach Loan Out 279 2006 aS External Transfer 2f 9 2006 18 Internal Transter 2f 4 006 Pe Contract Transfer 2 9 2006 ee Retention 29 2006 2 Regrade 215 2006 HA External Transter arar 2006 External Transfer 06 001 06M O01 _ aS st i st st st tt Reserve Document Numbers The Reserved Document Numbers capability allows us to reserve any number of document numbers from any stream at any time Go to Transactions and select Reserved Document Numbers The screen shown below will appear 241 SIMS User Reference Reserve Document Numbers Document Streams Reserved Document
22. For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Host Facilities Links Page Fields Field Name Description Description Displays a brief description of the linked file File Path Displays the full path and file name of the linked file Host Facilities DB Audit Trail Select the Retrieve button to display the record s audit trail A SIMS Manager can run a report and manage audit trail changes by going to Utilities gt Database Audit Trail 57 SIMS User Reference Host Facility General Space amp Defense Corporation 1 of 15 Home Other Addresses Cog Office Cog Inspections Contracts i Paints of Contact Awards Remarks Links Drag a column header here to group by that column Timestamp Subsystem Action By Press the Seeve Suton io Vew te cstatese oudit rail H 440 4 Record O of O H H Table Record ID Field Before Value Internal Inspections Access Control Key Security Personnel DB Audit Trail Bees Description After Value Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Host Facilities DB Audit Trail Page Fields Field Name Timestamp Subsystem Action By Description Host Facilities List Default Output List Screen Description The timestamp that the modification was made The subsystem in which the change was made The type of action i e edit The user that performed the change A description of the change i e recor
23. GO SELECT PersonnelID LastName FirstName SSN FROM Personnel WHERE SSN IN SELECT SSN FROM Personnel GROUP BY SSN HAVING COUNT SSN gt 1 ee ee ee ee ee lett ete ee Find Duplicate Personnel PersonnelID s USE SimsXml GO SELECT PersonnelID LastName FirstName SSN FROM Personnel WHERE PersonnelID IN SELECT PersonnelID FROM Personnel GROUP BY PersonnelID HAVING COUNT PersonnelID gt 1 ee eee ee ee After any duplicate SSN and Personnel ID s are fixed the following two scripts can be executed These 2 scripts will create unique values for a non encrypted SSN field as well as the Personnel ID A custom script will need to executed if the SSN field has been encrypted Please contact SIMS technical support for assistance on this type of Script Pe ee eee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee M my Create a Unique Index on the Personnel SSN field by executing the following SQL script USE SimsXml GO CREATE UNIQUE NONCLUSTERED INDEX IX_SSN ON Personnel SSN Pt ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee Hy Create a Unique Index for the PersonnelID field by executing the following SQL script USE SimsXml GO CREATE UNIQUE NONCLUSTERED INDEX IX PersonnelID ON Personnel PersonnelID Please BACKUP your SIMS database before running any scripts To execute any of the SQL scripts above 1 Go to Start Programs Microsoft SQL Server 2005 SQL Server Manage
24. If checked an In House Personnel Attendee s clearance level must have a brief date It cannot have a debrief date SIMS User Reference Verify that All In House Personnel Attendees are not If checked the attendee cannot be terminated Terminated In House Personnel System Customization Secure Containers System Customization Data Group Filters Locks amp Keys IS Messages ll Documents ove Notifications OVA E mail b Fax Colors Encryption LDAP e Syster l Personnel DD 25h Contracts DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visitors il Time Periods Conferences Containers Output Lists l Validations Enable Container Checks Storage Level lt Facility Storage Level Storage Level lt All Access List In House Personnel and Visitors Clearance Levels Require All Access List In House Personnel to have a Clearance Bref Date and not a Debrief Date Require All Access List In House Personnel and Visitors to have all required Special Accesses Require All Access List In House Personnel to have Briet Dates and not Debrief Dates for all required Special Accesses Verity that All Access List In House Personnel and Visitors are not Terminated Verify that All Access List Visitors have Non Expired Visit Periods Verty Combination not Expired Storage Level lt Rated Level Verty No Active Documents Assigned Prior to Marking Container Inactive For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customi
25. In order to effectively implement and use SIMS in your security operation you will first need to understand your overall security job functions in terms of what you want to accomplish and how you want to get it done For most industrial and government security operations the NISPOM is the principle guiding document that describes the security functions that need to be implemented Facility clearances and storage levels personnel security clearances and briefings special access requirements and briefings document control incoming visitor control and outgoing visit requests are some of the essential conceptual elements of most security operations It is in the implementation of these concepts that SIMS supports these tasks The second important aspect of effectively using SIMS has to do with your mastery of the computer system on which SIMS has been installed Do you understand the meaning of terms like drag and drop pointing and clicking opening and closing windows creating opening and closing files etc If these terms are foreign to you then you should consider a brief tutorial on how to effectively use your computer system before using SIMS SIMS is very user friendly with online help always available Additionally we offer on site training at your facility for a reasonable cost There is a built in SIMS tutorial that you can use for self directed training and SIMS technical support staff can be accessed as follows Email t
26. Maxwell Peter C Maxwell Peter C Status In House In House In House In House In House In House In House In House In House In House In House In House In House In House In House In House In House Classification SECRET SECRET SECRET SECRET SECRET SECRET SECRET SECRET SECRET SECRET SECRET SECRET SECRET SECRET SECRET SECRET SECRET C SIMS SB 00003 90 Copy 001 Maxwell Peter C In House JOP SECRET C SIMS SB 00003 90 Copy 002 Destroyed SECRET C SIMS SB 00003 90 Copy 003 Transter Rece SECRET C SIMS SB 00003 90 Copy 004 Transter Recerv SECRET C SIMS SB 00003 90 Copy 005 Powers Brad A In House SECRET C SIMS SB 00003 90 Copy 006 Maswell Peter C In House SECRET FE E bea ae eo x Hey Hal Filter Inactive 37 records Page 1 of 2 Close Close Filter Inactive Check the Filter Inactive check box to prevent archived documents from appearing on this output screen For more information about using this screen see Output List Screen Customizing Output List Columns Finding Records Using Quick Find Finding Records Using Query Editor Classified Documents Reports Classified Documents Reports Reports Menu For more information about the default reports that appear in every module see e Standard Reports 195 SIMS User Reference Reports Transactions Help Document Count by Classification Level Document Counk by Container Document Counk by Contract Document Count b
27. Once you have the required SIMS version installed along with SQL Server 2005 or 2008 you will need to obtain the SIMS Workflow Service installation file This installation must be at the same version as the SIMS Standalone or Client and Server installations and is required for the SIMS Task Scheduler Utility See the section on SIMS Workflow Service Before using the Task Scheduler go to Utilities System Customization Ensure the three values under e mail are 473 SIMS User Reference populated on the System tab SMTP Server E mail account E mail password If there is a case where the e mail account does not use a password you will need SIMS version 7 5 35 or newer It will allow you to leave the E mail password field blank in System Customization Earlier SIMS versions require an E mail password to be set in order to use the Task Scheduler In System Customization also check the options SMTP server requires SSL secured connection and or Outgoing SMTP server requires authentication if they are being used This information should be available with the system administrator or Internet Sevice Provider ISP A Task Scheduler Task Type Module Subject Data Group To Addresses Status E mail with Report Personnel Personnel Report ROOT supporisimesort Non Recurring Enabled Disabled Completed Failed Run Selected T ask s No task s submitted manually Close For more information about using this screen see Input Scr
28. System Messages Description SIMS User Reference View Delete View the module execution date subject and system messages that have occurred Select a history item and then delete to remove the entry from the list Web Access SIMS clients with web browser privileges may use their standard web browser software Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 0 and later recommended Note that to access a SIMS database via a web browser located on the very same PC an internet address of 127 0 0 1 self IP should be used To set up Module Access you must be an administrator For more information see the topic User Management Users Session Log To view the session log connect to a server using IE and go to the following URL http 127 0 0 1 SimsWeb ASP SessionLog aspx Replace the local host IP 127 0 0 1 with the IP address of the server you are connected to if it is other than your own PC You will get a login screen You must be a SIMS Administrator to connect Note the Drop down for viewing various date ranges Select a time period or select the last option to enter a manual date range Choose the Failed Only check box to filter the list so that it displays only failed login attempts Select a Time Period Last week K oO Failed Only User Name Start End IP Web User Failed sims 8 10 2007 9 13 21 AM sims 8 9 2007 2 28 19 PM sims 8 9 2007 2 28 14 PM 8 9 2007 2 28 14 PM joe 8 9 2007 1 27 13 PM 8 9 2007 1 42 17 PM If you choo
29. Timestamp The timestamp that the modification was made Subsystem The subsystem in which the change was made Action The type of action i e edit By The user that performed the change Description A description of the change i e record number Visit Authorizations List Default Output List The Visit Authorizations default output list screen shows the Visitor Authorization Number Received Date From Date To Date and Facility Name for each record in the module You can e Resize the columns by clicking the lines in the column headers and dragging them to the left or right much like a spreadsheet e Click on a column header to sort the records by that column 307 SIMS User Reference e Double click on a record to open an input screen where you can modify the fields Visit Authorizations Auth Number C 06 001 C os 002 C o6v 003 C WAL C WAL 2 C WAL 3 Fror D ate 12 11 2010 12 31 2010 01 20 2011 09 22 2010 1071272010 1170172010 Ta Date 12 10 2011 1230 2011 0171972012 0572172011 10 11 2071 1073172011 Sending Facility Large Software Systems Ine Space Systems Company eve Electronics Corporation Space Systemes Company YZ Electronics Corporation Space Systems Company Conference Secunty Planning Conference C WaAL 4 1172172010 11 20 2011 Space Systems Company Security Planning Cloze i Ei E bea ae To a gt Hal _ Filter Inactive r records Fage 1 of 1 Filter
30. VisitAuthorizationVis itor_ID ScanDate Remarks Containers Using Query Editor 540 Personnel VisitAuthorizationVis itors Personnel VisitAuthorizationVis itors Facility Levels Personnel VisitAuthorizationVis itors LastName FirstNam e MiddleName LastName FirstNam e MiddleName PersonnellD VisitorID FacilityID Name USCitizen USCitizen SIMS User Reference The Query Editor allows complex searches It searches the current data file and displays only the records that fit the search conditions that you specify Be ne aa WS at the bottom of any output list screen The Query Editor dialog box appears Click Query Editor Query Editor Create Query Component Table Column Operator Moditier pisi ContainerCustodians le equal to H H Containers Is not equal to ls greater than H H ContainerSas ls greater than or equal to EW ContainerT rail ls Jess than ls less than or equal to Contains Does not contain Left Parenthesis ls empty Is not empty Right Parenthesis a Current Query Components Operator Modifier Query Editor Screen Fields Field Name Description Tables Select the table type Fields Select the field within the selected table type Operator The value definition Modifier Select AND to include all parameters or OR to include one or more of the parameters in the query results Value Specify a date number or text for the Operato
31. or DoJ Department of Justice The clearance level type The basis for the clearance investigation such as NAC EBI SBI or SSBI The DSS department entity that approved the DCID The last action taken for this clearance The investigator of the application A billet number associated with the clearance type The clearance number This is used for printing DoE Visit Requests The name of the agency that granted the clearance If checked this clearance record will not be eligible when doing a JPAS update Signifies the clearance was administratively terminated The date the clearance was granted The date the facility was investigated The date for future investigation of the clearance The date of the facility s next briefing The date of the last briefing for the security clearance The date that the clearance application was received by the clearance processing authority The date the clearance was debriefed A date in this field effectively makes the clearance inactive The date of DCID Director of Central Intelligence Directive approval The date this clearance was last held SIMS User Reference Expires The date the clearance is due to expire Modified By The user name in which the clearance record was modified Modified On The date time of the last action a Clearance Audit Trail Clearance Information PS0 Polygraph PSG A 582 Submited SSB e IIP Case C RAU Submitted P
32. Adams John G C Adams John G C Adams John G C Capablanca Jose Raoul C Capablanca Jose Raoul C Suh Glen D C Suh Glen L C Suh Glen D C Suh Glen D CI williams Walt w Visitor ID 123 45 6769 1 23 45 6769 123 45 6769 f 6 00 1947 fF 6 00 1947 555 5655 5555 5555 55 5555 55 55 5555 n55 55 5555 4345 44 5656 From 10 12 2010 12 11 2010 01 20 2011 09 22 2010 12 11 2010 11 01 2010 11 21 2010 12 11 2010 12 91 2010 01 30 2011 To 10 11 2011 12 10 2011 01 19 2012 093 2172011 121072011 10 31 2011 1712072011 12 10 2011 12 30 2011 017 2972012 Facility Name YZ Electronics Corporation Large Software Systeme Ine HTZ Electronics Corporation Space Systems Company Large Software Systems Ine Space Systems Company Space Systems Company Large Software Systems Ine Space Systems Company Acme Vending Ei E bea ae a x HH Hl C Filter Inactive 10 records Page 1 of 1 Cloze Filter Inactive Check the Filter Inactive check box to prevent archived visitors from appearing on this output screen For more information about using this screen see Output List Screen Customizing Output List Columns Finding Records Using Quick Find Finding Records Using Query Editor Visitors Reports Reports Menu For more information about the default reports that appear in every module see e Standard Reports The rest of this page describes module specific reports 291 S
33. Allow Modifications to Personnel Barcodes check box in User Management utility is checked for the user E5 Exception RO unless Allow Modifications to Personnel Special Accesses check box in User Management utility is checked for the user and the Special Access is in the user s Data Group User Management Enterprise Coordinator An Enterprise Coordinator can read write to all Personnel SSN fields regardless of the respective Data Group assignments When an Enterprise Coordinator type user adds a new Other Facility record a notification will appear which will allow the data group to be blanked upon saving the record if the following conditions are met 1 user not administrator 2 user is Enterprise Coordinator 3 user is in a Data Group 4 Other Facility record is new 5 specified clearance Level rank is gt 0 User Management Module Groups The User Management Module Groups tab allows you to view add modify define and delete module groups and their access privileges 436 SIMS User Reference e User Management Module Groups Data Groups LDAP Module Groups For more information about using this screen see Input Screen The following Group Properties screen appears when the Add or Edit buttons are selected 437 SIMS User Reference Module Group Properties Group Name Module Access pO None Read R W Host Facilities Other Facilities C Cognizant Offices User Membership Cleared P
34. Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen IS Software Page Fields Field Name IS Software Type Version Classification Level Serial Number Vendor Resident Tested for Virus Malicious Code Description Manufacturer or name of the software Version of the software Classification of the software Serial number for the software The number of items displayed in the AIS software list Select to indicate when the software is memory resident Indicates if the software was tested for virus malicious code To add software click Add and the following dialog box opens 320 SIMS User Reference IS Software IS Software tt Sd _ Resident Tested For Yirus M alicious Code For more information about using this screen see Input Screen IS Software Add Page Fields Field Name Type Version Classification Serial Number Resident Tested for Virus Malicious Code IS Access List 321 Description Select the manufacturer or name of the software Version of the software Select the classification of the software Serial number for the software Select to indicate when the software is memory resident Select to indicate if the software was tested for virus malicious code SIMS User Reference Information Systems BUENA VISTA 14 1 of 3 Audit Trail DB Audit Trail iz Additional Info I Hardware Software Access
35. Data Group Filters Locks amp Keys IS Messages Documents OVA Notifications OYA E mail amp Fax Colors Encryption LDAP Request E mail Default Subject Default Transmit Subject Append Request Number to Subject Default Message D efault Transmit M etsage Request Fax Default Subject Default Fax Subject Append Request Number to Subject Default Cover Page Default Fax Cover Page Term Regrade E mail Termm HRegrade Fax OVA Options Send e mail amp fax requests from server requires workflow service C Display preview when sending e mail and fax requests Require valid trom e mail address when sending e mails Regular expression to validate e mail addresses Thee J Mel a 242 07 ape 2 cea 0 1 Pe 0 9 22 50 52 0 40 95 00 1 1710 9101 2250 52 0 4 0 9 10 1 1710 9101 2250 5 2 0 4 For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization OVR Email amp Fax Page Fields Field Name Transmit Default Subject Transmit Default Message Fax Default Subject Append Request Number to Subject Fax Default Cover Page Term Regrade Fax BCC OVR Options 412 Description Enter a subject for an outgoing visit request email This subject would be the default but can be changed at the time the request is sent Enter a message body for an outgoing visit request email This message would be the default but can be changed at the time t
36. Endorse_FacilityAd dress _ ID Endorse _FacilityAd dress ID Endorse _FacilityAd dress _ ID FacilityAddress_ ID FacilityAddress ID FacilityAddress ID FacilityAddress_ ID FacilityAddress_ ID FacilityAddress ID 586 Personnel LastName FirstNam e MiddleName Position ID PersonnelPosition gt Position BirthDate BirthPlace GradeRankRate FacilityAddress1 FacilityAddress2 FacilityAddress3 FacilityAddress Line1 FacilityAddress Line2 FacilityAddress Line3 FacilityAddress Line4 FacilityAddress FacilityAddress Contact_Name Contact_Phone SIMS User Reference Visit Authorizations Using Query Editor The Query Editor allows complex searches It searches the current data file and displays only the records that fit the search conditions that you specify pe ae Fa at the bottom of any output list screen The Query Editor dialog box appears Click Query Editor Query Editor Create Query Component Table Column Operator Moditier VWieitAuthorization ls equal to a E Visit uthorizationPOCs Is not equal to Eg K ee ls greater than YisitAuthorzations43s ls greater than or equal to E3 H Visitors lezz than ls less than or equal to Contains Does not contain _ Left Parenthesis ls empty le not empty C Right Parenthesis g Current Query Components Operator Modifier Query Editor Screen Fields Field Name Description Tables Select the table
37. Manager Hame Manager Title Activity Mame Address 7 Zip Phone Office Symbol Cancel For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Contracts Performing Facilities Section 13 Page Fields Field Name Description Security Guidance This is a free form textual field for specification of any security guidance Additional pages will be printed as required Classified AIS Processing Will Be Involved If AIS processing is required for the contract and is classified check this box 165 SIMS User Reference Annual Review of This Form Required Annual Review Date Manager Name Manager Title Activity Name Address Zip Phone Office Symbol If the form must be reviewed on an annual basis check this box Enter the date when this contract is next scheduled to be reviewed Note that this date is not printed on the DD Form 254 but is used by the contract audit report Enter the name of the individual whose signature will appear below block 13 Enter the title of the individual whose signature will appear below block 13 Enter the name of the activity Enter the address and zip code of the activity Enter the phone number and office of the activity Enter the symbol of the activity Classified Contracts Performing Facilities Notes 166 SIMS User Reference Performing Facility Basic Info Sechon 10 Section 11 Section 13 Notes For more information abo
38. Model Rated Level Multiple Drawer Drawers Inactive Alarmed Special Accesses Personnel Accesses Tab Name Denied Granted Access Type Audit Trail Tab Action Date and Time Combo Changed Date Containers Containers Containers Containers Containers Containers Containers Containers ContainerSAs ContainerCustodian S ContainerCustodian S ContainerCustodian S ContainerCustodian S ContainerCustodian S ContainerTrail ContainerTrail Maker SeralNumber Model Rated Level ID MulipleDrawer DrawerCount Inactive Alarmed SA_ID Personnel ID Personnel ID AccessDenied AccessGranted ContainerAccessTy pe ID ActionDate ComboChanged 943 Levels SA Personnel Personnel ContainerAccessTy pe Name SAName LastName PersonnellD ContainerAccessTy pe SIMS User Reference Next Combo Changed Date StorageLevel Location Custodian ID Custodian Name Note Remarks Tab Remarks ContainerTrail ContainerTrail ContainerTrail ContainerTrail ContainerTrail ContainerTrail Containers NextComboChange d Store Level ID Name ContainerLocation_ ContainerLocation D PrimeCustodianID PrimeCustodianNa me Note Remarks DoD Outgoing Request Using Query Editor ContainerLocation The Query Editor allows complex searches It searches the current data file and displays only the records that fit the search
39. Package No Enter a package number Method Select a method Print Document Special Accesses If selected the document s special accesses will appear on the certificate Click OK when all of the requirements have been fulfilled Destruction Certificate The Document Destruction Transaction report prints a certificate of destruction and archives and updates the database record for each of the documents listed on the certificate The options for the destruction certificate are shown below Document Transaction Destruction Home Transaction Remarks Destruction Destruction Date af 7 2011 Destroy Method Bg Hame ID Loewe a Creses J From Facility Options Name and Address Clear Container Print Document Titles Make Document Unaccountable Print Document Special Accesses Display Former Custodian on Receipt Document Destruction Certificate 213 SIMS User Reference Destruction Date Enter the date of the destruction Method of Destruction Enter the method of destruction such as burn shred etc Destroyed By and Witnessed By One previously authorized person must be selected from the Cleared Personnel or Visitors module as responsible for the destruction A different previously authorized person must be selected as the witness to the destruction On the upper right section on the Home tab of the selected Personnel record the Authorized To Transfer check box must be checked in order for th
40. Report Name Data Group Description Personnel w Personnel Summary Personnel Summary C Program Files SIMS Software Clent M odules Reports Personnel Size KB Control Hame 456 Description Select the Report Name of the report that you want to replace You can filter what users will use the revised report by selecting a Data Group Managers have full read write access to change the data group field for any report Submanagers can only add modify reports within their data group Enter a description for the report that you will be adding SIMS User Reference File Name Use the Browse button to select the rpx file The file path will be displayed here When selecting the rpx file choose the main file for the custom report Override Subreport Choose no if the report does not use a sub report If the report uses a subreport but the file was not modified the no radio option should be selected Choose yes if the report uses a subreport and that subreport was modified saved using the custom report Design Editor Next choose the Add button In the dialog that appears select the subreport name in the drop down list and then browse for the custom report file This will allow the built in subreport to be overwritten with the custom subreport After adding a customized report it will be saved in the database and will automatically be used by every SIMS user in the selected Data Group wheneve
41. Select the serial port that the scanner is attached to After choosing OK a receive dialog will appear Select the time out and then choose the Receive button The data is then processed and the report printed Please be patient as this inventory may take some time depending on the size of the barcode file 222 SIMS User Reference Barcode Scanning Introduction This section provides information on TopGun and how to perform barcode inventories of Classified Documents or AIS hardware Barcode scanning is also supported by the SocketMobile scanner Barcode Scanning with the TopGun The TopGun barcode scanner can be used as either a fixed station keyboard wedge or a portable barcode device It should be noted that the device is designed to require a password in order to use the device to collect barcode information Please refer to the appropriate section of the TooGun User s Manual for detailed instructions on Getting Started Installing Batteries amp Recharging Setting the date amp time Setting a password Using the device as a keyboard wedge Using the PALPRO Application ASSETPRO Uploading collected information to the PC using the Portable File Transfer Program PTFER If you have forgotten the TopGun s password and need to reset things back to the initial default values print and scan the following barcode Fixed Station Keyboard Wedge Device When used as a fixed station keyboard wedge the barcode data
42. StorageLevel_ID Levels Name ClearanceGrantDate SPPDate FOCI NextVerify 579 GroupName SIMS User Reference Other Addresses Tab Address Type Header Address Line 1 Address Line 2 Address Line 3 Address Line 4 Footer Fax 1 Fax 2 Fax 3 Secure Phone Emergency Phone Address Phone Contact Position Phone Notes CogOffices Tab CogOffice Name Address 1 Address 2 FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress Facility Facility Facility PrimaryAddress Header Line1 Line2 Line3 Line4 Footer Fax1 Fax2 Fax3 SecurePhone EmergencyPhone Phone Contact_Name Contact_Position Contact_Phone Contact_Notes CogOffice_ID CogOffice Name CogOffice_ID CogOffice Address1 CogOffice_ ID CogOffice Address2 580 SIMS User Reference Address 3 Phone FAX Coglnspections Tab Cognizant Field Office Cognizant Resident Office Cog Office Rep Cog Inspection Date Rating Cog Office Rep Remarks Next Facility Inspection Access Control Tab Employees Visitors Vendors Temporary Help Contractors Accountability System Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Fa
43. The check box can be used so that the field is false Select the check box one time so that it is no longer in its inactive state For example if the Archived field is set to false the search will look for all records that are not marked as archived All active records will be displayed 3 True If checked the field will be set to a true state Select the check box two times and a check mark will appear For example if the Archived field is set to true the search will look for all records that are marked as archived Personnel Quick Find wildcard Basic Clearances Advanced Clearances Date Field m Primar Clearance Only Field m JPAS Update Ineligible E Administrative Termination From C No date specified Ta Any date specified Facility ID Date Freld Level et Status From C No date specified To Any date specified Type Date Field AO a Rai BSS a al weal l To Any date specified Investigator Bilet Number ate File Jee Field Granted By 0 alga Ne date specified To Any date specified Agency Advanced Quick Find The Advanced Quick Find can be used to create quick queries on all sub table records and pick list values For example a search on all personnel who belong to a particular division can be created by using the is equal to operation 1 Select Division from the list 29 SIMS User Reference 2 Select is equal to as the operation 3 Enter a division name
44. The subsequent columns list where the field can be found in the Query Editor Home Tab Conference Name Conference ConferenceName Conference Conference ConferenceLocation ConferenceLocation ConferenceLocation Location ID Facility Conference Facility __ID Facility FacilityID Data Group Conference UserGroup_ D UserGroups GroupName From Conference FromDate To Conference ToDate Description Conference Description Attendees Count Classification Conference ClassificationLevel_ Levels Name Level D POC Name Conference POC Personnel ID Personnel PersonnellD Personnel POC Name Conference VisitAuthorizationVis VisitAuthorizationVis VisitorID Visitor itors itors 539 SIMS User Reference Attendees Tab Attendee Name Personnel Attendee Name Visitor Attendee ID Personnel Attendee ID Visitor Facility ID Barcode Non Citizen Type Highest Level Ready to Register US Citizen Personnel US Citizen Visitor Scan Date Remarks Tab Remarks Tab ConferenceAttende es ConferenceAttende es ConferenceAttende es ConferenceAttende es ConferenceAttende es ConferenceAttende es ConferenceAttende es ConferenceAttende es ConferenceAttende es ConferenceAttende es ConferenceAttende es Conference Personnel ID VisitAuthorizationVis itor_ID Personnel ID VisitAuthorizationVis itor_ID Facility ID Barcode Highest_Level_ ID ReadytoRegister Personnel ID
45. This field is used to indicate a second controlling office The responsible agent for the system SIMS User Reference Inspect Rating Inspected Date Contingency Plan Accreditation Risk Assessment System Specific SPP Date Submit Date Approve Date Next Review Emergency Phone Data Group Firewall Hardware Firewall Software IS Additional Info 313 The rating from the last inspection Date the facility user was last inspected The date the contingency plan was developed or last updated for the major application or general support system The date the major application or general support system was authorized and approved to process in an operational environment It is made on the basis of a certification by designated technical personnel that the system meets pre specified technical requirements for achieving adequate system security The date for the contingency plan Select to indicate that this IS Standard Practices and Procedures SPP Information applies only to this system If not selected it applies to all IS Systems Select to modify the SPP date Select to modify the submitted SPP date Select to modify the approved SPP date Select to modify the next SPP date The emergency phone number for the specified IS system user group The data group that the IS record belongs to Data groups are defined in the User Management Data Groups dialog Description of the hardware used to build the
46. Title Rank Visitor Type _ID VisitorIDType_ID IDValue VisitAuthorization_ D VisitAuthorization_ D Levels ID DateTerminated DateAdded GovtFacility LongTerm 592 PersonnelPosition Visitor Type Vistior IDType VisitAuthorization VisitAuthorization Levels Position Visitor Type Name FromDate ToDate Name SIMS User Reference Escort Required Need to Know Security Dept Approval From Facility Host Facility Contact Name Contact Phone Escort Name Escort Required Conference Contract Courier Destroy Transfer Visit Auth Number Data Group VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors EscortRequired NeedtoKnow SecurityDeptApprov al HostFacility_ID ContractName ContactPhone EscortName EscortRequired Conference_ID Contract_ID AuthCourier AuthDestroy AuthTransfer VisitAuthorization_ D UserGroup_ D 593 Facility FacilityID Conference ConferencelD Contract ContractID VisitAuthorizat
47. assigned to current data group or 3 assigned to any child data group The audit results are attached as both a PDF and Excel file The time in which the email is sent is set by Automated DB Audits in System Customization The facilities that belong to the data group The users that are assigned to the data group SIMS User Reference Child Groups The data groups that are children of the data group that appears in the Group Name edit box User Management LDAP The User Management LDAP tab allows you to view add modify and delete LDAP accounts EN User Manapenvent Users Modde Groups Data Groups LOAF LDAP Users LDAF Account Hama Humbe al Atbocsted Account For more information about using this screen see Input Screen The following LDAP User Mapping screen appears when the Add or Edit buttons are selected 441 SIMS User Reference LDAP User Mapping Number of Associated SIMS Accounts wu sims joe Woe Jones iim im Jones john John Jones tom Tom Thompson tim Tim Thompson tery Terry Thompson ted Ted Thompson todd Todd Thompson taft Taft Thompson tug Tug Thompson tammy Tammy Thompson terell Terrell Thompson dave Dave Daniels dale Dale Daniels rover Rover guardi B2 L1 guard B2 L1 Cancel For more information about using this screen see Input Screen User Management LDAP Page Fields
48. from a standard list Enter a name in the Attention field Enter the number of copies After the distribution list has been created click OK to exit the Distribution List input screens The Distribution screen shown below changes to reflect the list that was just created Distribution Lists Total Copies Acme Vending Cancel i External Transfer Distribution List Setup Menu After the distribution list has been set up click OK remember the number of documents assigned to the recipients on the list must equal the number of selected documents Initiate the transaction by choosing OK in the Document 210 SIMS User Reference Transaction External Transfer dialog External Transfer Receipt Return The document external transfer receipt return transaction confirms the receipt by another facility of the documents included in a prior external transfer and changes the status of these documents from In transit to Received After selecting this transaction enter the Receipt Number found on the returned external transfer receipt as shown below Document Transaction ReceiptReturn Home Transaction Remarks Acknowledge Date 671072006 External Transfer Receipt Return Acknowledge Date Enter the date when the signed transfer receipt was returned to the sending facility Receipt Number Enter the Receipt Number found on the returned external transfer receipt Click OK when all of the requirements have
49. identifier A unique personnel barcode label may be entered into this field You can enter this data via the keyboard or scan it in using a barcode reader The barcode field is optional Work telephone number The person s email address Grade Rank Rate field which is also displayed on the Military page Department to which the person belongs Physical location such as a building number The division in which the person works Position or job title Employee type Employment status Check this box if the employee is located overseas The most recent date when this person s information was reported to the DSS Overseas classified activity has to be reported to DSS regularly for authorization SIMS User Reference Renewed Level Type Basis Billet Facility ID Granted Investigated Next Brief DSS Reinvestigation Notification Briefed Granted By Rebriefed Debriefed DCID Photo 86 If Overseas is checked and the DSS Notification Date has changed set the Renewed field to that date plus 3 years Create a task record for the clearance case to renew The person s clearance level The person s clearance level type The basis for the clearance investigation such as a NAC EBI SBI or SSBI A billet number associated with the person s security clearance The facility identification number for this clearance The date the person s clearance was granted The date of investigation
50. itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors Height Weight USCitizen VehiclelD Citizenship Country Country Country ID WorkVisaNum NationalizationNum RegisteredAlienNum Passport_Country_ D Country Country PassportCity PassportState PassportNum Passportlssued PassportExpire 595 SIMS User Reference Address 1 VisitAuthorizationVis FacilityAddress itors Address 2 VisitAuthorizationVis FacilityAddress itors Address 3 VisitAuthorizationVis FacilityAddress itors Address 4 VisitAuthorizationVis FacilityAddress itors Phone VisitAuthorizationVis FacilityAddress itors Visiting Data Tab Date Time In Badge Escort Name Building Classified Visit Badge Return Time Out Parking Visit Auth Room Badge Info Badge Number VisitAuthorizationVis BadgeNumber itors 596 Line1 Line2 Line3 Line4 Phone SIMS User Reference Group Color Security Contact Date Expiration Remarks Tab Remarks VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors Badge_Color_ID Color BadgeDate BadgeExpiration Remarks
51. maf Clearance Personal FromFacilty Visiting Data Badge Into Remake DB Audit Trail Badge Information Badge Humber Group Color Security Contact Date Expiration Mote for Check In Transaction Screen pT lS M lt I P For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Visitors Badge Info Page Fields Field Name Description Badge Number Badge number Group Badge group Color Badge color Security Contact Name of a contact for this badge Date Badge date Expiration Date the badge expires Note for Check In Transaction Screen This field is displayed on the Visitor Check In screen to display any information the receptionist or guard needs to see about this visitor Visitors Remarks 288 SIMS User Reference F Visitors Adams John Q 1 of 10 Kaf Home Clearance Personal From Facility Visiting Data Badge Info j Remarks DB Audit Trail Remarks lS M 4d di For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Visitors Remarks Page Fields Field Name Description Remarks Free form textual information up to 32k bytes of text Visitors DB Audit Trail Select the Retrieve button to display the record s audit trail A SIMS Manager can run a report and manage audit trail changes by going to Utilities gt Database Audit Trail 289 SIMS User
52. rye drar dete ate Sete cae E aang Natale Boe coe arc A Ag teak canes aac ee aged E ap Vee Eo a ers 181 ga CASSIS DOCUMNeEnS MPU gaea er er Pcaeip E here fe er tarp te Sie Neves A a ee epoca eck Tee MAE E eh cSene Nahe 8 ot Red arg eed 181 9 3 ClaSSitiod DOCuUment LIS reee Sg ict geese iestece Seep Sek Mae arate N ae hatin Soh cae Bente eee ee detain aed eda etna E ane Make Bade 194 94 Classitied DOCUMEMISHACDONS rice Xeric ana widget ten E T oi ah dag ere chee capone agai A gee pe chee deep Nae oe ek a ote 195 Do WANSACHONS teh acy tte narg cies ton see eeu na dated aa oly eae eee ens ee ag Oh a ae te a ana eters en nem aut ake e nen amp 197 TO DOD OUTGOING SOU CSISS Baga it ice ar E Shai a Sioa a rag A a a Wt cach Aa cana ei ga tein fh oedema A gh wee 246 TOT PUmpose or DOB OUIgOING Reges 1 0 eis a ta cawin gates daw a te haan wate bees date ks 247 10 2 DOD OUN REGQUESISINDUU idan ieee a dcten tend wha teetad aawh A wake wed a a kena Maa Aaee 247 10 3 DOD OUIGOInd REQuUests ISU 2 ccd 2 wire herded E cend whee eed dent waa hand wiad aid wae ee eed see bee 258 1 04 DoD Oulgoing Requests REPONS sarena ra tat dates tated sted Se MN a wear ar A den ae beeen ae teas 259 ql DOE OUGOInG REQUESIS arne in Nate aes date eA GA hare apes Gated eh A he Vota E E E Refer Ges a 261 Ide he UMoOSe Ol DOE OUIGOING ACGUESIS merana xi doctern tea dace Misa aan detent dew ea Ny warn arm at dita de E eae anh we eee Nab eae 262 Ia DOE OUIGOING ReEGQUeSIS INOUL
53. to SIMS A designated VR Admin User see User Management Utility is periodically advised of pending requests that can then be accepted and faxed to the facility to be visited or rejected and bounced back to the requestor for modification or correction A System Customization Data Group Filters Locks amp Keys IS Messages Documents OVA Notifications OVA E mail amp Fax Colors Encryption LDAP i system Personnel DO254 Contracts DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visitors Time Periods Conferences Containers Output Lists Validations Settings amp Web Interface WValidations Enable Outgoing Request Validations Outgoing Request Visit Dates Within Masinum Visit Period Visit Request End Date on or Before Contract End Date Require Visitors to Have Request Special Accesses Require All Visitors to have Brief Dates and not Debrief Dates for all required Special Accesses Require All Visitors to have a Clearance Briet Date and not a Debrief Date Require All Visitors to have a Clearance Level Request Classification Level Verity that All Visitors are not Terminated Visit Request End Date on or Before Contract Scheduled Completion Date C Require Send To Facility Clearance Level gt Request Classification Level ea Ok For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization DoD Outgoing Requests Page Fields 386 SIMS User Reference Field Name Enable Outgoing Request Validat
54. 11 1 2001 10 24 1990 7 9 2002 9 15 1989 4 20 1994 312711990 30 2001 22 1991 MIL BI SSBI1 SBI MLC SBI PRSC SBI 1 1 2006 Show Personnel with Discrepancies Only Show All Personnel from JPAS File 140 6 12 1992 5 1 2001 10 10 1990 17912002 711 1989 10 20 1994 3 21 1990 2 18 2001 11 7 1990 lt Back f Next gt i TOP SECRET SECRET TS TOP SECRET 1 TOP SECRET TS TOP SECRET i 3 1 ali _ efil 6 5 if ajl if aft aav Cancel SIMS User Reference Choose whether to show only personnel with discrepancies or all personnel from JPAS file Red items show discrepancies between SIMS and JPAS data Check the box to show all SIMS personnel not in JPAS Choose the Print button to print a hardcopy of the report Choose the Next button El JPAS Import Wizard Update SIMS Personnel with selected JPAS data Update the previously selected SIMS Personnel Fields with JPA5 values Update SIMS Message p ATKINSON BRIGN WW 88 88 5085 Personnel record and primary clearance case updated successfully E GENTRY SHIRLEY R g99 99 9999 Personnel record and primary clearance case updated successfully E MAXWELL PETER C 111 11 1111 Personnel record and primary clearance case updated successfully Special Acces E POWERS BRAD F ee P 22 22 22 Personnel record and primary clearance case updated successfully E SMITH JANET L 333 343 3333 Personnel record and primary clearance case upd
55. 2011 B Print SSN instead of Personnel ID For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Key Management Personnel Report Page Fields Field Name Description Facility ID Click to select the facility of the key management personnel Initial Report Date Edit the Initial Report Date that will appear on the report Change Report Date Edit the Change Report Date that will appear on the report Print SSN instead of Personnel ID If unchecked the Personnel ID will display on the report Check this box if the SSN should be displayed Document Accountability This report lists all documents assigned to the selected personnel shown on the Cleared Personnel Output Screen Special Access Tracking This report lists all Special Accesses Types Sent To Title Sent and Return tracking for all personnel shown on the output list screen Historical Program Listing This report lists personnel associated with a specified contract at a specified facility 126 SIMS User Reference Historical Program Listing a S O Address C For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Historical Program Listing Report Page Fields Field Name Description Facility ID Click to select the facility for the historical program listing Address The address is automatically completed upon selection of the facility ID Contract ID Click to select the contract for the h
56. 3 2005 Last Name First Mame Select Additional Locks Records Selected Select All De Select All Transaction Type EMULE SERIES Clear Selection Assigned we For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Locks Transaction Page Fields Field Name Description Lock ID The lock identification number Classification The classification of the lock Custodian The name of the lock custodian Issued Date The date the lock was issued to the custodian Search Click to search for the locks by Last Name and or First Name Records Selected The number of selected records Transaction Type Select the Lock Transaction Type from the option menu and then select OK to proceed with the transaction Transactions Assigned Combination Change 355 SIMS User Reference Damaged Destroyed Inventoried Loaned Lost Re keyed Retrieved Lock Assigned Lock Assigned Transactions allows you to assign one or more locks to an individual in one step A record of the assignment will be put in the history for each Lock record A Lock Assigned Assigned To Date Assigned Transaction Remarks Assigned To Click this button to open a pick list from the Cleared Personnel or Visitors module Select the individual and the name will appear in the box to the right of the button Date Assigned Enter the date the lock s will be assigned The Date Assigned defaults to the current system date Click OK to complete the transaction
57. 408 Description If checked the document record will be archived when performing an external transfer to a host facility If checked the contract field can only be changed when adding a new record A later change to the contract field must be performed by a transaction If checked the container field can only be changed when adding a new record A later change to the container field must be performed by a transaction If checked the custodian field can only be changed when adding a new record A later change to the custodian field must be performed by a transaction If checked remarks will be appended on document transaction reports SIMS User Reference Filter Leading Period in Barcodes when doing Inventory If checked a leading period can appear in the Barcode Inventory file During the Document Barcode Inventory transaction the leading period will be filtered Ignore duplicate values when performing barcorde If checked duplicate values will be ignored when inventory performing a barcode inventory Print detail report when saving new document record If checked a detail report will display when saving a new document record Do not display Document transaction receipt preview If checked the Documents transaction receipt preview will not display The audit trail entry will still be created A System Customization System Personnel OO254 Contracts DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visitors Time Penods Co
58. 41471993 W For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Clearance Cases Applications Polygraph Page Fields Field Name Description 562 Submitted If checked indicates a Form 562 has been sent RRU Submitted Check this box if a RRU was submittted PSQ App Pending Check this box if an application for a new clearance PSQ is pending Clearance Waiver Check this box if a clearance waiver is in effect PR Submitted Check this box if a PR form has been submitted Basis The basis for the other clearance investigation such as SBI or SSBI 90 SIMS User Reference Sent Level e QIP Case e QIP Sent Date Mode Submitted Denied Reviewer Received Terminated Pending Basis Other Application Pending Case Type Result Given By Test Date Clearance Case Task List 91 The date the PSQ application was submitted The requested clearance level The case number for a Electronic Personnel Security Questionnaire application The date the Electronic Personnel Security Questionnaire application was transmitted Select either Initial Clearance or Periodic Reinvestigation The date the other application was sent The date the other application was denied The reviewer of the other application The date the other application was received The date the other application was terminated The pending basis for the other clearance investigation Select if any other non DoD clearances s
59. A way to identify any other address PRIMARY OTHER SHIPPING etc Address Types are defined in Utilities gt List Management The primary address type is the address displayed on the Home tab of the Facility Input screen Address The full address Contact The name of the Point of Contact PoC Phone The telephone number for the PoC Other Facilities Cog Office h Other Facility XYZ Electronics Corporation 3 of 4 f Paints of Contact Awards Remarks Links OB Audit Trail Home Other Addresses Cog Office Cog Inspections Access Contral Key security Personnel Contracts Cognizant Office Cognizant Office 54210 D55 Southwestern Region 106 Decker Court Irving Te F5062 2795 Phone 214 717 5357 Fax JEKEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Other Facilities Cog Office Page Fields Field Name Description Cognizant Office Click this button to select a cognizant office from the Cognizant Offices module and attach it to this facility Phone The telephone number of the cognizant office 66 SIMS User Reference FAX Other Facilities Cog Inspections h Other Facility XYZ Electronics Corporation 3 of 4 Paints of Contact Awards Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Home Other Addresses Cog Office Cog Inspections Access Control The facsimile telephone number of the cognizant office Key Securty Personnel Contracts _Coorizant Field
60. B1 B3 L2 Acme Guidance Spstems False B1 L1 Acme Aerospace Systeme False B B1 L2 Acme Optical Systeme False B2 B2 L2 Acme A Systerns False B2 B3 L2 Acme Laser Systems False B2 L1 Acme Sensors False B 3 B1 L2 Acme Satlom Systems False B3 B2 L2 Acme Landline Comm Systems False B3 B3 L2 Acme VOIP Comm Systems False B3 L1 Acme Communications Systems False kS Filter Show All Show Filtered 78 SIMS User Reference Cognizant Offices Purpose of Cognizant Offices Cognizant Office maintains information for cognizant offices and or sponsors The Cognizant Offices module stores data regarding cognizant offices and or sponsors A sampling of some DoD cognizant offices in the Industrial Security Manual ISM are pre stored in this module You may add or modify cognizant offices The following modules use information contained in the Cognizant Offices module e Classified Contracts e Host Facilities e DoD Outgoing Requests e Other Facilities List Screen Description Default Output List Reports Reports Facility Record Picker Facility Record Picker Cognizant Offices Home Cognizant Offices DSS Pacific Region 9 of 12 Home DB Audit Trail Cognizant Office _ Archived Cognizant Code Field Office Chief walter Walker Long Beach CA 90807 4013 Remarks TEEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cognizant Offices Home Page Fields 79 SIMS User Reference Field Na
61. Bayona Print Document Special Accesses Retain Until Letter Sent Date Enter the date that the letter will be sent Retain Until Enter the retention date Print Document Special Accesses If selected the document s special accesses will appear on the certificate Click OK when all of the requirements have been fulfilled Regrade Classification As shown below the Document Regrade Classification transaction performs a classification level regrading of all selected documents 217 SIMS User Reference Document Transaction Regrade Home Transaction Remarks Regrade Date 3 779017 SSS Mame ID Make Document s Unaccountable Declassification Declassification Regrade Receipt Options Print Document Special Accesses Regrade Classification Regrade Date Enter the date of regrading Performed by Select the person performing the regrading Make Document s Unaccountable If checked the document will be made unaccountable See Classified Documents home page New Classification Select the new classification for all regraded documents Authority lf Declassification is selected enter the authority Make Document s Archived lf checked and after the transaction has completed the document will be marked as archived See Classified Documents home page Print Document Special Accesses If selected the document s special accesses will appear on the certificate Click OK when
62. C Kansas City MO 000 000 0000 Document Control Office All Persons are Authorized Couriers Termination Clearance Level TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET x JEKRI For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DoD Outgoing Requests Visitor Personnel Page Fields Field Name Search by Name ID All Persons are Authorized Couriers Description Click this button to find people that have already been added to the request by name or by ID Check this box if all of the visitors are designated as authorized couriers of classified material Click Edit to designate individual visitors as couriers DoD Outgoing Requests Endorsements 251 SIMS User Reference E DoD Requests 1 3 of 3 DE Audit Trail 5 end To Facility Home ity Visitors Endorsements Cognizant Office Other Facility Contract Name Address amp id D gt Di p n Endorsements International General Luke Skywalker Santa Rosa Facility 12345 Oak Street San Diego CA SF 312 Executed Srami Aetas d 2 awa Archive Remarks Links For more information about using this screen see Input screen DoD Outgoing Requests Endorsements Page Fields Field Name Cognizant Office Other Facility Contract Name Address SF 312 Executed 252 Description If a cognizant office is endorsing the visit click to select the office If an other facility is endorsin
63. C Employee 444 44 44dd Williams Howard D Consultant Data Group Personnel Atkinson Brian william Consequences General Space amp Defense Corporati Cause 7 Set Reported Dolar Loss 50 00 Special Access Damage Police File 12345 Special Access SNE Police Notified COMSEC JEWEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Incidents Home Page Fields Field Name Description 338 SIMS User Reference Incident ID Incident Type Incident Date and Time Classification Department Location Incident Facility Open Date Report Date Close Date Subjects Data Group Person Facility Self Reported Special Access Cause Compromise Damage Status 339 The ID can automatically increment based on settings Utilities gt Auto Numbering The type of incident This list is maintained in the List Management Utility The date and time of the event The classification of the compromised material The department of the subject The location where the event occurred Click to select a facility for the incident The ID and Name fields will fill in automatically The date this record was created The date the event was reported The date this record was closed out Lists the ID and name of the individual involved the individual s type employee consultant visitor etc and any notes on the subject The data group that the Incident record belongs to Data groups a
64. Code Description Effective Date Remarks Changed By Cognizant Offices Using Query Editor The Query Editor allows complex searches It searches the current data file and displays only the records that fit the search conditions that you specify ri a ze Click Query Editor at the bottom of any output list screen The Query Editor dialog box appears 535 SIMS User Reference Query Editor Create Query Component Table Column Operator Coglffice ls egual to HH Address le not equal to E Address ls greater than Address Is less than ls greater than or equal to HH Archived le less than or equal to H Cog Code Contains Fa Does not contain ls empt FieldO fficeChiet nen HH Name HH Phone HH Remarks 3 Current Query Components Table Query Editor Screen Fields Field Name Tables Fields Operator Modifier Value Add to Query Remove Remove All Operator Modifier Left Parenthesis Right Parenthesis Modifier 536 Description Select the table type Select the field within the selected table type The value definition Select AND to include all parameters or OR to include one or more of the parameters in the query results Specify a date number or text for the Operator parameter Click to add the selected parameter combination to the list box in the lower portion of the screen Repeat to create a list of multiple parameter combination
65. Contact Name Peter Darnell Contact Telephone 702 234 5678 Fas 702 234 7384 Secure Phone 702 234 9271 STU Emergency Phone il Phone 702 234 5454 E mail jmurphy spzelectronics com Start Date Clearance Information TOP SECRET TOP SECRET Clearance Level Storage Level amp iH 4 Db bi Granted Mio 1 1980 Verified 14 5 2006 C FOCI Mest Check 1 4 2007 Y Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Other Facilities Home Page Fields Field Name ID Inactive Govt Facility Name International Type Cognizant Office 63 Description The ID is typically the Contractor and Government Entity Code CAGE Code If a facility does not have an actual CAGE code some government facilities do not enter a unique alphanumeric identifier in the ID field Note that JPAS must be used to obtain a unique identifier for both government and cleared contractor facilities Check this box if the facility is no longer active Check this box if this is a government facility The name of the facility Check this box if this is an international facility The type of facility The options are defined in Utilities List Management Click to select the appropriate cognizant security office Government facilities typically do not have a cognizant agency SIMS User Reference Convenience Code Data Group Physical Address Address Phone Co
66. Create Query Component Table Column E H Cog tficelnspect H H Facility wH FacilityAddress H FacilityD estrayMethod H H FacilityPOC Gl FacilityS4 Operator Modifier ls equal to ls not equal to ls greater than ls greater than or equal to ls less than ls less than or equal to Contains Does not contain E E Facility SiteVisits 4 Current Query Components Table Query Editor Screen Fields Field Name Tables Fields Operator Modifier Value Add to Query Remove Remove All le empty ls not empty Operator 554 Left Parenthesis Right Parenthesis Modifier E nter pise ah id Description Select the table type Select the field within the selected table type The value definition Select AND to include all parameters or OR to include one or more of the parameters in the query results Specify a date number or text for the Operator parameter Click to add the selected parameter combination to the list box in the lower portion of the screen Repeat to create a list of multiple parameter combinations Click to delete a selected row of parameters Click to delete all rows of parameters SIMS User Reference Save Query Load Query OK Cancel Host Facilities After selecting this button a Save dialog will appear Save the query so that it can be reloaded for later use After selecting this button an Open dialog will appear Select a
67. DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY LOST PROFITS LOST SAVINGS OR OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE SUCH PROGRAM EVEN IF SIMS SOFTWARE OR AN AUTHORIZED DEALER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR FOR ANY CLAIM BY ANY OTHER PARTY SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION OF LIABILITY FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California SIMS Requirements OPERATING SYSTEMS STANDALONE SYSTEM STANDALONE HARD DISK SPACE SERVER SYSTEM SERVER HARD DISK SPACE hay tee a WINDOWS Windows Server 2003 Windows 2008 Windows XP Windows Vista or Windows 7 At least a Pentium Ill with 256MB of RAM About 75 MB for the program e An additional 330 MB if the movies are stored on this computer e Additional space for MSSQL Server and the SIMS data file Windows Server 2003 XP or Vista on at least a Pentium III a dual processor is even better with 256 MB of RAM and SQL Server 2005 About 100 MB for the program e An additional 330 MB if the movies are stored on this computer e Additional space for the data file if stored on this computer See below under DATA FILE SIMS User Reference CLIENT SYSTEM CLIENT SERVER NETWORK WEB CLIENT DATA FILE LICENSING At least a Pentium III with 256 MB of RAM anda reliable network connection to
68. Description Default Output List Reports Reports Classified Documents Input Classified Documents Home 181 SIMS User Reference Documents SIMS SB 00001 90 15 of 37 DB Audit Trail is Status Audit Trail ll Abstract ak Keywords Special Accesses Remarks IL Links SIMS 5B 00001 90 D00942 SECRET Report Restrictions Destruction Accountable C Transfer Generated Copy Number of Enclosures o rae 5 ROOT Maxwell Peter C 0 ID pnan SAFE si i isCOY F49620 05 C 0100 i Project DELPHI Document Date A 52372004 Y Sioned For 2 5 23 2004 Status In House ta id d be Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Documents Home Page Fields Field Name Document Archived Accountable 182 Description This field displays the currently defined document control number either as defined by the selected Stream Reserved Number or as defined by clicking D ocument and defining the document control number The Archived field indicates whether the document has been archived i e either externally transferred or destroyed or currently resides within the facility The check box is always unchecked when a document is first entered into accountability and will be changed automatically upon external transfer or de
69. EnableEncryption Personnel_EncryptSSN Value SimsConfiguration Key EnablePersonnelSSNEncryption Personnel_EncryptBirthPlace Value SimsConfiguration Key EnablePersonnelBirthPlaceEncryption Personnel_EncryptBirthDate Value SimsConfiguration Key EnablePersonnelBirthDateEncryption Visitor_EncryptSSN Value SimsConfiguration Key EnableVisitorSSNEncryption Visitor_EncryptBirthPlace Value SimsConfiguration Key EnableVisitorBirthPlaceEncryption Visitor_EncryptBirthDate Value SimsConfiguration 419 SIMS User Reference WHERE Key EnableVisitorBirthDateEncryption SELECT SymmetricKeyName Value FROM SimsConfiguration WHERE Key SymmetricEncryptionKeyName SELECT SimsCertificateName Value FROM SimsConfiguration WHERE Key SimsEncryptionCertificate Select initial Personnel row for processing SELECT RowID MIN ID FROM Personnel WHILE RowID IS NOT NULL BEGIN Clear variables SET Personnel SSN NULL SET Personnel BirthDate NULL SET Personnel BirthPlace NULL Select variables SELECT Personnel SSN SSN Personnel BirthDate BirthDate Personnel BirthPlace BirthPlace FROM Personnel WHERE Personnel ID RowID If encryption is enabled IF EncryptionEnabled 1 BEGIN EXEC OPEN SYMMETRIC KEY SymmetricKeyName DECRYPTION BY CERTIFICATE SimsCertificateName 420 SIMS Us
70. Explore on the toolbar and start exploring your device Four device has a partnership synchronization starts Please wait until synchronization i complete before using pour device Click Finish to emt this wizard Help The following window will appear after a successful installation 230 SIMS User Reference File View Tools Help F T Fee i A Sync Stop Details Explore Options WindowsCE Connected Synchronized Information Type Status Si Files p Synchronized To perform a synchronization and transfer data from the scanner to your PC click on the Sync button File view Tools Help Connected Synchronized You can locate the Microsoft ActiveSync console by clicking on the following System Tray icon Ou BOOOQY 10 44AM 231 SIMS User Reference Microsoft ActiveSync File View Tools Help Connected Synchronized If this scanner will only be used on a single PC leave the Yes option selected and click Next If this scanner will be used on multiple PCs select the No option and click Next New Partnership Select Number of Partnerships Select whether you want to synchronize with just this computer Tour device can have up to two partnerships or a partnership with only this computer Do you wank your device to have a partnership and synchronize with only this computer Remove any existing partnerships on my device and setup a new partnership with just this co
71. Field Name LDAP Account Name LDAP Override Path 442 Description The name of the account added or edited Select the users that will have access to the LDAP Account Some users will have multiple SIMS NET accounts setup A single LDAP account would then be used to group those multiple accounts for the same user into a single LDAP account that the user can select from at LDAP login time Specify a LDAP path to be used for each data group instead of the one used in System Customization All other values will still be pulled from System Customization SIMS User Reference Database Audit Trail The Database Audit Trail utility allows managers to view every change down to the column level including old and new values Audit data can be accessed from the input form of a particular record or from the Utilities module Database Audit Trail Query M 1anage Filters Module Utity ata From Most Recent mE EE Drag a column header here to group by that column Timestamp Subsystem Action By Description Press the Debier button to wew ie cetatease oudit ral HH H 4 Record O of O H Table Record ID Field Before Value After value For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Database Audit Trail Field Name Description Module Utility Select the module or utility in which to run a report Date Range Specify the date range in which the changes were made When the retrieve butto
72. Field Name Visitor ID Name Description Cancel Save Visitor s ID number Visitor s full name SCI Outgoing Requests Endorsements 273 SIMS User Reference B SCI Requests 1 of 2 Pef Home Visitors Endorsements Facilities Links DE Audit Trail Endorsements Address STA Electronics Corporation 1500 Digital Avenue Suite 100 Phoenix 42 S000 lS M lt I P For more information about using this screen see Input Screen SCI Requests Endorsements Page Fields Field Name Description Facility Click to select the facility name and address endorsing the visit SCI Outgoing Requests Facilities 274 SIMS User Reference S SCI Requests 1 954 14 38 54 1 of 2 Home Visitors Endorsements Facilities Facilities Facility Point of Contact Large Software Systems Ine Wanda Wallaby Space Systeme Company Yolanda Gonzales amp id 4 Db bi Through Facility 213 666 9090 407 454 0909 Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen SCI Requests Facilities Page Fields Field Name Facility Point of Contact Phone Through Facility SCI Outgoing Requests Links Description Name of the facility to be visited The point of contact at the facility to be visited The point of contact s telephone number at the facility to be visited Indicates a true or false SIMS User Reference B SCI Req
73. Finding Records Using Query Editor IS Reports IS Reports Reports Menu For more information about the reports that appear in this module see Standard Reports IS Transactions IS Barcodes Inventory by Barcode Scanning Data This report performs an inventory of all IS hardware assigned either to specific systems and provides the following information based on the data downloaded from a portable barcode scanner Identification of the systems found and whether or not they coincide with those found in the IS database Identification of all hardware that was found with each system and whether it was found with the correct system and 32 7 SIMS User Reference a listing of all missing hardware from each system scanned The user must choose the source of the downloaded barcode data as shown below Barcode Inventory Source File Barcode Scanner Options _ Print Exceptions Only Show Exceptions in Red Sort I5 By Sort Order Ascending Descending Sort Hardware By Sort Order Ascending Descending S canner Select File if a file was previously downloaded and saved If a leading period appears in the barcode inventory file the period can be filtered by enabling an option in the System Customization IS tab If the data was not previously downloaded and a scanner is being used the user should select Barcode Scanner and they will then be prompted to download the file See Barcode Sca
74. ID A1000 General Space amp Defense Contact Name Bob Smith Sub Facility DE deen eereeretia Phone BAB d45 b4b 74 fd Issuing Facility ID 51000 General Space amp Defense Contract Type In Performing This Contract The Contractor Wilk Prime Contract Have Access To Classified Information Only At Other Facilities Subcontract Generated C Receive Classified Documents Only Subcontract Received Receive And Generate Classified Material EEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Contracts Home Page Fields Field Name Description 156 SIMS User Reference Contract ID File Archived Program Name Description Sponsor Prime Contract ID Preceding Contract ID Contact Name Phone Program Mgr ACO Phone Facility Level Storage Level Facility ID Sub Facility ID Data Group Contract Type 157 The Contract ID field is the primary field for Classified Contracts Any character and or numerical string can be used for the ID The contract s file number if applicable Once the contract s End Date has passed or the Closed Out field is checked the contract record will become archived The contract s program name Textual information that generally describes the nature of the procurement The contract sponsor s name The prime contract number if this contract is sub contract If a prime contract use the contract ID field for
75. Inactive Check the Filter Inactive check box to prevent archived visit authorizations from appearing on this output screen For more information about using this screen see Output List Screen Customizing Output List Columns Finding Records Using Quick Find Finding Records Using Query Editor Visit Authorizations Reports Reports Menu For more information about the reports that appear in this module see Standard Reports 308 SIMS User Reference Forms Purpose of the Program Access Request The Program Access Request form is a database for filling out and printing the SAP Format 1 JAFAN Program Access Request form The Program Access Request has no relation or verification with the other databases It is strictly a means to fill out the form Data can be selected via picklists from Personnel and Facilities Please contact SIMS Software for any additional information The form can be printed looking almost identical to the May 2006 release of the form 309 SIMS User Reference Information Systems IS Purpose of IS IS maintains information for systems that process classified information at your facility The Information Systems IS module maintains information on all systems within the facility that are approved for processing classified information An Information System could be a computer a word processor or any approved IS device Among the items included in the Information Systems module are the system ID the
76. List Personnel ID Full Hame 111 11 1111 Maxwell Peter C jdd d A22 Powers Brad A E Special Accesses Remarks Trained Date Granted Date Brieted Date 1423 2008 1423 2006 1423 2008 1423 2008 1423 2006 1423 2008 Count For more information about using this screen see Input Screen IS Access List Fields Field Name Personnel ID Full Name Trained Date Granted Date Briefed Date IS Special Access 322 Description Person s identification number Person s full name The person s trained date This is modified when selecting the Add or Edit button The person s granted date This is modified when selecting the Add or Edit button The person s briefed date This is modified when selecting the Add or Edit button SIMS User Reference Information Systems BUENA VISTA 14 1 of 3 fef Audit Trail DB Audit Trail ee Home Additionallnfo Hardware fhm Software Access List SpecialAccesses Remarks Links Special Accesses Special Access Tyne JERKED For more information about using this screen see Input Screen IS Access List Fields Field Name Description Special Access Type Type of special access IS Remarks 323 SIMS User Reference Information Systems BUENA VISTA 14 1 of 3 Audit Trail DB Audit Trail 2a a a4 Home Additionallnfo Hardware Software Access List Specia
77. MAUS eich ie cite Sheet 2c cage er case ee ccd siege geal Sep m0 9a occa tt ccd hat pe Sas ca hs Dae hehe ns aaa dnc oc Geet ad 338 Te ICIO CRIS audra a tap cesar ee ah sce ge ice ac ah es Si Sine N ahah ae acces hen Sie hc ts Matar 344 TO INCIGENE REDON S derrien Mico cee h eta chen Soe cat aed nee Seta Boe Ow es ee a eters es ceed eee Gate Adee 345 DS AICI aor ct le pec te ogc te ag cet eel E gt Nic ey a hl E Sag Aa eS ea tee th ances iat Mle Mca TNC Reena nae ult once cae Mc 345 VO AIAUEDOSE OL LOCKS maraa A eared ae ected Sep cit tice ecg Ba ee are A cae Sa ts ahaa cme ach erst Seng ade ete a cee eae cet Maer lca ah 346 IZ Eo or lt oa 910 merge Reece eee mR ae tee POR ee a SRR ER NG N E ee Oem RSE Rte By REA SRT Ee SUEY E SOT eee ener eee A eee 346 VES LOCKS EISE es whch eN EE eed can Stree ceed Se cat age eee Seg cae te E Soa can Chas ee cee A es sa nd ep ced ae ad Sosa ge ety Bd 353 TOO CK SFC DONIS sraa a aN E a A EE So Me tag as een nC wh hag den eae ean E ag tree Seed cae a Dap gee ees cee 354 19 5 LOCKS IANS ACUONS serria sheng cag deo ee iAa tne Gopi Sok cre E acd inna agrees Bee ay Ge aa ae E Sua ade tee apts ays meen E 354 i ASS Sacco aeyarcate sie ay 1 user esac ah aap cal Sakg ce Sa ta fod pf Sve eR Se rege a tog oncaeid ag eek Hees Asada en nPop ped Bes Mc 361 ZO PM MPUMDOSC Ol OVS tekce nene A E Gun ecco aa ten aed vergence Go ees fs cae Chea ae op Aho ees Seed emda a aed epee gta ah em eer 362 20 IRS Y SMO UIE sa ce arsed
78. Meetings Using Query Editor 0 0 ces 537 24 6 Comiainers USing Query ECHO arenen nA opted ae Mae rte gaol E Sen hte ele ate E Suan E eeu ee Gate es eae ee ey 540 24 7 DoD Outgoing Request Using Query Editor ecdasck Garces ea rE Wah atte we Pern oa ached dee Mabe ees Baten hearers 544 24 8 DoE Outgoing Requests Using Query Editor s c20342do2 ein hd naw Ste eke Bee hee POA Bh eee Rea ee ky 549 24 9 Fost Facilities WSing Query EANO 2c ace abt paren to hylan yang r e eae archer sh anc octet N E NS E ENE RS 553 24 10 Incidents Using Ouery EGuor igre elute cep tuted aia h cer E asec Sete Seg Mckee Ae at chat AT E eer ghee ies eae ered 560 2A NUNS AISING QUCTY EAOn cious fire Mh a og Sarena tose coo chard ages Sere teen Be cea ate sh anche Suche Sys Make ee eg EERS 564 24 AA Rays Usno QUe EGIION Cas sae Mio celine eee cape Boek coy er eae ces Sacto Sea Mahe tals Ae ante E T ed AE Gates oceans 569 2A AS EOCKS USNO QUST Yy EdIOr ees Seran erage ap tigate oe cha ar an mens Sess eon a eat ce carck Sy Saiych at aod dip karte ar dei a ep E ce wears 573 24 1A Oiher FacilitieS USING Query CUO nrc yercesshaceite ce wicca her aga ara E E Sea cake Ohara oy cae theet ding aid Sek arses E eet oa dae tee 571 24 15 SGl Outgoing Requests Usmng Query EdiOr lt c 3 cdsceke ea e i tude tek eee tes Hehe eee E ENER 583 24 16 MisivAuthorizations Using Query Editor 2xcctctitert pie ba geet EEA teat ekta etek ade pha eee ieee te ky 587 2A NT NISIOUS
79. Options Print Document Special Accesses 202 SIMS User Reference Click Distribution and the setup screen shown below will appear Internal Distribution Distribution lists are the key to multiple recipient type transactions The first time the screen shown above is displayed there won t be any previously defined distribution lists shown on the dialog beneath the words Internal Distribution To create one click Add which will bring up the distribution list entry menu shown below Distribution Lists Total Copies Internal Transfer Distribution List Screen After you name the distribution list add personnel by clicking Add which brings up the screen shown below Internal Distribution Transfer To ae O S Cese JO A r Copies Internal Transfer Distribution List Entry Screen A pick list can be brought up by clicking the Custodian or Container buttons The number of copies are entered 203 SIMS User Reference here After the distribution list has been created click OK to exit the Distribution List input screens The Distribution screen shown below has changed to reflect the list that was just created Distribution Lists Total Copies Security ra Internal Transfer Distribution Example After the distribution list has been set up click OK remember the number of documents assigned to the recipients on the list must equal the number of selected documents The transaction c
80. PersonnelClearance TaskSet PersonnelClearance TaskSet PersonnelClearance TaskSet PersonnelClearance TaskSet PersonnelClearance TaskSet PersonnelClearance TaskSet PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelSAs PersonnelSAs PersonnelSAs PersonnelSAs PersonnelSAs ClearanceTask_ID DateAssigned ExpectDate Completed Sequence Days2Do Remarks Remarks SA ID SA_Ident_Date SaStatus_ID SA Billet SA Submit Date 525 PersonnelClearance Tasks SA SAStatus ClearanceTasks SAName SAStatus SIMS User Reference Briefed Next Brief Granted Rebriefed Debriefed Denied Contract Sponsor Special Access Tracking Date Sent Date Returned Reviewer Remarks Employment Tab Start Date End Date Exclusion Date Employee Type Rate From Facility PersonnelSAs PersonnelSAs PersonnelSAs PersonnelSAs PersonnelSAs PersonnelSAs Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel SA_Brief_ Date NextBrief SA_Grant_Date SA_Rebriefed_ Date SA Denied Date DenyDate PersonnelSATrackin g PersonnelSATrackin g PersonnelSATrackin g PersonnelSATrackin g StartDate TerminationDate ExclusionDate Employee_ID ChargeRate From_Facility_ID 526 DateSent DateReturn Reviewer Remarks PersonnnelEmploye Employeelype eType Facility Facility ID SIMS User Referen
81. QUERY CONVENIENCE TIP For queries that take time to set up SIMS allows you to save these as templates that can be loaded later and used again without having to be recreated To save a query click on the Save Query button at the bottom of the screen and save the file to a convenient location To use the saved query criteria later click on the Load Query button find the query file and open it Reports There are several ways to generate reports throughout the SIMS program Standard reports There are four standard types of report in SIMS NET Individual modules may also have reports that are customized to their needs To see the reports that are available to you open the Reports menu Reports Menu From the main screen in any module open the Reports menu Some modules may have additional reports besides those that appear here 33 SIMS User Reference Reports Transactions Help Expiring SPPs Verifications Facilities by Special Access Facility Special Access Count Summary Report Detail Report Design Custom Report Execute Custom Report Standard Reports Menu Quick Report Select Quick Report to open the Quick Report Editor Quick Report is a powerful tool that enables you to create your own customized column based reports and labels The Quick Report Editor is the same for every module Summary Report To print a Summary listing of selected records select the record s using the check boxes or by
82. RequestStatus_ID RequestStatus StatusDate SentToFaxCountryC ode SentToFaxAreaCod e SentToFaxLocalNu mber Remarks DoE Outgoing Requests Using Query Editor Name The Query Editor allows complex searches It searches the current data file and displays only the records that fit the search conditions that you specify i ea 4 Click Query Editor at the bottom of any output list screen The Query Editor dialog box appears 549 SIMS User Reference Query Editor Create Query Component Table Column Operator a H RequestliOE EE z RequestPersons Is not equal to a E B ls greater than H Facility D Is greater than or equal to HH FacilityName Is less than HH ModduthCourier le less than or equal to EH ModBasis Contains l ModBilletNumber S conn H ModBirthD ate ls not empty HH ModBirthPlace HH ModClearance HH ModClearGrantD ate H ModClearGrantedBy HH ModClearlnvestD ate HJ ModFullN ame HH ModOrqanization a a Current Query Components Table Query Editor Screen Fields Field Name Tables Fields Operator Modifier Value Add to Query Remove Remove All Operator Modifier Left Parenthesis Right Parenthesis Modifier 550 Description Select the table type Select the field within the selected table type The value definition Select AND to include all parameters or OR to include one or more of the parameters in the query resu
83. Streams in Utilities The actual Stream record used is determined by the original document s Stream ID SIMS User Reference Document Number of 1st Copy Field assignment options for copies Field Name Custodian and Container All Copies Generated or Received Document Date Received Date Received Method From Barcodes Field Name Current Barcode Leave New Barcodes Blank Assign Doc Number to Barcode Automatic Barcodes 200 This shows you what the document number the first copy will get based on the type of copy you have selected above This is simply a display for you to verify the type of document number you will generate Description You can select the Custodian and or Container to be assigned to all of the copies you are about to generate If you leave these blank the Custodian and Container from the original document will be assigned If you are generating the copies in house select Gener ated If you received a group of copies and you want to use the copy function to enter the additional copies select Received You can modify the Document Date and or Receive Date If left blank the dates from the original will be used You can modify the Document Received Method and or Receive From information If left blank the data from the original will be used Description Displays the barcode of the original document All copies will have blank barcode fields The document number will be put in the b
84. Telephone FTS Valid From Valid To 263 Description This number can be assigned automatically using the format defined in the Auto Numbering tab of the System Customization utility This field indicates whether the visit request has been archived i e the To date exceeds the current date The check box is always unchecked when a visit request is first entered and will be changed automatically upon expiration of the visit request period The data group that the request belongs to Data groups are defined in the User Management Data Groups dialog The appropriate DoE address The address of DoD organizations or the user agency address for DoD contractors The name of the facility to be visited you may use DoE facility acronyms The name of the facility to be visited you may use DoE facility acronyms The name of the individual Date requested The individual who prepared this request DoE contractors leave blank DoE contractors leave blank User Agency DoE organizations fill in with commercial phone number Do not use an Autovon number Enter the FTS Enter inclusive dates Enter inclusive dates SIMS User Reference DoE Requests Purpose S DoE Requests 06R 001 1 of 2 Home Purpose Certification Purpose For the Purpose of Classified discussions Confer with the Following Person s Jack Brown Walter Walker Bree Walker Specitic Information Which Access i Requested lran nu
85. This screen shows an audit trail for this clearance held by the individual If Maintain an audit trail for clearances modifications is turned on in System Customization then each time a change is made to any of the clearance fields a snapshot of all clearance fields is recorded in the audit trail When you save the personnel record after changing a clearance field a dialog box confirms the change and asks you to enter an action for recording the change in the audit trail For example if you added a Debrief date you would see a dialog box like this Clearance Action You have modified a controlled Clearance hei You must specify the date and action to be taken Action Date 7236 2006 Clearance Action Click in the Clearance Action field to see a pick list of actions Clearance Cases Audit Trail List Page Fields Field Name Description Action The type of modification that was made to a clearance field or fields Date The date the clearance information was modified 94 SIMS User Reference Status The status of the clearance when the modification was made Level The level of the clearance If the setting Only Managers Can Edit Clearance Audit Trail is not checked all SIMS users will be able to edit Clearance Audit Trail records If this setting is checked only a SIMS Manager can edit Clearance Audit Trail records A SIMS Manager can also run a report and manage audit trail changes by going to Utilities gt Database Audit Trail
86. To conduct classified research on project Alpha 2 a 4am For more information about using this screen see Input Screen SCI Outgoing Visit Requests Home Page Fields Field Name Description 271 SIMS User Reference Classification Type From To Note Company Code Access Date Data Group From Facility To Facility Purpose SCI Outgoing Requests Visitors 272 The highest level of classification that will be required for the visit The type of visit access appropriate for this specific request The visit request start date The visit request end date A brief description about the individual that will visit The visitor s company code The date of visit access appropriate for this specific request The data group that the request belongs to Data groups are defined in the User Management Data Groups dialog To select a host facility click From Facility Click to select the facility where the request is being sent A brief description of the reason for the visit This information is printed on the visit request report under the heading Purpose of Visit SIMS User Reference S SCI Requests 1 of 2 Visitors Visitor IO 222 22 2222 11111 1117 Endorsements amp id 4d Db bi Facilities DB Audit Trail Mame Powers Brad A Maxwell Peter C For more information about using this screen see Input Screen SCI Requests Visitors Personnel Page Fields
87. To find a visitor by Last name enter in part of the last name and And then choose the Search button For example if you entered S then anyone whose last name begins with S will be listed below To find a visitor by First name enter in part of the last name and And then choose the Search button For example if you entered S then anyone whose last name begins with S will be listed below To find a visitor by Visitor ID enter it and then choose the Search button To find a visitor by Visitor SSN enter it and then choose the Search button Show all active Visitors in the list Select this button to perform the search To find all visitors by other fields not listed on the Check In screen press Advanced Search to access more search fields This shows the list of Visitors based on any search criteria you entered in the Find Visitor By box or the Show All Active button The type of Identification used by the Visitor to prove his or her identity To find a visitor by ID SSN enter it and press tab Displays the country of citizenship of the selected Visitor s record Displays non citizen type such as US Citizen Dual Citizenship US Person or Foreign Person Displays the clearance level of the selected Visitor from the Visitor s record Displays a picture of the Visitor from the Visitor s record if this option is turned on in the System Customization settings Displays the point of contact s for t
88. Trail Remarks Special Access Special Accesses Special Access Tracking List Screen Description Default Output List Reports Reports Cleared Personnel Input Cleared Personnel Home 83 SIMS User Reference El Personnel Maxwell Peter C 2 of 21 Contacts Home Contracts Wehicles Clearances ID Last Hame mam Facility ID A1000 General Space amp Defe Employee 02543 POOOOO Work Phone 310 555 1213 E Mail Grade Rank Barcode Civ Primary Clearance Information Level TOP SECRET Final SBI 29 7203908 A1000 General Space amp Dete Edit Primary Clearance Qo amp Wd bP bi Type be Basis Billet Facility ID Military Special Accesses pmaWwelliigqeneralspace com JPAS Badges Linke 4H DB Audit Trail Fhoto Training Foreign Travel Remarks E mploymert Personal Citizenship Authorized To Destroy Transfer Courier First Hame Middle Hame Suffix 55H i Management Bldg 210 Room 505 Department Terminated EMP C SCI Location Division Asrospace Position Deputy Director Overseas DSS Notified 1 1 2005 Renewed 1 1 2006 Photo Employee Type Employee Employment Status Active 0170172005 DISCO 01701 2008 01705 2006 Granted Brieted Investigated Granted By Next Brief Rebriefed DSS Debriefed Aeinvestigation DECID Notification Data Group ROOT Cancel Save For more information
89. Visit Authorizations Home GF Visit Authorizations 06V 001 1 of 7 Visitors Sending Facility Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Visit Authorization Number O6 007 Classified Vick F49620 05 C 07100 Sending Facility Visit Authorization Humber 06 123 ROOT Contact Hame Hardcopy Confirm NATO Contractual Received af 972010 Sending Facility C1000 Large Software Systems Inc Host Facility Visited 41000 General Space amp Defense Corporation Purpose Classified discussions 300 SIMS User Reference For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Visit Authorizations Home Page Fields Field Name Valid From To Classified Visit Visit Auth Sending Fac Visit Auth Conference Contract Contact Name Phone Hardcopy Confirm NATO Contractual Data Group Received Received How 301 Description The visit authorization start date The visit authorization end date Indicates a classified visit Auto incrementing number that identifies the visit authorization record See Utilities gt Auto Numbering Authorization or request number on the Visit Authorization received from Facility number Indicates the Visit Authorization conference or meeting When a Visitor or Visit Authorization record that contains a reference to a Conferences record is saved those visitors will not be automatically added to the referenced Conference record See the topic Conferen ces Atte
90. about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Home Page Fields Field Name ID Last Name First Name Middle Name Suffix SSN Authorized to Terminated Description The ID number of the person The person s last name The person s first name The person s middle name or initial The suffix of the person s name i e Jr Sr 1 The Social Security number of the person Check the appropriate box to indicate if this person is authorized to destroy documents externally transfer documents and or be an authorized courier If checked the person is no longer an employee This box gets checked automatically when a date is entered in the person s End Date field on the Employment tab 84 SIMS User Reference Key Management Person SCI Facility ID Employee Barcode Work Phone Email Grade Rank Rate Department Location Division Position Employee Type Employment Status Overseas DSS Notified 85 Check this box if the employee is a key management person and needs to show up on the KMP report Use this check box to indicate if the person has any SCI Access The ID for the person s Host Facility record This field establishes a link to the person s facility information Click Facility ID to show the Facility Record Picker You can set a default for this field when adding new records in the Data Field Defaults Utility The person s employee number or any other unique
91. after selecting this transaction you select the documents to be returned to accountability All documents are checked against the new custodian for proper clearance level and special access requirements The system checks the new container s access list for access by the new custodian and for proper clearance level and special accesses Document Transaction Return To Accountability Home Transaction Remarks Return Date 713200 Return To Name ID Signed For Date From Facility Package Name and Address Send Method FH Return Receipt Options Print Document Special Accesses Return to Accountability 212 SIMS User Reference Return Date Enter the date when the documents have been returned New Custodian All documents selected for return are checked against the new custodian for proper clearance level and special accesses Select a person using a pick list New Container Select a new container by using the container pick list New Contract If a new contract is not selected it is assumed that the document will not be assigned to a contract e g Working Papers Mark Document Accountable Mark document accountable when performing the return to accountability transaction From Facility To select the From Facility select the From Facility button and then select a facility in the pick list The facility must have a Facility ID and at least one address Signed for Date Select a signed for date
92. all tasks complete and incomplete SIMS User Reference Clearance Task cg Assigned 17 8 2006 Days to Complete 3 Expected Completion 171172006 Completed 141172006 Remarks Thiz task was completed in a single day From Completion of Previous From Assigned For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Clearances Task Page Fields Field Name Task Assigned Expected Completion Completed Sequence Days to Complete Remarks Clearance Case Audit Trail 93 Description The task or event for this clearance The date the task was assigned The date the task is expected to be completed This date is calculated based upon the Assigned Date and Days to Complete field The actual completion date for the task Enter the sequence number for this task The number of days expected to complete the task Select option to indicate if this is from the date assigned or from the completion of the previous task Enter free form textual information up to 32kb SIMS User Reference Clearance Case Clearance Information Applications Folygraph Task List Audit Trail Remarks Audit Trail Date Action Status Level 03 14 2008 Other Action Active TOP SECRET 01 24 2006 Other Action Active TOP SECRET 0171172006 Other Action Active TOP SECRET 01 04 2001 Task Completed Active TOP SECRET SIMS Record Created
93. and a completed date This provides an overview of all the tasks This format is selected when the All Clearance Tasks radio button is selected The second summary report format calculates statistics from one event to another The start and stop events can be either a a clearance case date e g e QIP Sent Date Grant Date Brief Date etc or b the assigned or completed date of a clearance task You can mix and match between the two If the second format of the summary report is selected and the date of the end event comes before the date of the start event for a particular record the record will not be used in calculating the statistics and an error message will be reported see below This issue can due to several possible scenarios 1 data entry error 2 start end event selection error or 3 the start event was updated to represent another iteration while the end event still represents the previous or first iteration e g e QIP Sent Date and Brief Date after the former is updated for a periodic reinvestigation 133 SIMS User Reference a iT a Clearance Metrics Error Report The following emors occured while generating the report The primary clearance case issued by the DOD for Maxwell Peter C 711 11 1111 was xcluded from the report because the eQ PSentDate date 1 1 2006 is greater than the Brefed date 012172005 Error code 1 The primary clearance case for Test Biefed eQIP None 1 was excluded from the
94. and for the installation use and results obtained from the Program You may Either use the Program on a single computer workstation or in a multi user network environment depending on the version of the Program licensed i e single or multi user version Copy the Program into any machine readable or printed form for legitimate backup or archive purposes You may not Transfer the License Program or Documentation to another without the written permission of SIMS Software Make alterations unassemble decompile or reverse engineer the Program in any way Grant sub licenses leases or other rights in the Program to others Make telecommunication data transmissions of the Program SIMS Software reserves the right to terminate this license if there is a violation of its terms or default by the licensee Upon termination all copies of the Program must be immediately returned to SIMS Software and the original licensee shall be liable to SIMS Software for any and all damages suffered as a result of the violation or default The license is effective until terminated You may terminate it any other time by destroying the Program together with all copies modifications and merged portions in any form It will also terminate upon conditions set forth elsewhere in this Agreement or if you fail to comply with any term or condition of this Agreement You agree upon such termination to destroy the Program together with all copies in any form SIMS U
95. are currently displayed in the output list screen or have been selected from the Available Fields list for display If a sort by field is not selected the default output list will sort by the first field listed in Displayed Fields Select a field from the Available Fields list box and click Add The field appears above the currently selected field in the Displayed Fields list box 19 SIMS User Reference lt lt Remove Reset Move Up Move Down Column Width Header Show Tab When Module Opens Enterprise Wide Sort by 20 Select a field to be removed from the Displayed Fields list box and click Remove Click to reset the Displayed Fields to its original settings To move a field up one in the order of the Displayed Fields select the field and click Move Up The top field in the list is the left most column in the output list screen and the bottom field is the right most column To move a field down one in the order of the Displayed Fields list box select the field and click Move Down The top field in the list is the left most column in the output list screen and the bottom field is the right most column Indicates the pixel width of the selected field Highlight the field in the Displayed Fields column and then edit the Column Width for that field Once you select the OK button after making any other changes in the Output List Column dialog this will be the default
96. assign default values to fields Field Displays the currently selected field Click on a field name in the list above to select a field Default Displays the field name default 445 SIMS User Reference Required Check this box if the user must enter a value for the selected field in order to save the record Sticky Check this box if you want the value for the selected field to carry over to the next record when the user adds several records at once Read Only Check this box if the default value for the selected field should appear as read only Special Access Definitions Special Access Definitions provides a method for specifying special security accesses A SIMS Manager has access to add edit delete Special Accesses A Submanager has access only to add edit delete Special Accesses within their Data Group Items outside the Submanager s Data Group can only be viewed Ay Special Accesses Special Accesses Umbrella Choices Special Access Type Umbrella Archived Data Group APPLE CHERRY CNW COMSEC Dale s 54 B1 B3 B2 L3 FRUIT Jim s 54 B2 L1 LIMDAIS NATO MOFORN PEACH Aoot Orly WAIN TEL Included Accesses For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Special Access Definitions Page Fields Field Name Description 446 SIMS User Reference Special Accesses List the Special Accesses Types whether they are included in an Umbrella access and or Archived Umbrella Choices Lists Umbrella speci
97. associated with the basis of the clearance The date the person is scheduled to receive another security clearance briefing The DSS department entity that approved the DCID Date for future reinvestigation of the clearance The date of the last briefing for the person s security clearance The name of the agency that granted the clearance The date that the clearance application was received by the clearance processing authority The date the persons clearance was de briefed A date in this field effectively makes the clearance inactive The date of DCID Director of Central Intelligence Directive approval Picture of the individual To add or delete a photo click the Photo Signature tab SIMS User Reference Data Group The data group that the person belongs to Data groups are defined in the User Management Data Groups dialog Cleared Personnel Clearances Cleared Personnel Clearances This screen shows a list of all clearances held by the individual F Personnel Maxwell Peter C 2 of 21 Kef Contacts Contracts Wehicles Military Foreign Travel Remarks Links HRA JPAS DB Audit Trail Home j Clearances Special Accesses E mploymert i Personal Citizenship _ Photo Badges Training Clearances Level Agency Status Facility Name Date Granted SECRET DOD Active General Space amp Defense Cor 01 02 2000 TOP SECRET DOD Active General Space amp Defens 09 15 1989 errs For mor
98. authorized courier The Visit Authorization number that the visitor record is associated with Point of contact name at your facility for this visitor Point of contact phone number at your facility for this visitor Escort name for this visitor Conference or meeting this visitor is attending if applicable When a Visitor or Visit Authorization record that contains a reference to a Conferences record is saved those visitors will not be automatically added to the referenced Conference record See the topic Conferen ces Attendees which explains how to add pre designated visitors to a conference record Click to select the Contract ID for this visit Click to select the facility that the visitor is coming from Displays the name and the CAGE Code or other ID for the visitor s facility SIMS User Reference Host Facility Government Facility Long Term Escort Required Need To Know Security Dept Approval Clearance Verify Method Date Data Group Visitors Clearance Info 282 Click to select the facility that the visitor is going to visit Displays the name and the CAGE Code or other ID for the host facility Check this box if the visitor is from a government facility If the visitor is a long term visitor check this box Check this box if an escort is required for this visitor Check this box if the visitor has Need To Know Check this box if the security department has approved this visitor
99. automatic if all of the selected documents pass validation 215 SIMS User Reference Document Transaction Transfer to Another Contract Home Transaction Remarks i Transter Date E 572011 New ContractID Project C Change Project Contract Transfer Receipt Options Print Document Special Accesses Transfer to Another Contract Transfer Date Enter the transfer date New Contract ID Select the new contract in which the document will be transferred to Change Project If the Change Project check box is checked enter the new project name The project field will be updated for all documents in the transaction Print Document Special Accesses If selected the document s special accesses will appear on the certificate Click OK when all of the requirements have been fulfilled Retention Under current DoD Industrial Security Manual ISM guidelines at the completion of a contract one of four things must be done to each of the documents assigned to that contract the document may be destroyed transferred to another facility assigned to another contract or retained beyond contract expiration assuming that permission has been granted As shown below documents to be retained are assigned a Retain Until date 216 SIMS User Reference Document Transaction Retention Home Transaction Remarks Letter Sent Date G 9 2008 Retention Receipt Options Fetar Unti Date
100. bar code file to be used to select personnel Apply Training Courses This transaction allows multiple training records to be assigned to multiple personnel in a single operation First query for the personnel records that you want to add a training course for in the output list screen In the transaction dialog choose the Add button to add either a specific course or a course group to the selected Personnel records 137 SIMS User Reference El Apply Training Courses Sele Training Course List Course ID Mame Status Completed Adm T Bane Jonna Sohecied Add Course Add Course Groups Number of personnel records selected for update JPAS Import This function lets you import data into SIMS that was exported from JPAS to a csv file SIMS Managers automatically have the ability to import JPAS reports into SIMS but it is important to verify that other User s identified have been assigned to perform the JPAS transaction prior to attempting the import To give a User account access to the JPAS Transaction Go to Utilities Select User Management from the top of the screen Select the appropriate user account Next select Allow JPAS Import transaction from the User Option section of User Properties Click OK oe IS The SIMS tutorial JPAS sample looks like the following Formattedsohl FullNarne Eliqibilitydesc Eligdate Investdispl Investdate PersonCat Secur g A1000 111 11 1111 MAXWELL PETER SCI 79 2002 0 00 SSB 1 9 2002
101. been fulfilled The status of all documents referenced by the returned external transfer receipt will be changed from In Transit to Received Tracer Letter The Document Tracer Transaction searches for all documents looking for those documents that have been transferred to another facility but are still listed as being In Transit and have a Suspense Date that is before the current date Whenever a document is found that meets these criteria a record is made of the external document transfer receipt number that is associated with the transaction After the document search has been completed the document transfer receipt list is sorted and all duplicates are removed Then each of the remaining transfer receipts will cause the printing of a tracer letter to the facility to which the document s was sent requesting that follow up action be taken If the Reprint Receipts check box is checked a duplicate of the original transaction certificate will be printed along with the Tracer Letter 211 SIMS User Reference Document Transaction Tracer Letter For Receipt Number PO gt For Suspense Date Range For All Receipts Print with Return Address _ Reprint Receipt s also Select the tracer report options and click OK to proceed Return to Accountability The Return to Accountability transaction is used when a facility returns documents that were originally sent out on an external transfer As shown below
102. button a Save dialog will appear Save the query so that it can be reloaded for later use After selecting this button an Open dialog will appear Select a query file that was saved at an earlier time The query must be loaded in the same module in which it was saved Click to start the search Click to close the screen The table below lists fields in the Visitors module The subsequent columns list where the field can be found in the Query Editor Home Tab ID U S Citizen SSN Last Name VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors IDValue USCitizen SSN LastName 591 SIMS User Reference First Name Middle Name Suffix Position Ttile Rank Visitor Type ID Type ID Value Valid From To Clearance Level Terminated Added Govt Facility Long Term VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors FirstName MiddleName NameSuffix Position _ID
103. classification level when processing and not processing the system custodian and the dates of the last SPP approval and the next scheduled SPP review Information in the IS module is not used by any other SIMS module Input Screen Description Home Hardware Software Access List Special Access Remarks Links List Screen Description Default Output List Reports Reports IS Input IS Home 310 SIMS User Reference Information Systems BUENA VISTA 14 1 of 3 i DE Audit Trail _ Additional Info Audit Trail Home un 2 Qu T Hardware SID BUENA VISTA 14 AISBARCODE 41000 General Space amp Defense Co Barcode Facility ID Parent System Custodian Custodian ID 222 22 2222 Name Powers Brad A IP Address 12898 04 33 Mest Inspect lias 6 2008 Responsible Center IT Department Inspection Rating Outstanding 005 555 2424 i T 3 o Emergency Phone Data Group ROOT EIER IT Firewall Hardware Cisco Firewall Firewall Software Access List Special AcCESSes Remarks IS Mode Dedicated Location VAULT 1 System Categom General Support System Status Operational Classification Levels SECRET T 3 p a i ea i Ta When Not Processing SECRET IS SPP Information System Specific 7 16 2007 7 17 2007 1271272007 ay 7 2008 4 Origination Date lia 7 2007 Miz 7 2007 4 Accreditation 12 7 2007 W
104. data related to those records are included in the report Otherwise all records currently shown in the output list or on a page not yet displayed when record paging is turned on are used Next go to the Reports menu and scroll down to the Personnel Clearance Metrics report 130 SIMS User Reference Reports Transactions Help Quick Report Courier Authorization Key Management Personnel Document Accountability Special Access Tracking Historical Program Listing Contractor Position Roster Log Program Access Log Personnel By 5A Personnel By 5A Billet Number Personnel Document Coun Personnel Clearance and 54 Personnel Count By 54 Personnel Count By Level Personnel Count By 54 and By Facility Personnel Termination Report Security Profile Personnel Clearance Metrics be Briefed Personnel Chart Summary Report Detail Report Design Custom Report Execute Custom Report A window will appear with different options available for the report 131 SIMS User Reference Clearance Metrics Title Primary Clearance Task Metrics Summary Poe orti Data Options Date Options Statistics Primary Clearance Only O All Days Weekdays Only Minimum Median Standard Deviation Ey Data Group Any Day Maximum Average Summary Report Start Event Enl Event Al Clearance Tasks All Clearance Tasks Start Dake 34 2011 ka End Date 3 31 2011 ka Frequency Distribution Detail Report azo pauzan Clearanc
105. denied When opening the record the Show All button here would over ride that setting and show all Special Accesses regardless of whether or not it requires a briefing status The contract sponsor The date the application for the special access was submitted The date the special access was granted SIMS User Reference Brief Date Debrief Date Rebriefed Date Denied Date Add Batch Edit Batch Profile Special Accesses The date the person was originally briefed for the special access The date the person was debriefed for the special access This effectively makes the special access inactive The date the person was last re briefed for the special access The date of denial for the special access Click this button to add several special accesses at once The access must have the same dates and other attributes Click this button to perform a batch update to any number of special accesses for a single personnel record Click this button to view a report of all special accesses and other clearances for the individual This report can also be viewed and printed by going to the Reports Security Profile menu option This page appears when you click Add or Edit on the Cleared Personnel Special Accesses page 102 SIMS User Reference Special Access special Accesses Special Access Tracking Personnel Special Access Information e e Billet Dates Briefed Rebriefed Next Bri
106. e mail addresses where the e mail will be sent Use a comma for multiple e mail addresses Specify a subject for the e mail SIMS User Reference Email Body Specify the body text for the e mail Switch to the Schedule tab to add edit or delete a schedule for the task Task Input Home Schedule History IOo Juy gt 2009 5M TWTFS wae amp 9 10 11 12 13 Lu i 4 15 16 17 18 19 20 Edit Delete Day Work Week Week iacl Fl 22 Fa 24 25 76 2F 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 z0 2 z6 27 z0 29 30 31 1 New View Selector o2 343b r o 14 20 July 01 Cancel New Schedule Schedule Mame Personnel Report Description Status Mon Recurring Start efiijzoo9 w 12 00 00 aM Cancel New Schedule Page Fields Field Name Description 477 SIMS User Reference Schedule Name Description Status Start Task Input Home Schedule History Task Type Module Execution Date Subject History Page Fields Field Name 478 Specify a name for the schedule Specify a description i e how often the script will execute Specify whether the task will be non recurring or recurring If the task is non recurring edit the start date and the start time If the task is recurring choose the Recurrence button Choose an option to have the task recur daily weekly monthly yearly etc Specify the start date and start time Edit the start date and start time for the task
107. fields from multiple tables or allow for particular requirements that are not available using a quick report a custom report should be built instead Some programming may be needed when building a custom report Please refer to the Custom Reports documentation or contact SIMS technical support for further assistance on these types of reports 4 Highlight the field and choose the Add to report button or double click on the field to add it to the report 5 Choose to sort on a field by ascending or descending order Other properties such as the format font header and footer can also be edited 6 Click the OK button to produce the quick report The type of report will be based on the format that was selected in the Quick Report dialog HTML Preview will launch the report in the default browser HTML Save As will allow you to save the report as a HTML file Delimiter Specified will allow you to specify a delimiter for the txt file Comma Separated can be used with Excel See related topics below 491 SIMS User Reference E Quick Report EX 5 Format HTML Preview html wt Table C Include list tables Font Include total record count Header Align Footer Align Lett Center O Right C Lett Center O Right Available Fields E AccountabilitySystem Cog Fax Division S FacAdd Lined E FSOEmail E AwardNotes Cog Phone DOEFCL S Fac dd Phone FSOPhone E Awards CogCode S 05S FedexOK S Fac dd S
108. firewall Description of the software used to build the firewall SIMS User Reference Information Systems BUENA VISTA 14 1 of 3 Audit Trail DB Audit Trail Home Additional Info Hardware Software Access List Special Accesses I Remarks re Links MSSP IS ID MISSP rE E JP Resccrettation MailStop 8 802 Audit Relief Letter C Multiple Production Facility Self Approved Trusted Downloads Number of workstations il _ Extended Storage Policy Operating Systems Accreditation Status Current Last E Month Review Re Accreditation E Month Review Re Accreditation Completed Completed Completed Completed Si 4D di For more information about using this screen see Input Screen IS Additional Page Fields Field Name Description IS ID Any character and or numerical string can be used for the ID ISSM Select the ISSM from the Personnel pick list AISSM Select the AISSM from the Personnel pick list Program Name Select the Program Name from a pick list ISSO Select the ISSO from the Personnel pick list Status Select the Status from a pick list Region Select the Region from a pick list Facility Select the Facility from the Facility pick list MSSP Edit the MSSP Revision Select the Revision from a pick list MISSP Edit the MISSP 314 SIMS User Reference IS Type Origination When Processing Area Type Accreditation When Not Processing Network Type Reaccreditation System Catego
109. he eave wen ah ee ele a ee ey 79 52 COGnizant OiliceS HOME merine etia bot oboe ee een enNed boc bee ed kee ae be bbe ee whee bo tee hea E eee eons 79 52 COGhizanl Oimices Ob AUGE Mall yt oats 4 2 Eadie Octe bo e 6 at Sits Bee Go eee ee Ra eee oe ae Seek oes 80 Ba COGMIZanU OMCs LIST 456 kee Gales ee oe et aa at ele ee Aas td oes Gat EG ye te cen Eee ere Sas te et ede 208 eee er ante 81 Sio COGnIZant OCES REDIS aintves ravers toc a Sek en bene Gee Ra a eed Hos edhe he ek oe en E Seas aes 82 5 6 Cognizant OCES RECord FICKEN lt 42 2e0 bi oc ited ean ead ee Ste eae eee ate kg bie oh es been eet eee ds 82 6 Glealed PelSOnnel lt 4 ices a ice ce a a ea aaa Seen amp eign ek Be oes Bt Ben ak Qo hoe eee Ee ee ee hee SG tee Sues 82 6 1 PURDOSE OF Clealed Pemsonnell ssri ees bt ae ote ed bende bath oe bee be ee sche hk ee ee eh eh ee ee eee 83 6 2 Cleared Personnel Input sron ves re eens bot Shae Sees he a a ees He cede hy ek oe en abies eee ae aes 83 6 0 Cleared Personnel List f lt tici veh eases bbte eee vee er eed boa ea ed kere ate be bee ek whee bo tee hee e ees 123 64 Cleared Personnel REDONS 5 ictas a va vews tic Strba a ene ben a6 de ber a eed Hose hehe ek oe en a dee Sea ota Re 124 6 9 Personnel Clearance Task Melis Meese baci eae dee cake echt ek Ree he dea eee eed beaters dees 130 6 6 Cleared Personnel Transactions vcs cavers tic tthe Meek cased wee hea ead Hos eha hy eave en abies hese oy 137 Ti COMAWICKS se iadie eta cures e nee ee at Ge
110. highlighting records in the output list screen Quick Find or the Query Editor can be used to search for records Click on a column header to sort the results If all the records from the search are to be reported on do not highlight or select a record Then select Summary Report from the Reports menu Detail Report To print a detail report select the record s using the check boxes or by highlighting records in the output list screen Quick Find or the Query Editor can be used to search for records Click on a column header to sort results If all the records from the search are to be reported on do not highlight or select a record Then select Detail Report from the Reports menu Print from the detail report screen Design Custom Report Select Design Custom Report to open the SIMS Report Engine The SIMS Report Engine is a full featured report writer you can use to create custom reports It includes custom layouts and scripting to create powerful reports similar to the predefined reports included in SIMS Some programming experience is recommended Execute Custom Report Select Execute Custom Report to run an existing report rpx file Related Topics Custom Reports Task Scheduler 34 SIMS User Reference Export and Import Transactions The Export and Import Data transactions allow you to export and import SIMS records This is useful when moving records to a different instance of SIMS without having to overwrite an existing
111. if Returned AFTER Checkout C The Undo Last Check Out button will undo the last checkout Visitor Registration The Visitor Registration screen allows you to enter specific information for the visitor when he or she is checked in P Visitor Registration Visitor Badge Visitor Type Vendor Badge Group Aloha ID Wale O412345 Badge Color NONE Print Badge Visit Information Date Clearance Vented On Parking Po Escort Required Escort Po Note 297 SIMS User Reference For more information about using this screen see Input screen Visitor Registration Page Fields Field Name Name Visitor Type ID Value Type of ID Badge Badge Group Badge Color Print Badge Badge Type Date Classified Visit Escort Required Clearance Verified On Clearance Verified Method Parking Building 298 Description The name of the visitor Visitor Type such as contractor consultant vendor etc ID used by the visitor to identify himself herself ID such as Passport number or Driver s License number Badge if a badge is used Badge Group assigned from Visit Authorization Badge Color assigned from Visit Authorization If checked a badge will be printed when OK is clicked Displays a list of Badge Types By default the SIMS built in Visitor Badge report will display unless another type is selected in the list Use the Custom Reports gt Report Overrides utility to add other custom badge types
112. in the module You can e Resize the columns by clicking the lines in the column headers and dragging them to the left or right much like a spreadsheet e Click on a column header to sort the records by that column 75 SIMS User Reference e Double click on a record to open an input screen where you can modify the fields a Other Facility Facility ID Facility Name Clearance Fac d Facha Facha C Acme Acme Vending UNCLASSIFIED C 61000 fe Electronics Corporation TOP SECRET r02 23 C c1000 Large Software Systems Inc SECRET E1000 Space Systems Company SECRET E E bea ae Gy ma a Ha Hal _ Filter Inactive 4 records Page 1 of 1 Filter Inactive Check the Filter Inactive check box to prevent archived files from appearing on this output screen For more information about using this screen see e Output List Screen e Customizing Output List Columns e Finding Records Using Quick Find e Finding Records Using Query Editor Other Facilities Reports Reports Menu For more information about the default reports that appear in every module see e Standard Reports The rest of this page describes module specific reports Expiring SPPs Verifications This report lists the Other Facilities whose SPPs needs to be reviewed during a given time span Enter the starting and ending dates of the time range 76 SIMS User Reference Expiring SPPs Verifications Eg Date Range Start Date 2 97 0007 End
113. information The telephone number of any secure telephone in the facility Note that on the Home tab this information is read only To enter information click the Other Addresses tab and enter primary address information The emergency telephone number of the facility Note that on the Home tab this information is read only To enter information click the Other Addresses tab and enter primary address information Click to select the facility s security officer FSO from the Cleared Personnel module The FSO s telephone number as obtained from the Cleared Personnel module SIMS User Reference FSO e mail The FSO s e mail address as obtained from the Cleared Personnel module Clearance Level Select the maximum security clearance level of the facility Storage Level Select the maximum storage level of the facility Granted The date that the facility s security clearance was granted SPP Update The date of the last update to the SPP Standard Practices and Procedures FOCI Indicates if the facility is under foreign ownership control or influence Next Check The date that the SPP Standard Practices and Procedures is to be updated Host Facilities Other Addresses gt Host Facility General Space amp Defense Corporation 1 of 15 Contracts Points of Contact Awards Remarks Links DE Audit Trail Home Other Addresses Cog Office Cog Inspections Internal Inspections Access Control l Kep Secunty Personnel
114. last inspection The date the next inspection is scheduled Click this button to add the information from the last inspection to history Displays a list of previous inspections gt Host Facility General Space amp Defense Corporation 1 of 15 Contracts Home Badging Systems Used Ermplovees Visitors Vendors Temporary Help Contractors Uther Accesses Classified AlS SAP SAR Protected Areas Paints of Contact Other Addresses Awards Cog Office Cog Inspections Destruction Method Shred NAC J STU ll Penmeter Control DOE FEL Closed Areas STE Approved by D55 for FedEs Transmission of Classified Material LJ SCIF Accountability System SIMS Personnel Security Clearance Holdings amp i dP bi Remarks Links Internal Inspections DE Audit Trail l Access Control Key Security Personnel Special Accesses NATO Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Host Facilities Access Control Page Fields Field Name Badging System Used Description Select all items that apply to the badging system used for this facility 50 SIMS User Reference Destruction Method Other Accesses Approved by DSS for FedEx Transmission of material Personnel Security Clearance Holdings Accountability System Visitor Control Special Accesses Select the destruction methods used by this facility Select all items that pertain to other ac
115. number associated with the visitor s security clearance Basis The basis for the other clearance investigation 283 SIMS User Reference Granted By The name of the agency that granted the clearance Periodic Reinvestigation The next reinvestigation date Special Accesses The list of special accesses the visitor has on the selected Visit Authorization Choose the Add or Edit button to modify the Special Access name and related fields Click the Add Batch button to add several special accesses at once The access must have the same dates and other attributes Click the Edit Batch button to perform a batch update to any number of special accesses for a single visitor record Purpose The purpose of the visit Visitors Personal Info F Visitors Adams John Q 1 of 10 maf Home Clearance Personal From Facility Visiting Data Badge Info Remarks DE Audit Trail Personal Information Fhoto Birth Date neon i i Birth Place weight Ibs US Citizen Naturalization DO O OE Registered Alien S Passport Infomation Add Photo Clear Photo Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Visitors Personal Info Page Fields Field Name Description Birth Date The visitor s date of birth 284 SIMS User Reference Place Height Weight Vehicle ID US Citizen Country of Citizenship Non Citizen Type Work Visa Naturalization Registered Alien Country City State Numbe
116. ob dee Sere At ok Hn ea ers Bes Se os Ge ee eke hee ee aed Be eo ee 14 2 10 Cusiomizing Ouiput List COlmMNS xeeces tse t heey ed eee che ce ee hese td eee ede ke et eee dh ehh Vee eee es 18 2 NDUT Eron sve ha 55 5 done ee Ge kee eee hie Eee he ow eek wee ete Ae oe A ee eee a ee eo dee ee a ie a oe 21 22 Pick Gsi and RICKO acu e ew eee bee th ie ee oe Bee Ee ee A ie ete doe See es ok es Gee eee eee ae is 23 2 13 Finding REcords USING QUICK FINO awr 6 6 8 Sheets Ss Bee cis Cain a ie ek dee en ho ek eee SG ook es ee 27 214 Finding Records Using QUE Eqn cate 26 60 ote ek ae ede bn Gee ee ee eee ete he eee eke es bee Geet Saeed 31 ZI OIRCDOUS oneri Eee Pets Peace ee oie ee eos ee ek wee eats Ae oe Se aoe ee bk ee hoe ee ee A ce 33 21C Export and impon anSacions lt 4 e224o6 seek eae betok a Ree ee dk bh a eee ee eee hehe ee eee 35 2 1 7 Dale Enr Hierarchy 224 j teats 4 Soe e 6 os bee eh od Ad Wane Bee 4 ee ok eee eh ee oe ee oo ae a ee 37 216 Creating Undue PICS asarrea ee ek doh tea ete ee a ewes hee due ere Siw Bee eaten bk Ge ee ae due cw ee ie ee 38 2719 Usmo Custom Database ODIeCIS resres eei Cie a ee hes hehe eae Ae os de eee ok ek E eee Ce a ees 2 40 2 20 Database Backup and RESTOS visa era es ihe e ied eee ee de ie Cede Bee en de oe ea de ee ee ee 41 2 21 Training e T echnical SUDDO siriene eea Shere a en Geis Bees Be ok Ae ee eek eh eee aed Ee ees 2 42 Ds IOS RACIINOS ttnc ects Seasick itu Ae ee ee db ace Soe amp Ee a hele eh eae Bw
117. of the document title If checked the externally transferred document s classification level must be less than or equal to the Send to Facility s storage level SIMS User Reference A System Customization System Personnel DO254 Contracts DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visitors Time Periods Conferences Containers Output Lists Data Group Filters il Locks amp Keys E Validations Settings Barcode Inventory Message Customization Archive Documents When Externally Transtered to Host Facilities Disable Contract edit except via transactions C Disable Container edit except via transactions Disable Custodian edit except via transactions Do not display Document transaction receipt preview Messages Documents O R Notifications OWA E mail amp Fax Colors Encryption Il LDAP Append Remarks to Documents on Transactions Filter Leading Period in Barcodes when doing Inventory Ignore duplicate values when performing barcode inventory Print detail report when saving new document record For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization Document Settings Page Fields Field Name Archive Documents When Externally Transferred to Host Facilities Disable Contract edit except via transactions Disable Container edit except via transactions Disable Custodian edit except via transactions Append Remarks to Documents on Transactions
118. of the person Male or Female Select the person s marital status from the option menu 107 SIMS User Reference Maiden Name Alias Next of Kin Next of Kin Phone Relation Driver s License Passport City State Country Issued Expires Address 1 Address 2 City State Zip Home Phone Cleared Personnel Citizenship 108 The person s maiden name if applicable An alternate name that the person may be known by The name of the next of kin to be contacted in case of an emergency The telephone phone number of the next of kin named The person s relation the next of kin named The person s driver s license number The person s passport number The passport issuing city The passport issuing state The passport issuing country The date the passport was issued Select the check box to modify the date The date the passport expires Select the check box to modify the date The home street address The home street address if more than one line The home city The home state The home zip code The person s home telephone number SIMS User Reference El Personnel Maxwell Peter C 2 of 21 Contacts Contracts Vehicles Military Home Clearances Special Accestes Remarks ee Personal Citizenship Primary Citizenship US Citizen County of Citizenship United States of America Dual Citizenship O U S Person Passport Verification
119. on a report when it is executed If there is 470 SIMS User Reference a need to enable disable a logo within each module the Custom Images utility can work in conjunction with the Custom Reports Override utility to allow users to turn on off the logo when executing a report Custom Images Custom Images Image Type Image Size Dimensions Module Enabled Report Logo J612 bytes 200x48 5 Enabled For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Custom Images Page Fields Field Name Description Image Type When selecting Login as the image type the image that appears on the upper right side of the login screen can be assigned When selecting Report Logo as the image type a logo can be enabled disabled for reports for each module See the example below on how to edit a report using a report logo Image Size The size of the image Dimensions The dimensions of the image Module The SIMS module assigned to the image when the image type is a Report Logo Enabled If checked the custom image will be enabled The image will appear on the SIMS login screen if the image type is Login An image will appear on a custom report if the image type is Report Logo Here are steps with an example demonstrating how to display a custom logo image on the IS Summary Report 471 SIMS User Reference Similar steps are required for any report that needs to display a custom logo Go to Utilities gt Custom Image Utility C
120. or not E Detad Report StartDate 1 1 2008 v Edoate 12 31 2000 separate Initial Clearance from Renvestigations Chearance Groupa Add Deescription Cesare lets b CONFIDENTIAL COMP IDENTIAL ka INTERIM 5 INTERIM 5 Up INTERIM TS INTERIM TS SECRET 7 TOF SECRET TOF SECRET B UNCLASSIFIED UNCLASSIFIED 7 If Separate Initial Clearances from Reinvestigations is checked the report results will be grouped for initial investigations periodic reinvestigations and possibly unspecified categories left unchecked all results will be grouped together 134 SIMS User Reference ariel kat fit ieee Lice Edise LSet J Saparali Inttel Camara Grom Peirremstgatann Chorunce Groupa t Aia Cascio Dama Lr mra H COMPIDEHTLAL INTE F TER 5 HTERIH TS TERM TS SECRET SECRET z TO S2CRET TOF SECRET Note that there are radio buttons on the Applications Polygraph tab of the Clearance Case dialog to indicate whether an e Q P Sent Date refers to an Initial Clearance or a Periodic Reinvestigation on a clearance case fen Clearance Case Qearance Infomabon Appicstons Pohgraph Task Lisi PS VW 552 Submitted RARU Submited F Clearance Waiver 7 PR Submitted Basas SSI Gent if V200 Deaarot TOP SECRET Completed 1210200 aa Submited M 2 79 79 Recawed W 2 20 1944 Denied
121. other row that appears in the output list of each module Pick the alternating foreground color This will affect the color of the text for the alternating rows that appear in the output list of each module Pick the alternating background color This will affect the color of the background for the alternating rows that appear in the output list of each module SIMS User Reference System Customization Encryption A System Customization System Personnel DO254 Contracts DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visitors Time Periods Data Group Filters Locks amp Keps 15 Encryption Conferences Containers Output Lists Messages Documents OVA Notifications OWA E mail amp Fax Colors Encryption LDAP SIMS can take advantage of the encryption capabilities built into SOL Server 2005 2008 You must create the Database Master Key certificates and syrmetric keys using T SQL prior to enabling this feature Please contact SIMS support for detailed instructions on how to perform these initial steps Enable SQL 2005 2008 Encryption Symmetric Key Hame Certificate Mame E For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization Encryption Page Fields Field Name Enable SQL 2005 2008 Encryption Symmetric Key Name Certificate Name Encrypt Personnel SSN Encrypt Personnel Birth Date Encrypt Personnel Birth Place Encrypt Visitor B
122. page 7DG account sample http localhost SimsWeb A SP Login aspx DG account 5 For the Page link above replace the localhost with the FQDN or IP address of your webserver SIMS Workflow Service Once you have the required SIMS version installed along with SQL Server 2005 or 2008 you will need to obtain the SIMS Workflow Service installation file This installation must be at the same version as the SIMS Standalone or Client and Server installations and is required for the SIMS Task Scheduler Utility Install SIMS Workflow Service Double click on the SIMS Workflow Service installation file Files will be copied and a dialog will appear SIMS Scheduler Service Connection Configuration Database SOL Server 2005 2008 focal Use Trusted Connection Database Administrator Password rrr This account password i Used during installation only ltil not be saved as part of your configuration _ Test Configuration f Specify the SQL Server instance user name and password Choose the Test Configuration button If the test is successful choose the OK button to complete the installation Moving a SIMS Standalone Database to a New PC The following steps will guide you through the process of moving SIMS Standalone data files to a new machine This guide assumes SIMS and SQL Server 2005 Express Edition or SQL Sever 2008 have been installed into the default locations Both SIMS databases will need to be at the same SIMS
123. place If selected the next available document number in the stream will be used If checked assume that all copies of a document have been generated rather than received The copy number may be specified as starting at 0 or 1 Remove any counters that have been recycled This will force the next number in the counter to be the value in the Counter field The data group that the document stream belongs to Data groups are defined in the User Management Data Groups dialog Each module in SIMS includes pre defined reports that are accessible through the Reports menu If you want to revise a report you can make a copy of the rpx file and revise it using the Design Custom Reports option in the Reports menu The Custom Report Overrides feature allows you to create a new name and replace the pre defined reports If you wish to override a pre defined report this can be done within the Report Overrides tab Managers have full read write access to change the data group field for any report Submanagers can only add modify reports within their data group SIMS User Reference Custom Reports Report Overrides Additional Reports Report Headers Add Edt Delte Choose the Add button to add a new report 455 SIMS User Reference Custom Report Input Form Module Report Name Data Group Description File Hame File Size KB Override Sub Reports Sub Report Hame Custom Reports Field Name
124. projects that it may affect DoD Outgoing Requests Special Accesses Status 253 SIMS User Reference E DoD Requests 1 3 of 3 Fef DE Audit Trail Home SendTo Facility Visitors Endorsements Ii International Special Accesses 7 Status Archive Remarks Links Special Accesses Request Special Accesses Date Initiated L a NATO Requester Name o O Requester Phone S O Requester eMail n O Status Date EJ 6 29 2010 E Fax County Code Area or Routing Code Local Number __ EE SM lt gt d For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DoD Outgoing Requests Special Access and Status Page Fields Field Name Description Special Accesses Any special accesses required by each person on the visit request Date Initiated The date the visit request was created Requester Name The requester s name if the record was created via the web interface Requester Phone The requester s phone number if the record was created via the web interface Requester eMail The requester s email if the record was created via the web interface Status The current status of the visit request Status Date The date when the status last changed Fax The fax number where the DoD Outgoing Request is going to be faxed starting with country code and area routing code If the fax number is inside the U S leave the country code blank 254 SIMS User Reference DoD Requests Archive A PDF file con
125. query file that was saved at an earlier time The query must be loaded in the same module in which it was saved Click to start the search Click to close the screen The table below lists each field in the Host Facilities module The subsequent columns list where the field can be found in the Query Editor Home Tab ID Name Type Inactive Govt Facility International Cognizant Office Convenience Code Data Group Address Line 1 Address Line 2 Address Line 3 Address Line 4 Address Phone Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityID FacilityName Facility Type Inactive IsGovtFacility International CogOffice_ID CogOffice Cog_Code ConvienceCode UserGroup_ D Line1 Line2 Line3 Line4 Phone UserGroups GroupName SIMS User Reference Contact Name Contact Telephone FAX secure Phone Emergency Phone Facility Security Officer Name Facility Security Officer Phone Facility Security Officer e mail Clearance Level Storage Level Granted SPP Update FOCI Next Check Other Addresses Tab Address Type Header Address Line 1 Address Line 2 Address Line 3 Address Line 4 FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility
126. report because he e0lF Sern Date date 10 21 201 1h is greater than the Brefed date 10 1 2011 Eror code 1 The primary clearance case for Test Briefed eQIP Initial 2 was excluded from the report because he eQlF Sert Date date 10 18 2011 This greater than the Brefed date 10 4 2011 Eror code 1 The pimary clearance case for Test Biefed eGIP PR 3 was excluded from the report because Frequency Distribution offers a bar chart of the frequency of occurrence Select this check box to include a bar chart of the calculations for clearance tasks or clearance case actions Bin width allows users to group duration results in 1 5 or 10 day increments The Detail Report section of this report calculates statistics on how long it took for personnel to get an initial clearance or to perform a periodic reinvestigation on an existing clearance Additionally it provides statistics on clearance case processing for open or pending clearance cases It is important to note here that a few fields must be indicated within a clearance case within personnel records in order for the proper results to generate on this report Those fields are e QIP Sent Date Granted date and if an investigation is in progress then PSQ App Pending should be checked This last step is recommended for clarity but is optional since the order of the e QIP Sent Date and Granted date or absence of a Granted date can be used to infer whether a clearance case is still pending
127. report the results Client testing loops on 1 opening a record 2 selecting Next while editing a record and 3 selecting Page Down on the output list Server testing loops on 1 opening a record 2 saving a record and 3 copying a record The client results are stored in SIMS_ ClientPerformance txt Server results are stored in SIMS_ServerPerformance txt Both files are created in the client application startup folder Do not enable either option on a production server Performance Enable Server Performance Logs _ Enable Client Performance Logs 381 SIMS User Reference Loo Message j 12 29 2006 19 30 56 Common Controls PageNayvigator Wext Seconds operation 0 13 Ley TextPad C Simalesign hent ibinisias ClientPerformance txt Jey Pile Edt Search Wee Tools Macros Configure Window Help we h 8 eA Bec gaiet Ff Hm Ea enn k ize29r2006 19 27 27 Common RecordNavigatorToolbar Wesxt Seconds operation 0 04 lf 29 2006 19 20 57 Common Controls Pagetavigator Bext Seconds operation 0 13 1272972006 19 29 06 Bodules Facility HainFors laistControl DoubleClick Secomds operation 0 29 System Customization Personnel System Customization Data Group Filters Locks amp Keys 15 Messages Documents OVA Notifications OWA E mail amp Fax Colors Encryption LDAP System Personnel DO254 Contracts DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visitors Time P
128. report will print Internal Transfer to Multiple Custodians Suppose that a SIMS user has generated 70 copies of a document and now wants to send one copy to each of 70 personnel Using the previously described internal transfer technique this would require 70 separate transactions However this can be easily done in a single transaction To execute an internal transfer to multiple custodians all documents to be processed must have the same Root ID 201 SIMS User Reference which means that they must be copies of the same document Click on Distribution First select the documents to be transferred and then go to Transactions and select Internal Transfer The Distrib ution List check box just below the list of transaction types will become active Document Transactions Selected Documents Document Humber Title Classification Custodian Archived SIMS 5B 00001 90 Battle Management Beyond the FLOT SECRET Maxwell Peter C No SIMS 5B 00003 90 HAVE VISTA Exploitation Report AM SECRET Maxwell Peter L Ho Select Additional Documents Records Selected Scanner decals co el Transaction Type Po C Distribution List Click OK and the Internal Transactions screen shown below will appear Document Transaction Internal Transfer Home Transaction Ramah Ea aa E Transfer Date 1171772011 w Mame Signed For Date From Facility Distribution List Saas CO l Name and Address internal Transter Receipt
129. see Input Screen Containers Links Page Fields Field Name Description File Path Containers DB Audit Trail Description DB Audit Trail Cancel Save A brief description of the linked file The full path and file name of the linked file Select the Retrieve button to display the record s audit trail A SIMS Manager can run a report and manage audit trail changes by going to Utilities gt Database Audit Trail 151 SIMS User Reference Containers SAFE 1 1 of 16 Personnel Access Special Accesses Audit Trail Remarks Drag 4 column header here to group by thak column Timestamp Subsystem Action By Description Press the Seteve Sutton to Wew he ostabese gumit raul H H 4 Record O of O H H Table Record ID Field Before Value a i b gt bi For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Containers DB Audit Trail Page Fields DB Audit Trail After Value Cancel Save Field Name Description Timestamp The timestamp that the modification was made Subsystem The subsystem in which the change was made Action The type of action i e edit By The user that performed the change Description A description of the change i e record number Containers List Default Output List The default Container Output List screen shows the Container ID Expiration Date Storage Level Description Type and Location fields for each container record in the module Yo
130. select the DoD Outgoing Request record from the Output List by highlighting it and then select the Detail Report from the Reports menu The Visit Request can also be printed by clicking on the printer icon in the Input Screen of a DoD Outgoing Request record As with any SIMS built in report the visit request report can be customized Often times there may be a need to display a company logo on a visit request report There are a few ways to add a logo to the report Please refer to the help documentation for Custom Reports which provides an example of how to modify a visit request report The section on Custom Images also provides an alternate method of adding a logo to a report 259 SIMS User Reference Requests About to Expire This report prints a list of all visit requests that will expire within a user specified date range Termination amp Regrade Letters This report prints a visit termination or clearance regrade letter for selected visit requests and selected visitors A PDF copy of the report is saved in the visit request s Archive tab so that it can be retrieved or reprinted Print a Visit Request To print a visit request for a record edit the record by double clicking it in the output screen and then clicking on the Print button Check the options if you wish the feature to appear on the report Select the radio button options to choose whether no special accesses all special accesses or only required special accesses required b
131. the certificate is specified in the previous CREATE CERTIFICATE statement BACKUP CERTIFICATE SimsEncryptionCertificate TO FILE C SimsEncryptionCertBackup 416 SIMS User Reference Additional instructions for existing SIMS database users 11 After completing the steps in the previous section you must move the existing data from the SSN Birth Date and Birth Place fields into the corresponding encrypted fields 12 Request the update encrypted fields script from SIMS technical support or copy it below 13 Select Start Programs Microsoft SQL Server SQL Server Management Studio 14 Select File Open File and browse to the SIMS update script 15 Select Query Execute or F5 to execute the script 16 Verify the script completed without any errors ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee Author AB Create date 07 08 2011 Description This script will update Personnel Encrypted fields 07 08 2011 AB Initial version Update SIMS Encrypted Fields _v1 0 sql Step 1 Open Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio Step 2 Open Update_SIMS Encrypted Fields _v1 0 sql attached to email Step 3 Execute script by pressing F5 or Query Execute 417 SIMS User Reference USE SimsXml1 GO Declare Variables DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE
132. the date for the current Reaccreditation Completed Date Last 6 month Review Due Date Edit the date for the last 6 month Review Due Date Last 6 month Review Completed Date Edit the date for the last 6 month Review Completed Date Last Reaccreditation Due Date Edit the date for the last Reaccreditation Due Date Last Reaccreditation Completed Date Edit the date for the last Reaccreditation Completed Date IS Hardware Information Systems BUENA VISTA 14 1 of 3 Audit Trail DB Audit Trail i Home Additional Info Hardware Software Access List Special Accesses f Remarks IS Hardware IS Hardware Type Classification Level Manufacturer Description Sony UNCLASSIFIED Notebook PC Sony UNCLASSIFIED External Disk Drive E id a P bil Cancel Cancel Save 2 For more information about using this screen see Input Screen IS Hardware Page Fields Field Name Description IS Hardware Type The IS hardware type Model The IS hardware model number SIMS User Reference Classification Level Select hardware classification level Manufacturer The manufacturer of the hardware Description The description of the hardware If you want to add hardware click Add and the following type of window will appear IS Hardware IS Hardware Hardware Type Barcode Altermate Barcode sSsC id lt lt Memon Size IP Address Cost fo Project MAC Address Account e Serial Number RMA c In Service
133. the facility cognizant security office and when the SPP was last updated Other Facilities Manages information regarding all other facilities with which you do business Entries include facility names and addresses clearance levels granting agencies and dates granted and the facility cognizant security office Mailing lists address checks security points of contact and dates of facility clearance verifications are all controlled Cognizant Offices Manages information regarding the names addresses and telephone numbers of all cognizant security offices SIMS User Reference al F eg 3 13 Cleared Personnel Manages information about all employees and consultants that relates to personnel clearances including clearance levels special accesses citizenship place of birth social security numbers etc Containers Maintains an inventory of all containers used to store classified materials including types of containers levels of storage locations and personnel access Classified Contracts Contains information regarding all classified contracts subcontracts and DD254 forms Classified Documents Maintains an inventory of all classified documents including document number classification document title custodian container and other details DoD Outgoing Visit Requests Manages DoD visit requests going from your facility to other facilities and agencies DoE Outgoing Visi
134. the server using the TCP IP protocol The server and client machines have to be able to use the TCP IP network protocol Supplied with Windows Server 2003 Windows XP and Windows Vista to communicate with SQL Server Internet Explorer 6 0 or higher Rule of thumb Each SQL Server data file is more than 2K per record in the main files So a 10 000 record document database can be expected to be over 25 30 MB on disk there are records in the other tables One license for each person running a copy of NET SIMS No license for the server machine unless someone is running a client SIMS at the server machine No license for Web Browser clients these are read only connections Licensing can be linked to a particular machine through a local Software Security Device or can be associated with a maximum number of users at any machine through Sentinel LM NetSentinel or Sentinel SuperPro Net Software Security Device SIMS User Reference Getting Started Getting Started Introduction Thank you and congratulations for choosing SIMS SIMS is a user friendly industrial security management tool comprised of several integrated relational databases plus various utilities that makes the control of classified documents facilities contracts and personnel employees consultants and visitors easier more effective and virtually error free Used properly SIMS will save time reduce your workload and prevent most common security violations
135. to this list In the Report Override dialog choose Visitor Visitor Badges as the report name Unlike other SIMS built in reports multiple custom visitor badges can be saved in the database each with different Descriptions that will appear in this list Date the visitor checks in This is filled in automatically using the system date Indicate if the visit is classified Indicate if an Escort is required If selected Escort Name can be specified This value may be already be defaulted from the Visit Authorization Indicates the date that clearance was verified Indicate how the visit clearance was verified Parking information Building to be visited if applicable SIMS User Reference Room Room number to visited if applicable Note Any other remarks concerning this visitor s visit 299 SIMS User Reference Visit Authorizations Purpose of Visit Authorizations Visit Authorization maintains information about the personnel who visit your facility The Visit Authorization module logs all incoming visit authorizations Each visit authorization received from another facility should be entered into the Visit Authorization module Each visitor on the Visit Authorization should be entered as a visitor with that authorization Visit Authorization Input Screen Description Home Visitors Sending Facility Remarks Links List Screen Description Default Output List Reports Reports Visit Authorizations Input
136. type Fields Select the field within the selected table type Operator The value definition Modifier Select AND to include all parameters or OR to include one or more of the parameters in the query results 587 SIMS User Reference Value Add to Query Remove Remove All Save Query Load Query OK Cancel Visit Authorizations Specify a date number or text for the Operator parameter Click to add the selected parameter combination to the list box in the lower portion of the screen Repeat to create a list of multiple parameter combinations Click to delete a selected row of parameters Click to delete all rows of parameters After selecting this button a Save dialog will appear Save the query so that it can be reloaded for later use After selecting this button an Open dialog will appear Select a query file that was saved at an earlier time The query must be loaded in the same module in which it was saved Click to start the search Click to close the screen The table below lists fields in the Visit Authorizations module The subsequent columns list where the field can be found in the Query Editor Home Tab Valid From Valid To Visit Auth Classified Visit Sending Fac Visit Auth Conference Contract Contact ID Personnel VisitAuthorization VisitAuthorization VisitAuthorization VisitAuthorization VisitAuthorization VisitAuthorization VisitA
137. under one receipt and you wish to undestroy one of those documents first undestroy all the documents under that receipt number Then redestroy the documents that you want to keep destroyed 214 SIMS User Reference Document Transaction Undestroy Home Transaction Remarks Undestray Date 9 26 2005 UnDestroy Date Enter the undestroy date Receipt Number Enter the receipt number of the document that you want to undestroy The receipt number can be found in the Audit Trail information of the document record Remarks Enter any remarks about the transaction Click OK when all of the requirements have been fulfilled A confirmation message will appear Choose Yes to complete the transaction Transfer to Another Contract Under current NISPOM guidelines at the completion of a contract one of four things must be done to each of the documents assigned to that contract the document may be destroyed transferred to another facility assigned to another contract or retained beyond contract expiration assuming that permission has been granted As shown below the Transfer to Another Contract transaction is used to transfer documents from one contract to another as when a contract is being closed out The selected documents go through a validation process before the transfer takes place to ensure that the new contract meets the clearance special access and document receipt generation requirements The update process is
138. using Unclassified OVR From Facility ID Assign Visit Request Data Group using This option affects the Windows client and the OVR input web page This allows customers to choose whether or not facility information will be specified if a request has the JPAS enabled on the Home tab of the DoD request input form If checked and the JPAS field in the DoD input form is enabled the Send to Facility tab will be disabled so that users will not be able to populate it If checked the maximum number of records that is specified can be selected when performing a Termination or Regrade Letter When the limit of Personnel is past the specified limit a warning will appear If checked pending accept or reject e mail messages will be sent to all visitors on the request When checked the contract and facility record pick lists will only display active records available for the Classified Visit Request record submitted with a web browser The Facility ID entered here is what will appear as the From Facility when a Classified Outgoing Visit Request OVR is submitted with the Web browser page to a Visit Request Administrator in SIMS Specify whether the Facility data group or the requester data group should be used when assigning the data group to a Classified Visit Request via a Web browser Specify whether the Facility data group or the requester data group should be used when assigning the data group to a Unclassified Visi
139. 0 Room 505 Asrospace Deputy Director Employee Active Citizenship Briefed Rebneted Debriefed DCID DE Audit Trail Training Links H JPAS Photo Badges Authorized To w Destroy e Transfer 7 Courier Suffis SoM i Terminated EMP C Sel Overseas DSS Notified 1 1 2005 Renewed 1 1 2006 Photo 0170172005 i DISCO 01701 2008 01705 2006 be ROOT 22 Cancel Save Description Open link to help documentation and video files Print all information for the selected record Display first record in the selection as shown in the output list Display previous record in the selection as shown in the output list Display next record in the selection as shown in the output list Display last record in the selection as shown in the output list Exit the record discard any changes and return to the output list screen SIMS User Reference Save changes to the record Upon choosing to save a record validations are checked against settings that are selected in the System Customization dialog Required fields specified in Utilities gt Data Fields Defaults are also checked Validation errors and required fields must be fixed before a record can be saved Add Create a new record Modify an existing record Remove an existing record Notes for Data Entry You can enter data into most fields one at a time using any of the characters from the keyboard
140. 0 00 Industry MAA g A1000 22 22 2222 POWERS BRAD RTS 4 20 1994 0 00 NLC 10 20 1994 0 00 Industry MAA g A1000 3343 33 3333 SMITH JANET L TS 03072001 0 00 PRSC 2 18 2001 0 00 Industry MAA E A1000 444 d4 dddd WILLAMS HOAR C 3 25 1959 0 00 NAC 9 25 1956 0 00 Industry MAA A1000 809 058 0000 ATKINSON BRIAN TS 2 11 2003 0 00 PRS 01172002 0 00 Industry MA J A1000 999 99 9999 GENTRY SHIRLEY S 11 1 2001 0 00 NLC 5 1 2001 0 00 Industry MAA Before you can import you must make sure you ve identified the JPAS Access Level for each Clearance Level in Utili ties gt Clearance Levels This is so SIMS can match TS in JPAS with Top Secret in SIMS or whatever other clearance levels you have defined In the Cleared Personnel output list screen select the menu option Transactions gt JPAS Import A wizard dialog will appear Choose the Next button to continue 138 SIMS User Reference El JPAS Import Wizard JPAS File Import to SIMS Personnel JPAS tab values Please select the JP45 Personnel Report that was saved in Excel format and also identify the field in SIMS Personnel that contains matching 550 values Import Source Import data from JPS Excel file C Documents and Settings SIMS4DesktopWPAS Tutorial _D ata cew SIMS field containing 55H SSN Match JPAS SSN to SIMS Personnel ID C Use JPAS CAGE SMO to Match SIMS Personnel Primary Clearance Facility ID Use this option if you have Personnel appe
141. 017 0272003 02 02 2003 Wackenhut Joe Danger Albania 02 03 2004 02713 2004 Peace A Us Jack T Ripper UNITED KINGDOM DEKKE For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Foreign Travel Contacts Page Fields Field Name Description Foreign Travel From The person s initial location To The person s planned destination at the end of that leg of the journey Sponsor The sponsor for the trip Foreign Contacts Name The full name of a point of contact for the person in the foreign country Nationality The nationality of the point of contact Cleared Personnel Remarks 118 SIMS User Reference E Personnel Maxwell Peter C 2 of 21 mef Home 5 pecial Accesses Employnniertt Personal Citizenship Photo B adges Training Contacts Contracts Vehicles Military Foreign Travel Remarks Links HRA IPAS DE Audit Trail Remarks These are remarks 1 for this personnel record These are remarks 2 for this personnel record These are remarks 3 for this personnel record These are remarks 4 for this personnel record These are remarks 5 for this personnel record These are remarks 6 for this personnel record These are remarks 7 for this personnel record These are remarks 8 for this personnel record These are remarks 9 for this personnel record These are remarks 10 for this personnel record JERKED For more information about using this screen see Input Scr
142. 1 ee 2 items scanned TESS L a e 14 02 A With this utility you are able to Add Edit and Delete scanner barcodes You can save scanned barcode data to a file in the folder Program Files SIMS Data Collection Utility Barcodes The file name field will automatically default to the current date and time However you may also specify a filename using the keyboard screen graphic Once you have saved a file with barcodes you may close the utility and use the SIMS Client on your PC to import and process the data Select Documents gt Transactions gt Barcode Inventory from the SIMS menu Select the radio button option Re ad Barcode From Scanner and select the ComboBox item Datalogic Memor Click OK 238 SIMS User Reference Barcode Inventory Source Barcode Data Read Barcode From Disk Read Barcode From Scanner Options Print Exceptions Only Scanner Datalogic Memor wt Pork A file explorer window will appear Highlight the TXT file containing the barcode data you want processed and click OK The data will be downloaded processed and SIMS will display a report When you close the report SIMS will ask if you would like to save the file to your PC This step is optional Manual Barcode Inventory Manual Inventory Inventory Date a F 2011 w Remarks Manual Barcode Inventory Inventory Date Enter the date that the document s are being inventoried Remarks 239 SIMS User Reference
143. 10 4110 C 4210 C 5210 C 5310 Cognizant Office Name Central Intelligence Agency Department of Defense Department of Energy National Security Agency DSS New England Region DSS Mid Atlantic Region DSS Capital Region DSS Midwestern Region DSS Southeastern Region DSS Southwestern Region DSS Northwestern Region DSS Pacific Region Description The timestamp that the modification was made The subsystem in which the change was made The type of action i e edit The user that performed the change A description of the change i e record number Phone Humber Address 61 7 451 4927 Barnes Building 609 482 6500 1040 Kings Highway Morth 202 325 9616 461 Eisenhower Ave 21 B b22 5338 Federal Office Building 404 432 0826 2300 Lake Park Drive Suite 250 214 17 5357 106 Decker Court 41 5 561 3245 Presidio of San Francisca 21 3 595 7644 3605 Long Beach Blvd Suite 405 id E bea ae So x gt Hey Hal Filter Inactive 12 records Page 1 of 1 Filter Inactive Check the Filter Inactive check box to prevent archived files from appearing on this output screen For more information about using this screen see 81 SIMS User Reference e Output List Screen e Customizing Output List Columns e Finding Records Using Quick Find e Finding Records Using Query Editor Cognizant Offices Reports Reports Menu For more information about the reports that appear in this module see Standard Reports
144. 4 Click OK to complete the search The Advanced Quick Find can also allow a search on all records that exist or do not exist For instance a search can be done on all personnel who do not have a badge 1 Select Badges from the list 2 Select Records Do Not Exist 3 Click OK The Output List Screen will display all personnel who do not have any badges If you enter data into more than one field it is anded meaning that the records to be found must exhibit all of the specified criteria You can use the as a wild character Personnel Quick Find wildcard Clearances Advanced Operation aie Records Do Mot Exist Combine all search terms with G AND OR Add to previous query Field Name Description Field Select the field Operation Select the type of operation Value If the operator requires a value enter it here Clear Choose this button to clear the quick find statement 30 SIMS User Reference Finding Records Using Query Editor The Query Editor allows complex searches It searches the current data file and displays only the records that fit the search conditions that you specify Click Query Editor Query Editor Create Query Component Table Column Gf Personnel m Ais HH AlienStatus AsulunStatus_ID HH AuthCourier HH AuthToDestroy HH AuthToTransfer H Barcode H Beeper HH EeepersN HH BirthDate H BithPlace H Branch_IO H CellPhone HH ChargeNum Add to Quen J
145. 597 Color
146. A arith Janet L Willlans Howard C TOP SECRET TOP SECRET UNCLASSIFIED 444d dddd SI Encl Cc 4tkingon Brian illiam TOP SECRET Selected Group of Records Related Topics System Customization Colors System Customization Output Lists System Customization Customizing Output List Columns 18 SIMS User Reference On any output list screen click Customize Output List Columns E to customize user preferences such as sorting by columns which tab will be displayed when a record is first opened or edited whether or not archived records are filtered as well as remembering module window location and size The Output List Columns dialog box appears It will look something like this with fields appropriate to the current module Output List Columns Ayvallable Fields Alias AlienStatus AllsAs Asylums tats AuthCourer AuthT oDestroy AuthT oT ranster BadgeLlearance Barcode BasigPending Beeper Peepers Billet Birth ate Sort By Sort Order Filter Inactive Remember Module Window Location Remember Module Window Size Output List Columns Field Name Available Fields Displayed Fields Add gt gt Displayed Fields PersonnellD Full ame FrimaryClearanceLewel Column Width in peels Show Tab hen Module Opens Quick Find Defaults m Enterprise Wide Cancel Description All fields columns that are available for the output list screen The fields that
147. ARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU AND NOT SIMS SOFTWARE OR AN AUTHORIZED DEALER ASSUME THE ENTIRE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE SIMS Software does not warrant that the functions contained in the Program will meet your requirements or that the operation of the Program will be uninterrupted or error free However SIMS Software warrants the media on which the Program is furnished to be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use for a period of thirty 80 days from the date of delivery to you as evidenced by a copy of your receipt Limitation of Remedies SIMS Software entire liability and your exclusive remedy shall be 1 The replacement of any media not meeting SIMS Software s Limited Warranty and which is returned to SIMS Software or an authorized dealer with a copy of your receipt or 2 If SIMS Software or the dealer is unable to deliver a replacement media which is free of defects in materials or SIMS User Reference workmanship you may terminate this Agreement by returning the Program and your money will be refunded INNO EVENT WILL SIMS SOFTWARE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY
148. Add Uther Accesses Classified AIS NAC C DOE FEL SAFP r SAR C STU Closed Areas Protected Areas Perimeter Control STE Approved by D55 for FedE Transmission of Classified Material SCIF Personnel Security Clearance Holdings JEKEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Other Facilities Access Control Page Fields Field Name Description Badging System Used Select all items that apply to the badging system used for this facility Destruction Method Select the destruction methods used by this facility Other Accesses Select all items that pertain to other accesses for this facility Approved by DSS for FedEx Transmission of material Select this option if this facility can receive classified material via Federal Express 68 SIMS User Reference Personnel Security Clearance Holdings Click this button to display a list of the number of clearances held by this facility subtotaled by each clearance level Accountability System Select the accountability system used by this facility Visitor Control Select the visitor control system used by this facility Special Accesses Add or remove any special accesses held by this facility Special accesses are defined in Utilities gt Special Access Definitions Other Facility Key Security Personnel h Other Facility XYZ Electronics Corporation 3 of 4 Home Other Addresses Cog Office Cog inspections Access Control Key Se
149. Bitmap logoImage System Drawing Bitmap da ExtendedPropercties Logo 1 this Fictureil Image logolmage li 13 14 15 16 public void PageHeader Format i 17 18 reportCount ds Tables AlT20utputList Rows Counti 1 if d3 null 20 i 472 SIMS User Reference e Save this report file to a convenient location such as Desktop or My Documents e Go to Utilities gt Custom Reports and override the IS Summary Report using this report file e Go to the IS module and run the summary report The logo should be displayed in the picture box Custom Input Forms Custom Input Forms allows the option to display or hide tabs in each of the SIMS modules Custom Input Forms SCI Outgoing Requests Visitors Visit Authorizations 15 Forms Conference and Meetings Incidents Locks Keys Facilites Cognizant Offices Cleared Personnel Containers Classified Contracts Documents DoD Outgoing Requests DoE Outgoing Requests Facilities Home Other Addresses Cog Office Cog Inspections Internal Inspections Access Control Key Security Personnel Contracts Points Of Contact Awards Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Cancel Cave For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Custom Input Forms Page Fields Field Name Description Field Name If left checked the tab will be visible in the SIMS module If the check box is unchecked the module tab will be hidden Task Scheduler
150. C Outgoing Requests Visitors Visit Authorizations I5 Forms Conferences and Meetings Incidents Locks Keps 0000000000000000 000000000000000 000 Hone Read AA 0000000000000 00000 Module Group Membership Guards B2 L1 Web Module Access Documents Visitors Personnel Facilities Contracts Containers rps Requests OVA Submission Cancel For more information about using this screen see Input Screen User Management Module Access Page Fields Field Name Windows Module Access Module Group Membership 433 Description Authorization in various security areas is defined by three radio button categories None Read and Read Write R W These radio button settings dictate what type of access each user has if any to each SIMS module If Module Groups have been previous defined a user can be assigned to a particular Module Group and that will automatically determine the user s Module Access privileges SIMS User Reference Web Module Access User Management Data Groups in Personnel User Properties Account Information Change Password Archive User EE User Options Module Access Data Groups Hierarchical Data Group Membership LI LI LI LI m LI m m d LI LI LI LI LI LI Read only access is provided via a Web browser to the checked SIMS modules The OVR Submission option restricts the access so that the user can submit DoD Out
151. Choose to sort on a field by ascending or descending order Other properties such as the format font header and footer can also be edited NOW YOU CAN CREATE AN ELECTRONIC OUTPUT OF THE REPORT 1 2 Select the format Delimiter Specified Text txt or Comma Separated Excel csv The Comma Separated Excel format is a delimited data format that has fields separated by a comma character and records terminated by newlines If tabs or carriage returns are used within the SIMS data fields being exported the Delimiter Specified Text option will allow you to specify a delimiter value so that it will not conflict with characters that may already be used in those data fields The Delimiter Specified Text format allows you to specify a comma tab pipe character other character or fixed width The fixed width option means that the width of each column will be fixed to the number of spaces that is specified For example if the fixed width is set to 10 then the column width will be 10 Any data that is longer than this width will be truncated Click the OK button and save the report file CONVERT IT INTO A TRUE EXCEL FILE kek O OAON OO AF WND Open Excel Go to the File menu and pick Open Where it says Files of Type pick Text files Open the report file that you just created When the dialog comes up pick Next When the dialog comes up pick Next When the dialog comes up pick Finish
152. Clearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases Agency_ID ClearanceType_ ID ClearanceBasis_ ID Billet ClearNumber DSSType_ID ClearanceAction_ID GrantedBy AdminTterm GrantDate InvestDate ReinvestNotify NextBriefDate BriefDate Rebriefed DebriefDate 522 PersonnelAgency PersonnelClearance Type PersonnelClearance Basis PersonnelDSSType PersonnelClearance Action Agency ClearanceType ClearanceBasis DSSType ClearanceAction SIMS User Reference DCID Last Held Expires Applications Polyg raph 562 Submitted PSQ App Pending Clearance Waiver PR Submitted Basis Sent Level e QIP Case e QIP Sent Date Other application Submitted Received Pending Basis PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases DCID LastHeld Expires Submitted562 PSQAppPending ClearWaiver
153. Click to select the Clearance Verify Method from a pick list Indicates the date that Clearance was verified When performing a visitor check in transaction the Clearance Verified On date supplied during the transaction is reflected here The data group that the Visitor belongs to Data groups are defined in the User Management Data Groups dialo g SIMS User Reference f Visitors Adams John Q 1 of 10 E mfx Ly Home Cleaance Personal FromFaciity Visiting Data Badgelnfo Remarks DB Audit Trail Clearance Information TOP SECRET Brieted sv 271980 Billet Granted A 4 ang Y Granted By DISCO J Expiration 1273 201 Investigated Ei 33501 Ferodic Remnvestigation Ef 271372011 Special Accesses Special Access Granted Date Briefed Date Nest Brief Date Debrief Date Rebrieted Date Add Edit Delete Edit Batch Purpose SDI Contract Review Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Visitors Clearance Info Page Fields Field Name Description Level The visitor s clearance level Type The clearance level type Briefed The date of the last briefing for the person s security clearance Expiration The date the clearance will expire Investigated The date of investigation associated with the basis of the clearance Type The type of clearance Granted The date the person s clearance was granted Billet A billet
154. Cognizant Offices Record Picker You can use the Cognizant Offices Record Picker throughout SIMS wherever you can select a Cognizant Office This dialog box allows you to search for a Cognizant Office by name or code For more information about using this screen see Pick Lists and Pickers CopOffice Record Picker Code Hame Company Central Inteligence Agency DOD Department of Defense DOE Department of E nergy HSA National Security Agency 51110 DS5 New England Region 5140 DSS Mid Atlantic Region 51510 0S5 Capital Region 53210 DSS Mid Western Aegion 54110 DS5 Southeastern Region 54210 DSS Southwestern Region 55210 DSS Northwestern Region 55310 0S5 Facitic Region Filter 82 SIMS User Reference Cleared Personnel Purpose of Cleared Personnel The Cleared Personnel module maintains information about each employee and consultant who has a security clearance or has applied for one The name social security number employee number clearance level special accesses allowed etc are all recorded in the Cleared Personnel module The Cleared Personnel module eases the burden of managing clearance and access for everyone at the facility Input Screen Description Home Clearances Special Accesses Employment Personal Citizenship Photo Signature Badges Training Contacts Contracts Vehicles Military Foreign Travel Contacts Remarks Links Clearance Cases Clearance Information Applications Polygraph Task List Audit
155. DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE RowID int EncryptionEnabled int Personnel_EncryptSSN int Personnel_EncryptBirthPlace int Personnel_EncryptBirthDate int Q SymmetricKeyName varchar 100 SimsCertificateName varchar 100 Personnel SSN varchar 100 Personnel BirthPlace varchar 100 Personnel_ BirthDate datetime Personnel_TempSSN varchar 100 Personnel_TempBirthPlace varchar 100 Personnel_TempBirthDate datetime Personnel_TempEncryptedSSN varbinary 8000 Personnel_TempEncryptedBirthPlace varbinary 8000 Personnel_ TempEncryptedBirthDate varbinary 8000 Visitor_EncryptSSN int Visitor_EncryptBirthPlace int Visitor_EncryptBirthDate int Visitor SSN varchar 100 Visitor BirthPlace varchar 100 Visitor BirthDate datetime 418 SIMS User Reference DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE DECLARE Q Visitor_TempSSN varchar 100 Q Visitor_TempBirthPlace varchar 100 Visitor_TempBirthDate datetime Visitor_TempEncryptedSSN varbinary 8000 Visitor_TempEncryptedBirthPlace varbinary 8000 Visitor_TempEncryptedBirthDate varbinary 8000 Select variables SELECT FROM WHERE SELECT FROM WHERE SELECT FROM WHERE SELECT FROM WHERE SELECT FROM WHERE SELECT FROM WHERE SELECT FROM EncryptionEnabled Value SimsConfiguration Key
156. Date EFEFEF a x SIMS compares the date of the next scheduled SPP review for each Other Facility with the Start and End dates you enter If a facility s next SPP review date falls between the dates specified then that facility appears in the Expiring SPPs Verifications report Facilities by Special Access This report lists the Other Facilities associated with each special access as defined in Utilities gt Special Access Definitions Facility Special Access Count This report provides a count of personnel that are associated with the selected facility for a selected Special Access as shown below Facility Special Access Count NATO Facility ID Facility Harme Submitted Granted Briefed Court A1 00L General Space amp Defense Corporation J J 4 4 Totals J J 4 4 Other Facilities Facility Record Picker You can use Facility Record Picker throughout SIMS wherever you can select a facility This dialog box allows you to search for a facility by name or ID For more information about using this screen see Pick Lists and Pickers 17 SIMS User Reference h Facility Record Picker Facility ID Facility Hame Other Facility Convenience FC Friman Address Line 1 41000 General Space amp Defense Corporation False Headquarters Fa 1200W Century Bouleyare B1 B81 L2 Acme Space Vehicles False B1 B2 Le Acme Propulsion Systeme False B1 B3 B1 L3 Acme Inertial Guidance Systems False B1 B3 B2 L3 Acme Terrain Guidance Systems False
157. Display warning when visitor has visited more than X The user will be notified during a check iin transaction if times in the last Y days the visitor has visited more than X times in the last Y days System Customization Time Periods The System Customization Time Periods default to values in days that are typical for most security operations They are used to perform on line validations as records are added modified and saved if the appropriate validation check boxes are checked The number of days will take into account the system s calendar year as System Customization k E fx Data Group Filters Locks amp Keys 1S Messages Documents O R Notifications OYA E mail amp Fas Colors Encryption LDAP Sustem Personnel DO254 Contracte DoD Requests Facilities Incoming visitors Time Periods Conferences Containers Output Lists Time Feriods in Days Facility Visitor Overdue Host Facility Domestic SPP Verification 364 Maximum Visit Overdue Host Facility International SPP Yenticatian 0 Overdue Other Facility Domestic Ventication J364 Container Default Container Combination Expiration Overdue Other Facility International Ventication 364 Overdue PSG Submittal Time Period Overdue 5 External Transter Receipt Notification Lead Time for Overdue Personnel Reinvestigation Personnel Overdue Personnel Polygraph Test Personnel Courier 4uthori
158. E Audit Trail FilePath Description Cancel Save A brief description of the linked file The full path and file name of the linked file Select the Retrieve button to display the record s audit trail A SIMS Manager can run a report and manage audit trail changes by going to Utilities gt Database Audit Trail 335 SIMS User Reference Conferences Issues in the News 1 of 3 Fef Attendees Remarks Links DE Audit Trail Drag a column header here to group by that column Timestamp Subsystem Action By Description Press the Rebier button to view he gotb auolt ral HoH 4 Record QO of O H H Table Record ID Field Before Value After value B i 4D Di For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Conferences DB Audit Trail Page Fields Field Name Description Timestamp The timestamp that the modification was made Subsystem The subsystem in which the change was made Action The type of action i e edit By The user that performed the change Description A description of the change i e record number Conferences List Default Output List The default Conferences Output List screen shows the Conference Name Location Classification and Date fields for each conference record You can e Resize the columns by clicking the lines in the column headers and dragging them to the left or right much like a spreadsheet e Click on a column header to sort the records by that colu
159. ET 444 44 4dda Willams Howard D UNCLASSIFIED _ 568 568 6866 Atkinson Brian william TOP SECRET Selected Group of Records 17 SIMS User Reference 00 00 0000 Document Control Office TOP SECRET 111 11 1111 Maxwell Peter C TOP SECRET 222 22 2222 Powers Brad A TOP SECRET 333 339 3333 Smith Janet L TOP SECRET d44 d4 ddqq Willams Howard D UNCLASSIFIED 86 88 8888 Atkinson Brian William TOP SECRET Selected Records When highlighting records Click a record to select it Double click a record to edit it O00 00 0000 Document Control Office TOP SECRET 111 11 1111 Maxwell Peter C TOP SECRET Powers Brad A TOP SECRET 3733 33 3333 Smith Janet L TOP SECRET 444 44 4444 Willams Howard D UNCLASSIFIED foo oe 0006 Atkinson Brian William TOP SECRET Selected Record To select more than one record in a group hold down the Shift key and click on the first record and last record that you want to select O00 00 0000 Document Control Office 111 141 1111 Maxwell Peter C Powers Brad A Smith Janet L TOP SECRET TOF SECRET TOP SECRET TOF SECRET 4d dd ddd Williams H oweard D gog 00 0000 Atkinson Brian william Selected Records UNCLASSIFIED TOP SECRET To select individual records that are not in a group hold down the Ctrl key and click each record one at a time 00 00 0000 111 111111 Document Control Office Maxwell Peter C TOF SECRET TOF SECRET Sed TI Powers Brad
160. EXIT 8 Select F2 to download the barcode data through the serial port connection SEND FILE F2 SERIAL F3 WEDGE F4 EXIT 9 After successfully downloading the barcode data to the PC the file in the TopGun may be erased by selecting F3 from the menu shown below FILE OPTIONS F2 SEND FILE F3 ERASE FILE F4 EXIT 10 Turn the TopGun off by pressing the green I O button This will turn off the screen display but it will not clear any information in the portable s random access memory RAM The portable is programmed to shut itself off automatically if you do not use it for ten minutes Barcode Scanning with the Datalogic Memor 228 SIMS User Reference This section provides information on Datalogic Memor and how to perform barcode inventories of Classified Documents or AIS hardware The Datalogic Memor barcode scanner can only be used as a portable barcode device It cannot be used as a fixed station barcode scanner If SIMS Standalone or SIMS Lite was installed on your workstation computer the Datalogic Memor Scanner USB driver was automatically installed If that driver has been subsequently removed then it can be reinstalled from the SIMS installation CD or the Datalogic Memor CD Additionally when SIMS Standalone or SIMS Lite either Microsoft ActiveSync 4 5 or Microsoft Mobile Device Center 6 1 was installed depending on whether your computer s operating system is Windows XP 2000 2003 or Windows Vista respectively Whe
161. Enabled B2 L1 Enabled ROOT Enabled B2 L1 Enabled ROOT Enabled B2 L1 Enabled ROOT Enabled B2 L1 Enabled ROOT Enabled B2 L1 Enabled ROOT Enabled ROOT Enabled ROOT Enabled B2 L1 Enabled ROOT Enabled B2 L1 Enabled ROOT Enabled ROOT Enabled For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Auto Numbering Page Fields Field Name Module Prefix Count Width Suffix 463 Description Select the module which will use auto numbering Select a prefix An example is 2006 Select the count in which the number will be incremented A prefix of 2006 a counter of 100 and a suffix of A would have a result of 2006 100 A The next receipt would be 2006 101 A then 2006 102 A etc Select the width of the numbering A width of 3 will look like the following 001 002 003 Select the suffix This will appear at the end of the numbering SIMS User Reference Data Group Specify the data group that will use the Auto numbering Data groups are defined in the User Management Data Groups dialog Managers have full read write access to change the Data Group Sub managers have access to only add modify values within their Data Group If Data Groups are not being used leave this field empty The auto numbering scheme will then be used for all SIMS users Enabled If checked the auto numbering will be enabled Read Only If checked the auto number the user will not be able to edit the auto num
162. Facility Facility FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress SecurePhone EmergencyPhone FacManager_ ID Personnel FSOPhone FSOEmail Clearance Level ID Levels StorageLevel_ID Levels ClearanceGrantDate SPPDate FOCI NextVerify PrimaryAddress Header Line1 Line2 Line3 Line4 556 FirstName LastNam e MiddleName Name Name SIMS User Reference Footer Fax 1 Fax 2 Fax 3 secure Phone Emergency Phone Address Phone Contact Position Phone Notes CogOffices Tab CogOffice Name Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 Phone FAX Coglnspections Tab Cognizant Field Office FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Footer Fax Fax2 Fax3 SsecurePhone EmergencyPhone Phone Contact_Name Contact_Position Contact_Phone Contact_Notes CogOffice_ID CogOffice_ID CogOffice_ID CogOffice_ID CogOffice_ID CogOffice_ID CogFieldOffice_ID 557 CogOffice CogOffice CogOffice CogOffice CogOffice CogOffice CogOffice Name Address1 Address2 Address3 Phone FAX Cog_Code SIMS User Reference Cognizant Resident Office Cog Office Rep Cog Inspection Date Co
163. For more information about the default reports that appear in every module see e Standard Reports The rest of this page describes module specific reports Courier Authorization This report prints a valid courier authorization complete with instructions for the courier A dialog box prompts for information about the courier the articles to be transferred and the destination a Courier Authorization Courier Host Facility PT Identification Type PO Date Expiration Date Cognizant Agency Authorizing Official Print Return Address Use Facility Other Address Print SSN instead of Personnel ID Itinerary Phys Description of Maternal Transferred Additional enfication Information _ jj Click Courier ID to select the courier from the Cleared Personnel module The report contains all of the required data along with courier instructions and places for necessary signatures For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Courier Authorization Report Page Fields Field Name Description 124 SIMS User Reference Courier ID Employee Name Identification Type Facility ID Facility Name Date Expiration Date Cognizant Agency Authorizing Official Print Return Address Use Facility Other Address Print SSN instead of Personnel ID Itinerary Phys Description of Material Transferred Additional Verification Information Click to select the co
164. ID IncidentDamage_ID IncidentStatus_ ID 562 IncidentType Levels Department Facility Personnel IncidentSubjectType IncidentCompromise IncidentDamage IncidentStatus IncidentType Name Department FacilityID PersonnellD IncidentCompromise IncidentDamage IncidentStatus SIMS User Reference Dollar Loss Police File Police Notified Open Date Report Date Close Date Data Group Reported By Personnel Reported By Visitor Facility Self Reported Special Access Action Tab Next Status Date Action Date Estimated Date for Final Report Next Status Action Cognizant Office Notified Notify List Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents DollarLoss PoliceFileNumber PoliceNotify OpenDate ReportDate CloseDate GroupName UserGroup_ D UserGroups ReportedBy Person Personnel PersonnellD nel_ID ReportedBy_ Visitor VisitAuthorizationVis VisitorlD _ID itors Facility SelfReported SA_ID SA SAName NextStatusDate ActionDate EstimatedFinalRepo rtDate Next_IncidentStatus IncidentStatus IncidentStatus ID IncidentAction_ ID IncidentAction IncidentAction CogNotified NotifyList 563 SIMS User Reference Description Tab Description Incident
165. IMS User Reference Load ScanSet Make ScanSet Random Audit Classified Document Copy Document Transaction Copy Humber of Copies ae aa Document Numbering Method Format Assign Individual Document Numbers During Copy Document Number of 1st Copy Assign Sequential Copy Numbers SIMS 5B 00003 30 Copy 010 Assigned To 299 22 2992 Powers Brad R SAFE 1 Origin All Copies C Generated Received Received Method Registered Mail Ww Document Date a7 B2004 Received Date v 12 20 2006 ee Barcodes Document Numbering Method Field Name Number of copies Use Next Available Number in Stream Assign Individual Document Numbers During Copy Assign Sequential Copy Numbers 199 Leave New Barcodes Blank Assign Document Number to Barcode O Automatic Barcodes Description Specify that number of copies that you want Document copies will get new document numbers based on the sequencing defined in the Document Numbering Streams in Utilities The actual Stream record used is determined by the original document s Stream ID Choose this method if you want all copies to have their own unique document numbers Choose this option if you want to assign individual document numbers for each copy Each new document copy will have the original s root number with a copy number automatically appended to it The copy numbers are determined by the sequencing defined in the Document Numbering
166. IMS User Reference Reports Transactions Help Visitor Special Access List visitor Log Visit Record Badges Not Returned List Visitors By Contract Sign In Sheet Summary Report Detail Report Design Custom Report Execute Custom Report Visitors Reports Menu Visitor Special Access List This report prints a list of the selected visitors in 2 possible formats By VAL This lists each visitor with a Summary of data from the Visit Authorization including the clearance from and to dates and the special accesses The special accesses are grouped by VAL By Special Access This lists each visitor with a Summary of data from the Visit Authorization including the clearance from and to dates and the special accesses The special accesses are grouped in sorted order and broken out by individual VALs Visitor Log This report prints a list of all visitors that may be visiting the facility during a specified time span The visitor log is useful for verifying visitors as they enter the facility Visitor Record This report prints a record of visitors during a specified time span In the dialog check the option Use Only Records Currently Displayed if the report should only display the records that are currently filtered in the output list screen that fit the time span If left unchecked the report will display all visitors within the time span Badges Not Returned This report prints a list of visitors that have visited your si
167. IMS User Reference sections 1 5 Sections 6 8 Sections 9 10 Section 11 DD254 Contract ID F49620 05 C 01 p0 Facility ID 1000 Section 1 Facility Level SECRET Sections 2 3 Spec Type Contract Sections 12 13 Sections14 16 Section 17 Print For Official Use Only on Form Scheduled Completion vj12 31 2009 C Archived DO254 Level UNCLASSIFIED Date Prime F49620 05 C 0100 Prime 05 C O100 Prime M1 12005 M1 12005 12005 Sub amass 05 C 0100 Sub Ml 17 2 2005 4 Solicit ee Solicit W 1 32005 w Specification Date Original 17 4 2005 Rev 3 14 5 2005 Final 1 6 2005 v Sections 4 5 ls this a follow oncontract ves No Preceding Contract F49620 93 C 0100 Pre ls this a final form DD254 8 Yes O No Retention Authorized For Request Dated v i1 7 2005 Cera JC For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DD 254 Section 1 5 Page Fields Field Name Print for Official Use Only on Form Contract ID Facility ID DD254 Level Scheduled Completion Archived Facility Level 169 Description If checked Official Use Only will appear in the header and footer sections of the printed form The Contract ID information appears here Click to select the facility identification number If the completed DD Form 254 is a classified document select the appropriate classification level for the form The d
168. L Sent Date POC Phone e End Service Expected Return Retains Processes Classified Acquisition Date LJ heen LJ Disposed Last Inventory L C Damaged Broken Date Sealed _ C Usable Not in Service Description C Repair Required For more information about using this screen see Input Screen IS Hardware Add Page Fields Field Name Description Type Select the IS hardware type Model The IS hardware model number Memory Type The memory type for the hardware Classification Select the hardware classification 317 SIMS User Reference Custodian Network Memory Size Project Serial Number In Service End Service Acquisition Date Last Inventory Date Sealed Barcode Manufacturer Category Department Assigned To Company IP Address MAC Address RMA sent Date Expected Return Equipment Life Expiration 318 The custodian of the hardware The network for the hardware The IS hardware memory size The project for the hardware The IS hardware serial number Select the in service date select the end service date Select the acquisition date Select to modify the date the system was last inventoried Select to modify the date the system was last sealed Enter the barcode via the keyboard or scan it in with a barcode reader Enter the IS hardware manufacturer Select the IS hardware category Select the IS hardware department Select the personnel or visitor record that
169. Lock Combination Change Lock Combination Change Transactions allows you to record a combination change to one or more locks in one step A record of the assignment will be put in the history for each Lock record 356 SIMS User Reference Lock Combination Changed Changed By Date Changed Changed By J a 22r e07_ Transaction Remarks Changed By Click this button to open a pick list from the Cleared Personnel or Visitors module Select the individual and the name will appear in the box to the right of the button Date Changed Enter the date the lock s combination will be changed The Date Changed defaults to the current system date Click OK to complete the transaction Locks Damaged Lock Damaged Transactions allows you to change the status of one or more locks to Damaged in one step A record of the damaged lock will be put in the history for each Lock record A Lock Damaged Reported By Date Damaged Date Reported arare c0ir k efer rel Transaction Remarks Reported By Click this button to open a pick list from the Cleared Personnel or Visitors module Select the individual and the name will appear in the box to the right of the button Date Damaged Enter the date the lock s was damaged The Date Damaged defaults to the current system date 357 SIMS User Reference Date Reported Enter the date the damaged lock s was reported The Date Reported defaults to the current system Click OK to complet
170. Name Description Grade Rank Rate The person s military grade rank or rate Designator NEC The person s designator or NEC 116 SIMS User Reference Lineal Number Date of Rank Warfare Specialty Spouse Name Branch Projected Rotation Date Current UIC Current Command Received Date Ultimate UIC Ultimate Command Estimated Arrival Date The person s lineal number in the military The date their current rank was awarded Their area of specialty in warfare The name of the person s spouse if any The branch of the military in which the person is enrolled The scheduled date of their next rotation Current unit identification code UIC Their current command The date that the person entered their current unit The unit identification code of the next projected unit The command of the next projected unit The estimated date of arrival in the next projected unit Cleared Personnel Foreign Travel Contacts If the person has traveled outside of the U S then record any foreign travel and foreign contact in this screen as required by the NISPOM 117 SIMS User Reference El Personnel Maxwell Peter C 2 of 21 Home Clearances special Accesses Employment Personal Citizenship Photo Badges Training Contacts Contracts Vehicles il Military Foreign Travel Remarks Links HA JPAS ll DE Audit Trail Foreign Travel Foreign Contacts From To Sponsor Name Nationality
171. Numbers SC trearns Reserved Numbers Default B2 L1 Select All etault A oot Special ROOT De select All Special B2 L1 Total Numbers 45 1 2 3 A 5 6 T a J Reserve Document Numbers Delete Reserved Numbers Number to reserve Reserve Number to remove a Delete Close Select the document stream from which the document numbers will be reserved Enter a count in the number to reserve box Click on the Reserve button A listing of reserved numbers will appear in the Reserved Document Numbers list Remember these are not document records and they will not show up on the document list These are nothing more than reservations for document numbers To delete a reserved number select the number in the list and choose Delete Convert a Reserve Number to a Document Number To convert a Reserve Number to a Document Number choose the Stream button on the home page of a new document record The screen shown below will appear Select a stream in the list and all of the reserved numbers for that stream will appear on the right Choose the option Use Selected Reserved Document Number 242 SIMS User Reference Select the reserved number and then choose the OK button x Document Stream Document Streams Reserved Document Numbers Streams Reserved Numbers User Default B2 L1 Default Fioot Special ROOT Special b2 L1 Sins zim SIs Sins Sins Sins Sins Sins SIMs Sins SIs Sins SIMs Sirs Sins
172. Otee J Cognizant Resident Office Inspection History Cog Office Rep amp iH 4 Db bi Cog Office Rep Rating Nest Facility Inspection Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Other Facilities Cog Inspections Page Fields Field Name Cognizant Field Office Cognizant Resident Office Date Cog Office Rep Rating Remarks Add to History 67 Description Click this button to select a cognizant field office Click this button to select the cognizant resident office The date of the cognizant office inspection Enter the name of the cognizant office representative The rating of the cognizant office based on the most recent inspection Any remarks related to the inspection Click this button to add the information to the inspection history SIMS User Reference Inspection History Displays a history of the inspections performed on the cognizant office Next Facility Inspection The date the facility is scheduled for its next inspection Other Facilities Access Control a Other Facility XYZ Electronics Corporation 3 of 4 Points of Contact Awards Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Home OtherAddresses Cog Office Cog Inspections Access Control Key Security Personnel Contracts Badging Systems Used Employees Destruction Method Special Accesses F visit Destructor NATO isitors Vendors Temporary Help Contractors
173. Reference Visitors Adams John Q 1 of 10 ox Clearance Personal From Facility Visiting Data Badge Info Remarks DB Audit Trail Drag 4 column header here to group by thak column Timestamp Subsystem Action Bry Description Press the Perieg Sutton to Wew he ostabese gumit rail M4 4 Record O of O P H Table Record ID Field Before Value After Value SMM a Ph For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Visitors DB Audit Trail Page Fields Field Name Description Timestamp The timestamp that the modification was made Subsystem The subsystem in which the change was made Action The type of action i e edit By The user that performed the change Description A description of the change i e record number Visitors List Default Output List Screen The Visitors default output list screen shows the Visitor ID Visitor Name From and To Dates and Facility Name for each visitor record in the database If a visitor appears more than one time here it s because they can be attached to more than one Visit Authorization You can e Resize the columns by clicking the lines in the column headers and dragging them to the left or right much like a spreadsheet e Click on a column header to sort the records by that column 290 SIMS User Reference e Double click on a record to open an input screen where you can modify the fields Fh Visitors E Ed Visitor Mame C
174. Rings History Archive Remarks Remarks JEKEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Keys Remarks Page Fields Field Name Description Remarks Enter any comments or remarks for the keys here Free form textual information up to 32kb Keys Links 367 SIMS User Reference fi Keys A 011 1 of 2 Home Hooks and Rings _ History Archive Remarks Links Double click an item below to open the linked document Description FilePath Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Keys Links Page Fields Field Name Description File Path Keys DB Audit Trail A brief description of the linked file The full path and file name of the linked file Select the Retrieve button to display the record s audit trail A SIMS Manager can run a report and manage audit trail changes by going to Utilities gt Database Audit Trail 368 SIMS User Reference fi Keys A 011 1 of 2 Home Hooks and Rings Histo Archive Remarks Drag 4 column header here to group by that column Timestamp Subsystem Action By Press the Seteve Sutton to Wew he ostabese gumit raul Hd Record O of O P P H Table Record ID Field Before Value ta id lt lt gt bi Links Sees DB Audit Trail Description After value Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Ke
175. SD App Pending Sent 1 1 2006 eGlPSentDate MJ 1 1 2006 Y Clearance Waiver TOP SECRET PR Submitted Completed T Other Application Submitted 2419 1994 Received 3 20994 Y SSBI Denied a 141994 Terminated 31571994 4 Jean ae Other Application Pending Polygraph Case DP399729 Given By NSA Result Indicates no deception Polygraph Type 1 Counter Intell Test Date Aj4 79q3 4 Case Given By Result Polgraph Type 2 Test Date E For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Clearance Audit Trail PSQ Polygraph Page Fields Field Name Description 562 Submitted If checked indicates a Form 562 has been sent RRU Submitted If checked RRU was submitted PSQ App Pending Select this box if an application for a new clearance PSQ is pending Clearance Waiver Select this box if a clearance waiver is in effect PR Submitted Select this box of a PR form has been submitted Basis The basis for the other clearance investigation such as SBI or SSBI 97 SIMS User Reference Sent Clearance Completed EPSQ Case EPSQ Sent Date Submitted Denied Reviewer Received Terminated Other Application Pending Case Type Result Given By Test Date 98 The date the PSQ was submitted The requested clearance level The completion date for the clearance level The case number for an Electronic Personnel Security Questionnaire application The date the Electronic P
176. SE Master GO sp_detach_db SimsXml 486 SIMS User Reference GO 7 Confirm the Messages window indicates Command s completed successfully D siem SOL Drom Teak Window Gamut He Ewoie mE me a a l ly ES Si em guey Ca St eth a Oe ar a a d SERB COORRADmast OLQuery Lagi Object Explorer Detais DOSE Haster frat sp detach db Simsxml successfully Part 4 Detach new empty database on target PC 8 Open SQL Server Management Studio on your target PC 9 Click Connect on the initial connection dialog 10 Select File New Query with Current Connection E Hicrosolt SQL Server Hana gemeni Studia 7 SOL Prompt Tools Window Community Help Ecu y ig Tj New Query Ly ol a Le ae oe ed a i 7 Item s g Save Al Source Ganknal i s 4 Ca Motifcation Serves SOL Server Agent 11 Execute the following statement to detach your new empty database USE Master GO sp_detach_db SimsXml GO 12 Confirm the Messages window indicates Command s completed successtully 487 SIMS User Reference E Microsoft SQ Server Management Studko Fie Eii ew Query Propet Aefeto Sl op Teo Window Gamay Hep EB rane Fewn w TS Me l ES tem query C Si te a a oY el U Ma aa Exp o gt CO0RRAD mast 01 Query Lagi a Dije Explorer Details l DSE Haste gt sp_detach db SimsXml a Part 5 Copy and attach data files to new PC 13 Copy the fi
177. SECRET 65 65 5555 Glen D Suh TOP SECRET JEKEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Visit Authorizations Visitors Page Fields Field Name Description ID ID or SSN of the visitor Name Full name of the visitor Level Clearance level of the visitor Termination Date the visitor s authorization will be terminated Visit Authorizations Sending Facility 303 SIMS User Reference E Visit Authorizations 06V 001 1 of 7 Home Visitors sending Facility Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Sending Facility Information Sending Facility ID CT O00 Large Software Systems Ine Address 2000 Colorado Street Atlanta GA 38647 Phone 213 666 9090 Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Visit Authorizations Sending Facility Page Fields Field Name Description Sending Facility ID Click to select the facility that the visitor is coming from Address These fields fill in automatically when you select a facility Phone The telephone number of the sending facility Visit Authorizations Remarks 304 SIMS User Reference E Visit Authorizations 06V 001 1 of 7 Visitors Sending Facility Remarks DB Audit Trail Remarks This tio of visitors always seem to visit as a group S 4d di For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Visit Authorizations Remarks Page F
178. SIMS User Reference Guide Te IFUOOUCION tet se Sah ee Ack Bee Ws A ee bce Enea ee Bote ee aa eee eee eee prek Bees 4 COMC US ite cris teed arias cote tat ee van eat Se Beats ee ie ag Sk Bs ek Ge aoe Se a ee En 8 ee 4 1 2 Copyright Trademark amp License Agreement 52 yseer ew assed cedea Ved eed oe Pek VO EER eR bee ek eee eee eS 4 To SIMS RCOUITCIMOIIS a4 t d lt bbe eae eee ed een bits Bee a ed Cae A ee duh oe eae SS bE ee ee ho Sea ces 6 GENSAN A e a e a nee rae ty real oR RPE RE RSS aOR CMO yl OER OM Sag eM TO REC eT ae Ragen rn PCR WT a eye 7 2r Gening stamed IMrOGUCHON sirsiran ereti Bele ork Cae is G4 Ee a eee be eee he ke i 6 2 i Ce as 8 2 2 IAMOGUCIONY SIMS CONCEDIS osivnieeced site a eh ee et deee ete sei we see peeks DOG k NS hee ed beehive eee ee 8 23 Documentation and Online Hel ceire nerenin Gene Hes Sareea A ane Sete a dod toe ee ee aa Se SG 9 24 Installing and Stanno SIMS awenven ee ced atin bee ved ae eed dees e testi we see ee ee ke EA E hte tee v ede ess 9 2D Slat SINT esseere e bh hee Geese Cae cue ha onto haan ek kdl he ee ke ea 6 oe a Se 10 2G LOOOINGUIA sca e ay ace Bok God Be a ee oe dr oe ee AS See een deh toe es Oe Ae ee a he a a eh ee ele ee Sees 11 277 SIMS AVIAINS SCIEN 2a ah toxin tee ee ees 6 dee Sere et ok aes Bes See os Se eee eek eh ee ee aed Bei oo ee 11 2 6 Seung Up Accounts For New SIMS Users ii 223 52h0 es eoue abet eee hee ede kee i heer sheet ve eee ens 14 29 OUIDULLISUSCKESOY airean Mee ces nen
179. Section 13 Wo Notes _ Section 11 IN PERFORMING THIS CONTRACT THE CONTRACTOR WILL Fabricate Modify or Store Classified Hardware Pettorm Services Only a Have Access to U S Classitted Information Outside the U S Puerto Aico U S Possessions and Trust Territories d Be Authorized to Use the Services of Defense Technical Information Center OTIC or Other Secondary Distribution Center Require a COMSEC Account Require a TEMPEST Account Have Operations Security OPSEC Requirements _ Be Authorized to Use the Defense Courier Service Other Requirements Visit Purposes Only For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Contracts Performing Facilities Section 11 Page Fields Field Name Description Visit Purpose Only Check if visiting only In Performing This Contract The Contractor Will Enter performance information in the text box 164 SIMS User Reference Section 11 Click on the appropriate check boxes to identify the contractor requirements and restrictions If Other Requirements is selected enter other performance information in the text box This info is from the DD254 Classified Contracts Performing Facilities Section 13 Performing Facility Basic Info Sechon 10 Section 1 i section 13 Hotes E Security Guidance Classified AIS processing will be involved l i Annual review date Annual review of this form required O
180. Standalone version to complete this database 480 SIMS User Reference move Part 1 Install SIMS The first step is to install SIMS Standalone on the target PC Please refer to the S MS Installation Guide for step by step instructions on installing SIMS Confirm you can login before proceeding Part 2 Locate Source Data Files 1 Open SQL Server Management Studio on your current SIMS PC 2 Click Connect on the initial connection dialog 3 Select File New Query with Current Connection L Hacrosoft s Serer Magen hia E alinj x Teo Weelew ommuni Heb sj Fesas v OI igar maa aia ade oo EF n l Po ee eee S p ay Contact Dba Eire ver 9 0 3073 CCONRAD Developer 7 emin ety Aral pervis MOE Query zi pi aaia Sevi DAN Query Gh Analyt Service L Query 4 Enter the following and press F5 USE SimsXml GO sp_helpfile GO 5 Check the filename column in the Result window to identify all the files that make up your SIMS database there are usually two Se i ee fey ee a Tom Vireo O ha ito Be rag Ob a Deen Doo aide PORE Ti pre a a a 2 ee ET ee ees lf CORA tee Caer Cbg Eee Con tort Zio F M zit demate eT ao E E i Tee a H al hari E ever Chee E od Soke a al eet B a rim ea l H A BA teom igri a im l i _ mi Ea Pep Ma Hira D ee me a PAS PHE Lied SOM ala ry Tmi l Fapa hie di FCS rea H T LF ee Hi is bers ey
181. There are some fields that require only an integer value An alert message will appear if an incorrect character type is entered Related Topics Pick Lists and Pickers Data Field Defaults Pick Lists and Pickers Pick Lists SIMS has a number of standard choice pop up fields that have been set up for pick lists which are efficient ways of creating and storing repeating values for some fields Take as an example the Position field in the Cleared Personnel module When selecting the button for this field it enables you to pick a value from a list 23 SIMS User Reference Position Position Admin Assistant Administrator Analyst Consultant Deputy Director Designer Director Engineer General Manager Manager Other Secretary Security Guard Security Manager Senior Engineer Senior Physicist Technician Filter Po The List Management utility lets you manage the pick list values Values can be displayed for all users or only for a selected data group In the List Management utility a SIMS Manager has access to add edit delete list items for a pick list A Submanager has access only to add edit delete items within their Data Group Field Name Description Filter Enter a name to be searched for If searching for a name that starts with a certain string of text enter that string and then follow that entry with the wildcard character A string that both starts and ends with the character wildcard is a c
182. Time Type 6 23 1990 12 00 00 AM PST New Entry amp iH 4b bi Status Audit Trail Abstract Receipt Mo Keywords as pecial Accesses This field contains the method used to destroy the document This field is filled in automatically when you perform a document destruction Seles Remarks User Hame Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Documents Audit Trail Page Fields Field Name Audit Trail 189 Description The transaction history area displays the audit trail of internal external document transfers returns to accountability and document destruction All data is automatically recorded in this area when a document is transferred or destroyed It shows the date of transfer receipt if any previous custodian and new custodian For an external transfer or return the other facility s Facility ID is shown To obtain additional information regarding a particular transaction select the transaction of interest and then click View Only SIMS managers can delete audit trail items This option is grayed out for all other users SIMS User Reference Classified Documents Abstract Documents SIMS SB 00001 90 15 of 37 DB Audit Trail Home Origin Status Audit Trail Abstract Keywords Special Accesses Remarks Abstract JEKEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Documents Abstract Page Fields F
183. ULL the Barcode3of9 column will be NULL If the Barcode contains a value the Barcode3of9 will return the value with asterisks before and after it The same applies to the AltBarcode3of9 column in the AlSHardware table Reports that Used the Barcode Field Prior to Barcode3of9 495 SIMS User Reference Quick Reports A saved report layout containing a Barcode field will not print with asterisks The most likely problem caused by this change is that labels created by using one of the mail merge options from the Format drop down menu on the Quick Report dialog will not be readable by a barcode scanner Selecting the Barcode Code 3 of 9 or Alternate Barcode Code 3 of 9 for the AlSHardware table and saving the layout will correct the problem Custom Reports Existing reports and any custom reports have to include code to explicitly add asterisks before and after the value from the database if they display it as a barcode instead of alpha numeric text Since they used the Barcode field and its behavior has not changed all the reports should continue to work as they did Using the Barcode3of9 field Which barcode field to use on a Quick Report depends upon the desired result Quick Reports HTML Text or Excel Formats Use the Barcode field to get just the alpha numeric characters or Barcode Code 3 of 9 to get asterisks before and after the alpha numeric characters Quick Reports Mail Merge Labels Use
184. UP iS My Documents Storage Card O Temp G Windows GF Control Panel Ink Performing a Barcode Inventory Double tab the Datalogic memor s SIMS Data Collection icon gt Application Data oa BACKUP iS My Documents _ Network gt profiles gt Programm Files 236 SIMS User Reference SIMS Gata Collection Utility E a Hit SCAN button on scanner to read barcode Scam Location Item Location item I 0 locations O items scanned Eat ex Beete se 25 5H wale La T oS S Select the Location radio button and scan a location item Container or Personnel barcode Hit SCAN button on scanner to read barcode Scan Location Item Location item f 04252614 0 locations 0O items scanned Eat Ex Beete Ges k Te z Sak RAE Select the Item radio button 23 7 SIMS User Reference SIMS Data Collection Utility E a Hit SCAN button oon scanner to read barcode Scart O Location mR 04252614 g r 0 items scanned fh 2 H eS wa AB Scan one or more Document barcode labels that are associated with the previously scanned Container or Personnel barcode Continue this scanning process until all Document barcodes for the Container Personnel have been scanned SIMS Data Collection Utility Hit SCAM buthonon scanner to read Bede Scan Location Location aE 04252614 Jol23457 04252614 04509723
185. Usno COU GIy ECO caso ch Shee a nc dees Se G2 a ered antes ine ace aa tert ar E due hake See hg Garten to Ree cherie 590 SIMS User Reference Introduction Contact us Address SIMS Software P O Box 607Solana Beach CA 92075 Phone 858 481 9292 Voice 858 481 3557 Fax Email Sales and Information info simssoftware com Technical Support techsupport simssoftware com Copyright Trademark amp License Agreement Copyright SIMS Software 1988 2012 All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored on a retrieval system or translated into any language or computer language in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic optical chemical manual or otherwise without the prior written consent of SIMS Software Trademark Acknowledgments Windows Windows Server 2003 2008 Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 7and SQL Server are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation SIMS SIMS NET and PSQS are registered trademarks of SIMS Software Program License Agreement YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY READ THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS BEFORE OPENING THE PRODUCT PACKAGE OPENING THE PRODUCT PACKAGE INDICATES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS IF YOU DO NOT AGREE WITH THEM YOU SHOULD PROMPTLY RETURN THE PACKAGE SIMS Software provides this Program and licenses its use You assume responsibility for the selection of the Program to achieve your intended results
186. _ ID PerformedBy_Visito r ID Witness Personnel ID Witness_Visitor_ID Witness Personnel ID Witness Visitor _ID FromFacilityName From_Facility_ Addr ess ID From_Facility_ Addr ess ID From_Facility_ Addr ess ID From_Facility_ Addr ess ID UserName WorkStation 513 DocumentSendMeth od PersonnellD VisitAuthorizationVis itors PersonnellD VisitAuthorizationVis itors PersonnellD VisitAuthorizationVis itors PersonnellD VisitAuthorizationVis itors FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress DocumentSendMeth od FirstName LastNam e MiddleName FirstName LastNam e MiddleName PersonnellD VisitorID FirstName LastNam e MiddleName FirstName LastNam e MiddleName PersonnellD VisitorID Line1 Line2 Line3 Line4 SIMS User Reference Comments DocumenttTrail Remarks Remarks DocumenttTrail Audit Trail Contract Transfer Contract Transfer Type DocumenttTrail Date DocumenttTrail Perform Date DocumenttTrail Old Contract DocumenttTrail New Contract DocumenttTrail Comments User Name DocumentTrail Workstation DocumenttTrail Comments DocumenttTrail Remarks Remarks DocumentTrail Audit Trail Retention Retention Type DocumenttTrail Date DocumenttTrail Retain Until Date DocumenttTrail Comment Remarks Transtype TransDate PerformDate OldContract_ D Contract Container ID NewContract_ID Contract ContainerlD UserNam
187. ac Bok ee ee ee Me Se ce eR ee 42 ST PUIDOSE Ol MOS RaGIINGS cadetti eure 646 Glas does Weak ee eee awe ah oa y eae ea hak bee a esd 43 3 2 HOS FaciItleSINDUL 4x tien Se be kee eh et ae ee Re a ee eee de ea a Ree toe ek bh a ee ee eee hee ee ee 43 3 3 OSI FaGiitieS LISK 3 a3 205 455 eb e amp Ak Ent An gee ee hee Ss Ae oe es aoe ee a ee ae Se A ee 58 34 HOsl Facilities RODOS Stn baat een es od sce be ah we Se ees oh tee Eee ae A ee ee ke a ee ee eh aoe eee ee Bea aig 59 3 5 Host Facilities Facility RECOM PICKGr i405 6c bebe Bie hee 6 de Lees ae od Ae ee eee Re ee ee ode ee x See ee 60 A OUVEMPACIICS titre 4 oo a cad 6 446 Gali et eM en Oa chit fem hela ete PG ae ed A me te ek plac we ce ea tn ee 61 A PULDOSe OF QING FACIES morire keene bon San matonceuh dee Go dee Bebe are Ske oes din toe ee Ske ae a a oe Cte a ee 62 AD Oiner FacitieS MOU 2s sd te Stee ve een ek dh hee ale me ea ee abe re hha e Seca a ace be Ge ee ne due tow ea Rte ee a 62 AS Otlier Faces LIS 25 ictal eae eee 6 dee Sere a ete th aca he Bees Se os Sn eee eek eh eee a ode Be Be A 75 A A Oiler Facilities REDONS win ito Wien ek nt ee deh tek ee A we ee ae Racers Ch ie Bee aca bk ee ne doe ew Ee Pe cos 76 4 5 Other Facilities Facility Record PICKEN moteis riro dS ein dee he hN SAN Ae oe bee eek ed Seen a tds Lee oe ees 77 Ds COOMIZAMOMCOS prre garn a aa Re dv owe ety ee ew ace a a a a ee ee 78 5 1 PURDOSE OF COONIZANUOIICSS 233 via oa vews 646 Stradi awe ee aa ae a a eed Hos edhe
188. acts Documents Contracta vehicles Other Facilities Employment Incidents Foreign Trawel Locks and Keps Home Personnel Links DoD Requests Military Dok Requests Personal SC Requests Photo Visit Authorizations Remarks Visitors Special Accesses Training Options _ Restrict Personnel Queries to Current Data Group Branch For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization Data Group Filters Page Fields Field Name Modules to Filter by Group Personnel Tab Restrictions Options System Customization Locks 399 Description If checked the module will be filtered by the user s data group defined in User Management If checked changes to the selected Personnel tab will not be allowed outside of the user s data group If checked the Query Editor will allow queries only within the user s current data group branch The Enterprise Wide option in the Query Editor will be grayed out SIMS User Reference w System Customization System Personnel DD254 Contracts DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visitors Time Periods Conferences Containers Output Lists Data Group Filters Locks amp Keps AS Messages l Documents OVA Notifications OWA E mail amp Fax Colors Encryption LOAF k Locks Yalidation Enable Locks and Keys Yalidatons Lock Classification Level lt Clearance Level of In House Personnel o
189. ader here to group by that column Timestamp Subsystem Action By Press the Seteve Sutton to Wew he ostabese gumit raul H H 4 Record O of O H H Table Record ID Field Before Value Description After Value Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Containers Audit Trail Page Fields Field Name Date Time User Changed Next Change Containers Remarks Description The date of the modification The time the modification was made User ID of the person who made the change The date of the last combination change The next scheduled date for combination change 149 SIMS User Reference Containers SAFE 1 1 of 16 Personnel Access Special Accesses Audit Trail Remarks DB Audit Trail Remarks This safe was acquired from a public auction and a certified locksmith verified its integrity a 4am For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Containers Remarks Page Field Field Name Description Remarks Free form textual information up to 32kb Containers Links 150 SIMS User Reference Containers SAFE 1 1 of 16 Home Personnel Access Special Accesses Audit Trail Remarks Links Links Double click an tem below to open the linked document Description amp id 4 Db bi FilePath For more information about using this screen
190. ail Document DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail WorkStation Comment Remarks Transtype TransDate PerformDate PerformedBy_ Perso PersonnellD nnel_ ID PerformedBy_ Perso PersonnellD nnel_ ID IncorporationT ype DestinationDocume ntNumber Archived UserName WorkStation Comment Remarks 516 FirstName LastNam e MiddleName PersonnellD SIMS User Reference Audit Trail Loan Out Loan Out Type Loan Out Date Date Due Date Loan To Name Loan To ID Loan To Phone Comments User Name Workstation Comments Remarks Remarks Audit Trail Loan In Loan In Type Return Date Date Comments User Name DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumentT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail Transtype PerformDate TransDate LoanDueDate LoanToName LoanTolD LoanToPhone UserName WorkStation Comment Remarks Transtype LoanReturnDate TransDate UserName 517 SIMS User Reference Workstation DocumenttT rail Comments Documentt rail Remarks Remarks DocumenttT rail Abstract Tab Abstract Document Keywords Special Accesses Tab Keywords DocumentKeywords Special Accesses DocumentSAs Remarks Tab Remark
191. aken to resolve the incident Action The action taken The list of actions is maintained in the List Management Utility 340 SIMS User Reference Estimated Date for Final Report The date the report on this incident is expected to be finished Cognizant Office Notified Select to indicate that the cognizant office was notified Person Click to select the responsible agent if it is a person Other Facility Click to select the responsible agent if it is an other facility Cognizant Office Click to select the responsible agent if it is a cognizant office Notify List Any other people or agencies notified Incident Description GT Incidents 7001 001 1 of 2 Home Action Description Findings Links DB Audit Trail Description Howard unintentionally entered a controlled area without proper notification Personnel Involved Howard DEREC For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Incidents Description Page Fields Field Name Description Description Enter notes for a full description of the incident 341 SIMS User Reference Personnel Involved Incident Findings G7 Incidents 2001 001 1 of 2 Action Description E Findings Links Findings Howard tent very bright amp id 4 DP bi List any personnel involved other than the subject DB Audit Trail For more information about using this scr
192. al Transfer Receipt Number 4utonumbering scheme has not been defined For your User Group This must be configured in Utilties 4ubohumbering before an Internal Transfer can be performed Document Transactions Mia Ed Selected Documents Document Number Title Classification Custodian Archived SIMS SB 00001 90 Battle Management Beyond the FLOT SECRET Maxwell Peter C No Select Additional Documents Records Selected Scanner o Cw l Document Transaction Screen and Menu The upper half of the transaction screen displays a list of documents A check mark in the left column indicates a 197 SIMS User Reference selected document in which to perform the transaction Select Previously Queried Records In the Document output screen query for selected records and leave the records unhighlighted Select the Transactions menu and then a transaction option i e Internal Transfer Choose the Select Previously Queried Records button to add all the records that were queried on in the output screen A confirmation message to add those records will appear The records are added to the list The transaction will be performed only on checked documents when selecting the OK button Any document listed in the Document Transactions screen as shown above can be unchecked and the transaction for that record will not be performed Search Quickly select groups of documents by entering a Document Number Barcode Custodian N
193. al accesses which contain one or more individual special accesses This can be used to package Special Accesses so that they will not need to be added individually in a SIMS record Click on a special access in the Umbrella Choices list and then click the key to add to the umbrella Click the key to remove a special access from an umbrella Included Accesses Lists the special accesses included in the selected Umbrella Choices The following Special Access screen appears when the Add or Edit buttons are selected Special Access Mame ID aichived Print on DWF Badge Code Included Accesses Module Types IS Type Container Type Contract Type Document Type _ Facility Type _ Incident Type Personnel Type U S Citizenship Required _ Briefing Required Visitor Type For more information about using this screen see Input Screen 447 SIMS User Reference Special Access Page Fields Field Name Name Archived Print on OVR Badge Code Data Group Included Accesses Type Check All List Management Description The name of the Special Access Type selected or enter the name of the type to be added If checked the Special Access Type is activated This prevents it from appearing on pick lists Leave this unchecked if you do not want special accesses to appear on an outgoing visit request even if the option to print special accesses is checked in the visit requ
194. alid From 2 Valid To 1 Valid To 2 Purpose Tab For Purpose of Confer with the following Persons Restricted Data Other Classified Info Specific Info Which Access is Requested Prior Arrangements Have Not Been Made as Follows Certification Tab CNWDI Name and title Requesting DoD Official Name and title Requesting DoD Official Title Authorizing DoD Official RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD FTS ValidFrom1 ValidfFrom2 ValidTo1 ValidTo2 Purpose Confer RDAccess OtherAccess Info Arrange CNWDI RequestName RequestTitle AuthTitle 552 SIMS User Reference Title RequestDoD Title Requesting DOE or RequestDoD Agency Other Govt Agencies Approval is granted RequestDoD Approval with limitaions indicated below Manager of RequestDoD Manager Operations or Headquarters Division Directory Personnel Tab No Query option for the Personnel Tab Host Facilities Using Query Editor The Query Editor allows complex searches It searches the current data file and displays only the records that fit the search conditions that you specify i TE D Click Query Editor at the bottom of any output list screen The Query Editor dialog box appears 553 SIMS User Reference Query Editor
195. all of the requirements have been fulfilled Incorporation The Document Incorporation transaction allows you to select multiple source documents and a destination document for incorporation of the source document s into the destination document The Incorporation transaction updates the transaction and remarks information in both the source and destination document records If the incorporation is total the source document s becomes archived and its status becomes incorporated Note that you cannot incorporate a source document into a destination document of lower classification level First select the destination and source documents in the output list Then select the Incorporation option in the Reports menu The following dialog will display 218 SIMS User Reference Document Transactions Selected Documents Document Humber Title Classification Custodian Archived SIMS 5B 00001 90 Battle Management Beyond the FLOT SECRET Maxwell Peter C No SIMS 5B 00002 90 Department of Defense Acquisition Sc SECRET Maxwell Peter C Ho SIMS SB Q0003 90 HAVE VISTA Exploitation Report AN SECRET Maxwell Peter C Ho Select Additional Documents Records Selected Select Previously Queried Records CSC Clear Selection Make ScanSet Scan Barcodes Document Number Oa a E l lII a Transaction Type Incorporation wt Cancel Contract ID After selecting OK the Document Incorporation dialog will display To do the t
196. all rows of parameters SIMS User Reference Save Query After selecting this button a Save dialog will appear Save the query so that it can be reloaded for later use Load Query After selecting this button an Open dialog will appear Select a query file that was saved at an earlier time The query must be loaded in the same module in which it was saved OK Click to start the search Cancel Click to close the screen SCI Outgoing Requests The table below lists fields in the SCI Outgoing Requests module The subsequent columns list where the field can be found in the Query Editor Home Tab Classification SCI Levels ID Levels Name Type SCI Type From SCI FromDate To SCI ToDate Note SCI PermCertText Company Code SCI CompanyCode Access Date SCI CertAccessDate Data Group SCI UserGroup_ID UserGroups GroupName From Facility SCI Facility __ID Facility FacilityID To Facility Purpose SCI Purpose Visitors Tab ID SCIPersons Personnel_ID Personnel PersonnellD 585 SIMS User Reference Name SCIlPersons Position SCIPersons DOB SCIlPersons POB SCIPersons Rank SClPersons Access Type SClPersons Endorsement Tab Facility Name Address 1 SCI Address 2 SCI Address 3 SCI Facilities Tab Facility Name Address 1 SClFacilities Address 2 SClFacilities Address 3 SClFacilities Address 3 SClFacilities POC SClFacilities POC Phone SClFacilities Personnel_ID Personnel_ID Personnel_ID Personnel_ID Personnel_ID Type
197. alog shown below will appear where changes can be made Communications Settings Baud rate C 300 C 600 1200 Connect Cancel C 2400 C 4800 Parity 9600 None 19200 C Odd C Bits C Even 3 Select Options gt Connect or click on the Connect button in the Communications Settings dialog box to connect with the selected port The message Communications port opened appears in the window You are now ready to transfer files between your PC and the TopGun barcode scanner 4 To download a file from the TopGun barcode scanner select File gt Receive from the PTFER menu and use the 221 SIMS User Reference File to Receive dialog as shown below to specify the name and location of where you want to store the downloaded file Select a File Name File name Folders c percon pal4 Cancel readme txt j percon y pal4 _ source List files of type Drives Text Files _ TXT E c PTFER then displays a message saying that it is expecting the file 5 Plug the TopGun or barcode scanner into the appropriate communications port on the PC COM1 or COM2 as selected in step 2 above using the PERCOM cable number 00 884 19 25 pin or 00 884 28 9 pin 6 From the ASSETPRO program menu shown below select F3 to display the File Options menu ASSET MGMT F2 COLLECT F3 FILE OPTIONS F4 EXIT 7 Select F2 to display the Send File menu FILE OPTIONS F2 SEND FILE F3 ERASE FILE F4
198. ame or Contract and then the Search button If amore complex query is required use the Quick Find Editor before selecting Transactions in the Document output list screen Any documents selected in the output screen will be selected when the Transactions screen is displayed Barcodes can be manually entered or scanned in while using this dialog This is recommended when there are only a few barcode numbers to scan If there is a need to quickly search and scan for a bulk group of barcodes choose the Scan Barcodes button instead Sort Click a column header to sort the list of documents by Document Number Title Classification Custodian or the Archived field Records Selected This display shows the number of documents that have been selected for a transaction These documents will also have a check mark beside each document s number OK Click to actually perform the transaction on the selected documents Transactions Copy Document Internal Transfer to a Single Custodian Internal Transfer to Multiple Custodians Internal Transfer Receipt Return External Transfer to a Single Facility External Transfer to Multiple Facilities External Transfer Receipt Return Tracer Letter Return to Accountability Destruction Certificate Contract Transfer Retention Regrade Classification Incorporation Loan Check Out Loan Check In Barcode Inventory Manual Inventory Transaction Reprints Reserve Document Numbers Scan Barcodes 198 S
199. an now be initiated by choosing OK in the Document Transaction Internal Transfer dialog Internal Transfer Receipt Return The document internal transfer receipt return transaction confirms the receipt by a new custodian of the documents included in a prior internal transfer If you enter a value other than zero into the Internal Transfer suspense time period in the Time Periods tab of System Customization then all internal document transfer transactions will fill in the document Receipt Suspense Date and Dispatch Date However the Signed for Date will be left blank until the Internal Transfer Receipt has been signed and returned Please note however that if you do not want to use the internal document transfer receipt returned feature you do not need to In other words if the internal document transfer suspense time period in days is blank as identified in the System Customization utility then internal document transfers are assumed to not require the receipt return feature Conversely if any number of days are specified for the internal document transfer suspense time period then the internal transfer receipt returned feature is enabled and the signed for date will initially be set to a blank date and later will be updated with the date that the receipt is returned 204 SIMS User Reference After selecting this transaction enter the Receipt Number found on the returned internal transfer receipt as shown below Doc
200. anted date of the Clearance Information tab of the Clearance case dialog is not checked c the Granted date is less than the e QIP Sent Date on the Applications Polygraph tab implying that the clearance is undergoing a periodic reinvestigation or d the Granted date is greater than the report end date 136 SIMS User Reference All Clearance Process Metrics Detail Report Days from e QiF Sent Date to Grant Date Occuring Any Time Durning 1 1 2010 and 123172010 Across all represented data groups Clearance Case Closing Cycle Time Description Count Minimum Maximum Median Average Standard Deviation SECRET Initial Clearance 35 32 35 182 00 182 47 74 78 Closed Case Timeliness 4 8 3 6 3 55 6 ADRE 0 0 0 0 100 0 lool S lu Total SECRET Initial Clearance Pending Clearance Cases Through 12 15 2010 45 0 1 Ta Total SECRET lt Unspected gt 100 0 Cleared Personnel Transactions Deny Container Access This item will deny access to all containers for selected individuals The system date is put into the Denied Date for each container a individual has access to Select a person or group of persons by highlighting them in the output list or use Find for a more sophisticated query and then choose Deny Container Access from the Transactions menu A dialog will be displayed confirming the person s selected Load ScanSet The Load ScanSet selection allows a previously downloaded
201. arcode field Use this option if you use the document number for your barcode You can modify the barcode format The format will automatically be used for each new document record SIMS User Reference Internal Transfer to a Single Custodian The document internal transfer transaction to a single custodian screen is shown below Document Transaction Internal Transfer Home Transaction Remarks Transfer Date 5 22 2008 V Transfer To Name ID Signed For Date From Facility a Name and Address Internal Transfer Receipt Options Print Document Special Accesses Internal Transfer Transfer Date Enter the date of the transfer New Custodian Click New Custodian to select a new custodian All documents selected for transfer are checked against the new custodian in conjunction with error check settings New Container ID Select the new container for the internal transfer Signed for Date Enter a signed for date for the internal transfer From Facility Select a From Facility for the internal transfer The From Facility must have a Facility ID Print Document Special Accesses If selected the document s special accesses will appear on the internal transfer certificate Remarks Enter any remarks to appear on the transfer certificate Click OK when all of the requirements have been fulfilled The documents must pass a validation process for the transfer After the documents pass validations the internal transfer
202. ardwareType D Model SerialNumber Barcode Classification Level Levels ID LastInventory Sealed Description AlSSoftwareType_ D AlSSoftwareType SoftwareVersion Classification Level Levels ID SerialNumber Resident Personnel ID Personnel Granted Briefed Trained 568 AlSHardwareType Name AlSSoftwareType Name PersonnellD SIMS User Reference Special Accesses Tab Special Access AISSA SA_ID SA SAName Type Remarks Tab Remarks Tab AIS Remarks Keys Using Query Editor The Query Editor allows complex searches It searches the current data file and displays only the records that fit the search conditions that you specify Click Query Editor Query Editor Create Query Component Table Column Operator ls equal to H K evT rail ls not equal to 5 Po ls greater than ls greater than or equal to ls less than ls less than or equal to Contains Does not contain _ Left Parenthesis ls empty ls not empty Right Parenthesis Current Query Components Operator Modifier 569 SIMS User Reference Query Editor Screen Fields Field Name Description Tables Select the table type Fields Select the field within the selected table type Operator The value definition Modifier Select AND to include all parameters or OR to include one or more of the parameters in the query results Value Specify a date number or text for the Operator parameter Add to Q
203. areri eierenerd octane A R dees dnt wae awiad add wake eed aA 262 AGS DOE REAUCSIS IGE car ease cee eed ag a ec S al thats a ca ts Rec eer epg die en here ce Sac eras E aioe Sigs cate Deck geno Mea cee 268 Te DOE REQUESTS TREDOUS nesia tn cog cee thes opted Sin A E erty cannon eter at Meaty E T R E aes Mad aed E E Buh Re ace 269 T2 OC OUTGOING FAC CUCSUS aia ata Bo Scag ats teeter he a aah sh vaca heat api aa a a gh dae ew he ea hse E E a gece Daly Mica tee Peck ae Ane A ENEN 270 121 UNDOSe O1 OG VOUIGOING MEGUESIS aurana E tact wade patents awe haa adn eae bee eae hey 271 12 2 SCL OuIgoiIng ReGuesis WOU sacs Yel Gk Bho nee Se ea weit yet aoe Sessa Penn ca tena R on Volt tak A aarti nt dine Septet Ae adele 271 12o OCMMCOUCSIS LIST ex arcadia thes hag Aca dl facc E Sd Sada 0 ern Pana Pas eae Bea aaa arn Pa a on ak sda en aes Be eee 277 124 SCLOUGOING REGUeSIS Repons 4 rare a a te ante ki E deter a wha arias taa N anda E end eaten 278 We VISIO aaeeea ea Adee Seah E aoe at ee Ae gs gee ek are teal eaten SN te Bes ha acta de ade eg Ge Peet ans N 278 ToT PUPS On VISITORS parye anaa Sere Mcgee aan sah a Sig ate Mca ee anceps arent A A a area nh a ah gia See Mccall ee a dh pons A gees Mees cases 279 TOZ VISIONS AOU sendir Sheet tg ces sig csp E ee diet Hees Gove Meee eter ced cheyenne seeds eS aie Ges dha oe opt E Suh onde E ogasee Saw thet nes ae ee 279 Uh WIS IRONS NSU i acdc fessor a cet Sa cater Sax A ep toe a cag te Pcp A A a T E E R E E ae d
204. aring in SIMS more than one time with the same SSH and they have a Facility ID identified on ther Primary Clearance or main Personnel record C Get Personnel in SIMS but not in JPAS for Discrepancy Report Import JFAS Data Cancel Browse for the JPAS data file which should have a csv file extension Choose to match the JPAS SSN field to SIMS using either the SIMS SSN field or the Personnel ID field If you re using the SIMS SSN field for the Social Security Number instead of the Personnel ID then you should select the SSN option Otherwise select the Personnel ID option If desired select the check box option option to use JPAS records to match the JPAS Organization CAGE SMO Code to that of the Facility ID indicated for the Primary Clearance Case If desired select the check box option option to Get Personnel in SIMS but not in JPAS for Discrepancy Report A discrepancy in this regard would occur if 1 A personnel is in SIMS but not in the JPAS spreadsheet and 2 The personnel entry has a Primary Clearance and 3 The Primary Clearance has JPAS Ineligible checked Click on Import JPAS Data to have SIMS read the spreadsheet file and match the record in the spreadsheet file with the ID in SIMS Choose the Next button 139 SIMS User Reference El JPAS Import Wizard JPAS Data to SIMS Select which Fields you want From JPAS to update matching SIMS Personnel fields JPAS CAGEYSMO Code Eligibility D ate Investiga
205. ars in Home Tab of the Classified Documents record The name of the organization that originated the document This field is not editable It will display the date that the document was first saved in SIMS The name of the organization from which you received the document You can select this from the Facilities Pick List Select how the document was received i e registered mail The incoming receipt number e g Registered Mail No Indicates any sponsor s or issuing agency s control number that may have accompanied the document when it was received into accountability Cross reference number from Originator The fax number of the originator Name of courier Form number from the generation of a classified request The document author s 186 SIMS User Reference Classified Documents Status Documents SIMS SB 00001 90 15 of 37 DB Audit Trail EEk Home Origin Status Audit Trail Abstract Status Downgrade Dr Authority E Dispostion Receipt S Last Audit G62871995 Sent To Facility E Last Inventory 6 20 1995 Y Dispatched CO 72072010 w SUSpense CO 720200 w amp i 4D bi Keywords Special Accesses Remarks Links Declassification Exemptions 1 Jee as x4 x5 6 Jer x8 x9 DACA Exempt C Manual Review Loaned Loaned Phone Loan Date Date Due C Retention Authorized Retention Authorized Le
206. ase using the Quick Find Query by Example technique Show all records in the database After performing a search i e quick find choose this button to show the entire list of records again Show only selected records Highlight or check the records first and then choose this button to show only the selected records See also the topic below on selecting records in the output list screen Customize Output List Columns Choose this button to customize user preferences such as sorting by columns which tab will be displayed when a record is first opened or edited whether or not archived records are filtered as well as remembering module window location and size Go to page SIMS User Reference Filter Inactive If unchecked both active and inactive records will display in the output list screen If checked only active records will display in the output list screen There is also a per user setting to default the inactive filter for each module Open the module then click the customize outputlist in the toolbar at the bottom second to last button In the dialog there is a checkbox for Filter Inactive Selecting records in the Output List Screen Record paging and check box selection are options that can be set in the System Customization Output Lists tab Record paging can be set for each module If checked the selected module will display all the records from the database at once Instead of using the defaul
207. ate the contract is anticipated to be completed lf checked the contract is considered archived and no longer active The required contractor facility clearance level for the contract SIMS User Reference Storage Level Spec Type Contract Spec Date Specification Date Is This a Follow On Contract Preceding Contract Is This a Final DD Form 254 Retention Authorized For Requested Date Classified Contracts DD254 Section 6 8 170 The required level of contractor safeguarding for the contract Select one or more to activate the contract type Prime Sub contract or Solicit ation The contract numbers for the prime contracts subcontracts and solicitations Select to activate and edit the contract date for each contract tyoe Note that the dates associated with prime contracts and subcontracts do not appear on the printed DD Form 254 However these dates are used by SIMS for the contract audit report in the Database Audits utility The Due Date that is printed on the DD Form 254 is actually the date that appears next to the S olicit field Select one or more to indicate whether the contract is an Orig inal Rev ised or Final Enter the revision number if it is a revised contract Select to activate and edit the contract date for each contract specification type Indicate if the contract is a follow on contract Enter the previous contract number if the contract is a follow on contrac
208. ated successfully E WILLIAMS HOWARD D 444 d4 dddd Personnel record and primary clearance case updated successfully lt Back Next gt Cancel l If you click the Update SIMS button SIMS will go through all Personnel records and update the selected fields with the corresponding JPAS information The screen will show the total number of records that received an update from JPAS For the Access Non SCl to Primary Clearance Level the value in the Utilities gt Clearance Level Definitions will be used to locate the correct clearance level In the Discrepancy report example the S would be converted to Secret and that would be the new clearance level for Atkinson Brian W The Cleared Personnel Clearance Audit Trail for the personnel record will also update to indicate that the clearance was changed by a JPAS import Select the Next button to continue Note If you choose not to overwrite the information in SIMS with the information from JPAS simply choose cancel on this screen and no information will be overwritten It is important to note that based on the results from the discrepancy reports users may need to make some adjustments to an employee record and exclude that particular record from the import To do this open the individual record click on the Cleared Personnel Clearances tab open the primary clearance record and place a checkmark in the box which says JPAS Update Ineligible If you notice there are multiple reco
209. ation about using this screen see Input Screen Visitors From Facility Page Fields Field Name Facility Name Address Phone Visitors Visiting Data 286 Description Click to select the facility that the visitor is coming from Displays the CAGE Code or other ID for the visitor s facility Name and address of the visitor s facility Phone for the visitor s facility SIMS User Reference T Visitors Adams John Q 1 of 10 Home Clearance Personal From Facility Visiting Data Visitor Visits Classified False Date Out 1 73 2010 4 00 Pe Badge VIS 03 001 1 73 2010 8 00 AM amp id 4 bP bi Powers goo SEE DE Audit Trail Badge Into Remarks Yis Auth Number Parking Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Visitors Visiting Data Page Fields Field Name Visiting Data Visitors Badge Info 287 Description Each time that the visitor visits the facility a record may be made as to the date time in out classified visit badge number escort s name and parking number assigned Note that this information may be entered sometime after the visit actually occurred transcribing the information from a visitor sign in sheet You can manage information about visitors via the Tran sactions menu in the Visitor s output list screen as visitors are checked in and out SIMS User Reference F Visitors Adams John Q 1 of 10
210. b Current Query Components Operator l equal to ls not equal to ls greater than ls greater than or equal to ls less than ls less than or equal to Contains Does not contain ls empty ls not empty Query Editor Screen Fields Field Name Tables Fields Operator Operator set at the bottom of any output list screen The Query Editor dialog box appears Modifier Value Po Left Parenthesis Right Parenthesis Modifier C Enterprise wide 31 Description Select the table type Select the field within the selected table type When a field is selected the Add to Query button will be enabled If it the button is not enabled expand the node to select one of the field names under the node The value definition SIMS User Reference Modifier Value Add to Query Remove Remove All Save Query Load Query Enterprise Wide OK Cancel Select AND to include all parameters or OR to include one or more of the parameters in the query results Specify a date number or text for the Operator parameter Click to add the selected parameter combination to the list box in the lower portion of the screen Repeat to create a list of multiple parameter combinations Click to delete a selected row of parameters Click to delete all rows of parameters After selecting this button a Save dialog will appear Save the query so that it can be reloaded for la
211. b Page Fields Field Name Description Data Group The data group assigned to the document transaction default From Facility To select the default From Facility default for the document transaction select the From Facility button and then select a facility in the pick list 465 SIMS User Reference Authorized By Destroyed by Witnessed By Regrade Performed by Incorp Performed By Tracking Method Destroy Method Print Document Special Accesses Print Document Titles Print With Return Address Print Control Number Print Shipping Labels Remarks on Separate Page Make Document Unaccountable Clear Container Clear Custodian 466 Set a default person for the Authorized By field for an external transfer Only personnel that are authorized to transfer documents can be selected Set a default person for the Destroyed By field for a destruction certificate Set a default person for the Witnessed By field for a destruction certificate Set a default person performing the regrading Set a default person performing the incorporation Set a default method to be used for document transfer e g Registered Mail Hand Carry etc Set a default method of destruction such as burn shred etc If selected the default will be set so that the document s special accesses will appear on the external transaction report If selected the default will be set so that the document titles will appear on the exte
212. b my For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Keys Hooks and Rings Page Fields Field Name Description Selected Key Hook The selected key hook Hook ID ID value for identifying the hook Building Building location for the hook Room Room location for the hook Selected Key Ring The selected key ring Ring ID ID value for identifying the ring Holder ID and name of the custodian or person responsible for the key ring Issued Date last issued Keys History 365 SIMS User Reference fi Keys A 011 1 of 2 Home Hooks and Rings History Archive Remarks Ek History Date Transaction Type Holder 1 24 2006 ENTERED bao 2007 ASSIGNED Maxwell Peter C amp id 4 DP bi lssued Retieved Bao 200 Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Keys History Page Fields Field Name Date Transaction Type Holder Issued Retrieved View Delete Keys Remarks 366 Description The date of the key transaction The type of key transaction The name of the person assigned to the key The date the key was issued The date the key was retrieved Click to view all the details for a selected key transaction Click to delete a selected key transaction Only SIMS managers can delete history items This option is grayed out for all other users SIMS User Reference rv Keys A 011 1 of 2 Hooks and
213. ber If unchecked the user will be able to edit the number Transaction Defaults Transaction Defaults allows you to set default values for fields that appear in the Classified Document and IS transaction dialogs A SIMS Manager has access to add edit delete Document and IS Transaction Defaults A Submanager has access only to add edit delete Document and IS transaction defaults within their Data Group Transaction defaults outside the Submanager s Data Group can only be viewed A Transaction Defaults Documents S Document Transaction Defaults Data Group From Facility ID From Facility Name For more information about using this screen see Input Screen 464 SIMS User Reference Transaction Defaults Page Fields Field Name Description Data Group The data group assigned to the document transaction default From Facility ID The default From Facility ID From Facility Name The default From Facility Name Document Transaction Defaults Transaction Defaults FOOT Print Document Special Accesses ea Print Document Titles SSS Print with Return Address A en DOO arsenite ae i ee EE U l F Make Document Unaccountable DO e Mame Clear Custodian ID Return to Accountability Receipt WinessedBs JP _RewadePertomedBy J 0 e S S _ meom PertomedBy Jf S S S __TrackingMethod Jf __DesteyMetrod Jf For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Transaction Defaults Documents Su
214. ber can be assigned automatically using the format defined in Utilities gt Auto Numbering Enables you to group or query visit requests by department The task ID associated with the contract The highest level of classification that will be required for the visit The visit request start date The visit request end date The date that the visit request was sent SIMS User Reference JPAS Visit SMO Code Archived Contractual From Facility ID Manager Phone Fax Security Officer Contract ID Contact Name Contact Phone Data Group Purpose When JPAS visit selected the facility list on the Send to Facilities tab will be disabled A message will display in the Send To Facility tab indicating the facility information is not required for JPAS visits When the JPAS visit is selected the SMO code field that can be used in lieu of facility information for processing a visit Indicates whether the visit request has been archived Check this box if the request is contract related To select a host facility click From Facility ID Fills in automatically when Facility ID is selected Fills in automatically when Facility ID is selected To select a Security Officer click Security Officer The contract ID governing the visit The point of contact at the facility to be visited The point of contact s telephone number The data group that the request belongs to Data groups are defined in the User Management Da
215. cate Make Document Unaccountable If checked the document will be made unaccountable after the transaction 206 SIMS User Reference Clear Container If selected the container for the document record s will be cleared once the external transfer transaction has completed Clear Custodian If selected the custodian for the document record s will be cleared once the external transfer transaction has completed From Facility and To Facility Choose the From Facility button to select a From Facility from a pick list Choose the To Facility button to select a To facility from a pick list The facility must have a Facility ID and at least one address Tracking Method Enter the method to be used for document transfer e g Registered Mail Hand Carry etc Package Number Enter a package number Attention Enter a name of a person This attention name will appear on the external transfer certificate Remarks Enter any remarks to appear on the transfer certificate Click OK when all of the requirements have been fulfilled The documents must pass a validation process for transfer After the documents pass validations the external transfer certificate will print out If an external transfer is executed by a mistake or if a user wishes to undo a transfer you can use the Return to Accountability transaction In the transaction remarks the user can add a comment saying that the document never left the facility and that the t
216. ce Employment Status Organization Work Phone Supervisor Supervisor ID Investigation Cost Mailstop Beeper Number Beeper Serial Charge Type Agreement Date Expiration Personal Information Height feet Height inches Weight Hair Eyes Gender Birthdate Birthplace Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel EmployeeStatus ID PersonnnelEmploye eStatus Organization WorkPhone Supervisor Supervisor_ID InvestCost MailStop Beeper BeeperSN ChargeNum ConsultType ConsultDate ConsultExpireDate HeightFeet HeightInches Weight Hair Eyes Gender_ID PersonnelGender Birthdate Birthplace 527 EmployeeStatus Gender SIMS User Reference Country Marital Status Maiden Name Alias Next of Kin Name Next of Kin Phone Relation Driver s License Suffix Passport City State Country Issued Expires Address 1 Address 2 City State ZIP Home Phone Citizenship Tab Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Country __ID Country Co
217. cess This report provides a list of Documents that are associated with each Special Access Documents by Keyword This report provides a list of Documents that are associated with each Keyword Documents by Classification Level This report provides a list of Documents that are associated with each Classification Level Documents by Loan Status 196 SIMS User Reference This report provides a list of Documents that are associated with each Loan Status Accountable Documents by Custodian This report provides a list of accountable Documents along with an accountable document and custodian count Transactions Classified Documents Transactions While in the Classified Document module highlight or query on the records on which to perform the transaction Select the Transactions menu and then a transaction option i e Internal Transfer Default values can be set for the Document transaction screens by going to Utilities gt Transaction Defaults In order to perform an Internal or External transfer auto numbering must be defined for the User Group under which you are logged in If either Internal or External Transfer is selected and auto numbering is not defined for your User Group the following error message will display when selecting the OK button in the Document Transactions dialog Go to Utilities gt Autonumbering to create an autonumbering scheme and to verify that the autonumbering is enabled Internal Transfer 30 The Intern
218. cesses Special Access Tracking Page Fields 104 SIMS User Reference Field Name Date Sent Date Return Reviewer Cleared Personnel Employment El Personnel Maxwell Peter C 2 of 21 Contacts Home Contracts Vehicles Clearances Military Foreign Travel Remarks Employrniertt Special Accesses Personal Employment Information Start Date End Date Exclusion Date Employment Statue Organization LJ LJ Active E The wonder Works 315719591 N Citizenship Investigation Cost Description The date the special access application was sent The date the special access decision was returned The name of the person who reviewed the special access application Links HR IPAS Ro DB Audit Trail Fhoto Badges Training Fate 12 1000000 C105 o55 666 7777 474023929 Mailstop eeper Humber Beeper Serial Charge C3363636 Work Phone 310 555 1213 Cell Phone Large Software Systems Ine Peter Aabbit DPBSESES Supervisor Supervisor ID Supervisor E mail From Facility Employee Type Consultant Information Type 1 32006 V 1 272007 C1000 Ermployee vem a Agreement D ate Expiration Vendor Number Purchase Order amp iM 4 dD bi Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Employment Page Fields Field Name Description Start Date The person s employment star
219. cesses for this facility Select this option if this facility can receive classified material via Federal Express Click this button to display a list of the number of clearances held by this facility subtotaled by each clearance level Select the accountability system used by this facility Select the visitor control system used by this facility Add or remove any special accesses held by this facility Special accesses are defined in Utilities gt Special Access Definitions Host Facilities Key Security Personnel Host Facility General Space amp Defense Corporation 1 of 15 Awards Cog Office Contracts Points of Contact Home Other Addresses Remarks Links Cog Inspections Facility Security Officer Maxwell Peter L Start Date 3 15 1981 Facility Manager Powers Brad A Staff Member Sih Janet ey Secunty Personnel Report Date 1 3 2005 wr S M app DB Audit Trail Internal Inspections Access Control Key Security Personnel E mail pmaxwell generalspace com Phone 310 555 1213 Phone 210 481 9292 Phone 310 481 9292 Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Host Facilities Key Security Personnel Page Fields SIMS User Reference Field Name Facility Security Officer Name Start Date Training E mail Phone Facility Manager Name Facility Manager Phone Staff Me
220. ch as SIMS INVENTORY followed by the ENTER key ENTER APPL TITLE Enter the text that you want to use for the first prompt such as CONTAINER BARCODE followed by the ENTER key ENTER PROMPT 1 Enter the text that you want to use for the second prompt such as DOCUMENT BARCODE followed by the ENTER key ENTER PROMPT 2 4 Select F2 to begin the barcode data collection operation ASSET MGMT F2 COLLECT F3 FILE OPTIONS F4 EXIT 5 The first prompt will next appear on the screen you may have modified it in step 3 above to be something other than that shown below perhaps to be CONTAINER BARCODE Scan the barcode of a safe container or type in the safe container barcode I D If you type in the I D you will need to press the ENTER key LOCATION ID F3 REV F4 EXIT 6 The second prompt now appears on the first line of the screen you may have modified it in step 3 above to something other than that shown below perhaps to be DOCUMENT BARCODE and the safe container barcode scanned in step 5 above appears on the third line ITEM ID C12345 F3 REV F4 EXIT Scan the barcode identifying the document or use the keypad to enter the document s barcode I D If you type in the I D you will need to press the ENTER key The location and item I D s safe container and document D s appear together on the third line of the screen separated by a comma and the second prompt remains on the screen The barcode scanner is now ready to accept an
221. cial Accesses f Performing Facilities Il DD254 Tasks Task ID Description Start Date End Date Status 123 Establish charge numbers 171 2005 Open Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Contracts Task Input Page Fields Field Name Description Task ID The ID for the task Description Title or brief description of the task Start Date Date the task begins End Date Date the task ends 161 SIMS User Reference Status Status of the task Remarks Task notes Classified Contracts Performing Facilities Classified Contracts Performing Facilities Contracts F49620 05 C 0100 15 of 17 Remarks Links OB Audit Trail Home Additional Into LL Government Info E Special Accesses Tasks Performing Facilities DO254 d Performing Facilities Facility ID Facility Name Start Date End Date Category C1000 Large Sottware Systems Inc B1000 ave Electronics Corporation ca El OSNADH For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Contracts Performing Facilities Page Fields Field Name Description Facility ID The contract s facility ID Start Date Start date for the facility for this contract End Date End date for the facility for this contract Category Role of the facility or task leader for the facility 162 SIMS User Reference Classified Contracts Performing Facilities Basic Info Secti
222. cility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility CogOffice_ID CogOffice Address3 CogOffice_ID CogOffice Phone CogOffice_ID CogOffice FAX CogFieldOffice_ID CogOffice Cog_Code CogResidentOffice_ CogOffice Remarks ID CogRep CplnspDate LastInspectDate LastInspectBy LastCogVisitRem NextCogInspect EmployeeBadging VisitorBadging VendorBadging TempBadging ContractBadging 581 SIMS User Reference Visitor Control Approved by DSS for FedEx Classified AIS SAP SAR Protected Areas NRC STU III Perimeter Control DOE FCL Closed Areas Special Accesses Key Security Personnel Tab Facility Security Officer Name Start Date E mail Phone Facility Manager Name Phone Staff Member Name Phone Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility VisitorControl_ ID VisitorControl VisitorControl DSSFedexOK ClassifiedAIS SAPSAR ProtectedAreas NRC STUIII PerimControl DOEFCL ClosedAreas SA_ID SA SAName SecurityOfficer FSOStartDate FSOEmail FSOPhone FacManager FacManagerPhone StatMemName StatWMemPhone 582 SIMS User Reference Key Security Facility KSPDate Personnel Report Date Awards Tab Awards Facility Awards Awards notes Fac
223. cility Address 1 From Facility Address 2 From Facility Address 3 DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumentT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail ReceiptReturn ReceiptReturnDate OldCustodian_ Pers onnel_ ID OldCustodian_ Visito r ID OldCustodian_ Pers onnel_ ID OldCustodian_ Visito r ID NewCustodian_ Pers onnel_ ID NewCustodian_ Visit or_ID NewCustodian_ Pers onnel_ ID NewCustodian_ Visit or_ID SignedForDate OldContainer_ ID NewContainer_ID FromFacilityID FromFacilityName From_Facility_ Addr ess ID From_Facility_ Addr ess ID From_Facility Addr ess ID 508 PersonnellD VisitAuthorizationVis itors PersonnellD VisitAuthorizationVis itors PersonnellD VisitAuthorizationVis itors PersonnellD VisitAuthorizationVis itors Containers Containers FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FirstName LastNam e MiddleName FirstName LastNam e MiddleName PersonnellD VisitorID FirstName LastNam e MiddleName FirstName LastNam e MiddleName PersonnellD VisitorID Container ID Container ID Line1 Line2 Line3 SIMS User Reference From Facility Address 4 Comments User Name Workstation C
224. ck the box next to the fields to be encrypted 10 Enter your Symmetric Key Name and Certificate Name and select OK to save changes 415 SIMS User Reference 09 21 08 Initial version CC The following example script is used to configure SIMS support for SQL Server 2005 native encryption The values SimsEncryptionCertificate and SimsSymmetricEncryption can be changed by the end user These values will be entered into SIMS via Utilities System Customization Encryption User is strongly encourage to change all default passwords in this script Select SIMS database USE SimsXml1 Create Database Master Key CREATE MASTER KEY ENCRYPTION BY PASSWORD DefaultPassword Create initial certificate CREATE CERTIFICATE SimsEncryptionCertificate WITH SUBJECT SIMS Create symmetric key used for data encryption decryption Available algorithms are DES TRIPLE_DES RC2 RC4 RC4_128 DESX AES 128 AES 192 and AES 256 AES 128 AES_192 and AES _ 256 are not supported on XP or 2000 CREATE SYMMETRIC KEY SimsSymmetricEncryption WITH ALGORITHM TRIPLE_DES ENCRYPTION BY CERTIFICATE SimsEncryptionCertificate IMPORTANT Backup master encryption keys DO NOT SAVE BACKUP TO SAME DRIVE AS SQL DATABASE BACKUP MASTER KEY TO FILE C MasterKeyBackup ENCRYPTION BY PASSWORD astrongpassword The name of
225. ckground legend in the SIMS login screen Ek Containers Output Lists Encryption LDAP Time Perods Conferences OVA E mail amp Fax Incoming Visitors OVA Notifications Colors Require Custodian In House Personnel or Visitor to have all required Special Accesses Require an In House Personnel type Custodian to have a Clearance Brief Date and not a Debrief Date Require an In House Personnel type Custodian to have Special Access Brief Dates and not Debrief Dates for all required Special Accesses Verity Custodian In House Personnel or isitor is not Terminated Verity that a Visitor type Custodian has a Non Expired Visit Period Classification Level lt Loaned To In House Personnel or Visitor Clearance Level Require Loaned To In House Personnel or Visitor to have all required Special Accesses Yerhy Loaned To In House Personnel or Visitor ig not Terminated Verity that a Loaned To Visitor has a Mon Expired Visit Period Require WU at end of document title Very that all Externally Transtered Document Classification Levels lt Send to Facility s Storage Level For more information about using this screen see Input Screen 405 SIMS User Reference System Customization Document Validations Page Fields Field Name Enable Classified Document Checks Classification Level lt Custodian Clearance Level Classification Level lt Contract Storage Level Validate Special Accesses for Contract Vali
226. clear program Prior Arrangements Have Hot Been Made as Follows No prior arrangements have been made Personnel Links Access Requested Toa DB Audit Trail RESTRICTED DATA Other Classified Info Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DoE Requests Purpose Page Fields Field Name For the Purpose of Confer with the Following Person s Access Requested To Specific Information Which Access is Requested 264 Description A short but explicit synopsis of purpose If access to CNWDI is required this portion must be written so that access is explicitly justified Access is determined by the purpose and by the information to be released by the technical host List a point of contact at each facility included on the visit request This must be a DoE or DoE contractor employee a DoD representative will not suffice There is one exception visits to the Nevada Operations Office NV and Nevada Test Site NTS in certain instances may list the DOD contact Indicates whether access is requested to RESTRICTED DATA and or Other Classified Info Identifies the classification of the visit Do not name Sigmas DoE will authorize the appropriate Sigmas for the purpose stated if required by the visit and appropriately approved SIMS User Reference Prior Arrangements Have Not Been Made as Follows DoE Requests Certification S DoE Requests 06R 001 1 of 2 Home P
227. conditions that you specify boa oy Click Query Editor atthe bottom of any output list screen The Query Editor dialog box appears 544 SIMS User Reference Query Editor Create Query Component Table Column Operator E FRequestDOD et ve to H ReguestF acilities eee P RequestPersons pata i FRequestSAs ls less than ls greater than or equal to ls less than or equal to Contains Does not contain ls empty ls nok empty g Current Query Components Table Query Editor Screen Fields Field Name Tables Fields Operator Modifier Value Add to Query Remove Remove All Operator Modifier Left Parenthesis Right Parenthesis 1 Modifier 545 Description Select the table type Select the field within the selected table type The value definition Select AND to include all parameters or OR to include one or more of the parameters in the query results Specify a date number or text for the Operator parameter Click to add the selected parameter combination to the list box in the lower portion of the screen Repeat to create a list of multiple parameter combinations Click to delete a selected row of parameters Click to delete all rows of parameters SIMS User Reference Save Query After selecting this button a Save dialog will appear Save the query so that it can be reloaded for later use Load Query After selecting this button an Open d
228. countability Export data Import data 329 SIMS User Reference Conferences amp Meetings Purpose of Conferences amp Meetings Conferences amp Meetings maintains information for events attended at your facility The Conferences amp Meetings module tracks scheduled events It can track incoming visitors and in house personnel expected to attend the event points of contact for the event and the associated classification level of topics Input Screen Description Home Attendees Remarks Links List Screen Description Default Output List Reports Reports Conferences Input Conferences Home Conferences Issues in the News 1 of 3 Home Attendees Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Conference Name ssues in the News From Te 3 2008 4 Building 204 To A 7 52008 A1000 General Space amp Defense Corporation Data Group ROOT Description Top Level summar of todays news as it pertains to industrial security Attendees UNCLASSIFIED POC Name Work Phone Smith Janet L 310 481 9292 Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Conferences Home Page Fields Field Name Description 330 SIMS User Reference Conference Name Conference Location From To Facility Data Group Description Attendees Classification Level POC Name Work Phone Conferences Attendees 331 Name or a brief description of the conference The location where the confe
229. cs wf Finnum Median J Standard Devwieition Maximum J Average The Statistics section allows users to identify which statistics are to be included on the report If a checkbox is checked the information will be contained in the report left unchecked the information will not be included Minimum minimum length of time a task or clearance took to complete Maximum longest length of time a task or action took to complete Median midpoint in a sorted string of values Average sum of all values divided by the total number of values Standard Deviation measurement of variability A low standard deviation indicates that the data points tend to be very close to the average whereas a high standard deviation indicates that the data is spread out over a wide range of values The report contains a radio button for Summary Report and a little further down the screen one for the Detailed Report There are some fundamental differences with these reports Summary Report Start Event End Event Al Clearance Tasks All Gearance Tasks Gearance Case Date e QIP Sent Date Clearance Case Date Grant Date ki Clearance Task Date 30 Day Stat i Clearance Task Date Start Date 1 1 2010 End Date 12 31 2010 Frequency Distribution Show Bar Chart Bin Width in Days 1 Ss 10 There are two different formats for a summary report The first calculates statistics from all of the clearance tasks that have a both an assigned date
230. curity Personnel Contracts Facility Security Officer Jack Murphy Sar Start Date Phone 702 234 5454 Facility Manager Staff Member Phone f E Rey Security Personnel Report Date JEKEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Host Facilities Key Security Personnel Page Fields Field Name Description Facility Security Officer Name Enter the name of the Field Security Officer FSO Start Date The date the FSO started E mail Enter the FSO s email address 69 SIMS User Reference Phone Enter the FSO s telephone number Facility Manager Name Enter the name of the Facility Manager Facility Manager Phone Enter the Facility Manager s telephone number Staff Member Name Enter the name of a key staff member Staff Member Phone Enter the Staff Member s telephone number Key Security Personnel Report Date The date of the last Key Security Personnel report Other Facilities Contracts h Other Facility XYZ Electronics Corporation 3 of 4 Points of Contact Awards Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Home Other Addresses Cog Office Cog Inspections Access Control Key Securty Personnel Contracts Contracts Contract ID Category M8341 D6 C 0020 F49620 05 C 07 00 B1 L1 B2 L1 B3 L1 B1 61 L2 B1 B2 Le B1 B3 L2 B2 B1 L2 B2 B2 Le B2 B3 L2 B3 61 L2 B3 B2 Le B3 B3 Le B1 63 61 L3 B1 63 B2 L3 Contract Counts Number of Number of active Mumber of Number of active con
231. d Specifies that ADSI will not attempt to query the Active Directory Domain Services objectClass property Therefore only the base interfaces that are supported by all ADSI objects will be exposed Other interfaces that the object supports will not be available A user can use this option to boost the performance in a series of object manipulations that involve only methods of the base interfaces Encrypts data using Kerberos The Secure flag must also be set to use sealing Enables Active Directory Services Interface ADSI to delegate the user s security context which is necessary for moving objects across domains If your ADsPath includes a server name specify this flag when using the LDAP provider Do not use this flag for paths that include a domain name or for serverless paths Specifying a server name without also specifying this flag results in unnecessary network traffic SIMS User Reference User Management The User Management module provides the capability to manage user access to data and information organize and define user module groups as well as data groups Users Module Groups Data Groups LDAP User Management Users The User Management Users tab allows a SIMS Manager to define user properties and access privileges when adding or editing a user It also provides the capability to delete users A SIMS Manager has full access to add edit delete users A Submanager has read only privileges to User Manageme
232. d in the same module in which it was saved Click to start the search Click to close the screen The table below lists fields in the Classified Documents module The subsequent columns list where the field can be found in the Query Editor Home Tab Document Number Archived Accountable Stream Number of Enclosures Barcode Document Document Document Document Document Document DocumentNumber Archived Accountable Stream Enclosures Barcode 503 SIMS User Reference Classification Serial Pages Generated Type Media Type Destruction Transfer Copy Data Group Title Custodian Container ID Contract ID Status Project Document Date Signed For Origin Tab Document Date Rec Gen Date Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Classification Level Levels ID SerialNumber Pages Generated DocumentType_ID DocumentType DocumentMedialTyp DocumentMediaTyp e ID e RestrictDst RestrictTrn RestrictCpy UserGroup_ ID UserGoups DocumentTitle Custodian Personn Personnel el ID Container_ ID Containers Contract_ID Contract DocumentStatus ID DocumentStatus Project DocumentDate SignedForDate DocumentDate 504 Name DocumentType DocumentMediaTyp e Gr
233. d number The Host Facilities default output list screen shows the Facility Name Facility ID and Clearance Level for each record in the module You can e Resize the columns by clicking the lines in the column headers and dragging them to the left or right much like a spreadsheet e Click on a column header to sort the records by that column 58 SIMS User Reference e Double click on a record to open an input screen where you can modify the fields h Host Facility Facility ID Facility Name Clearance C 41000 General Space amp Defense Corporation TOP SECRET C 81 B1 L2 Acme Space Vehicles TOP SECRET C B1 B2 L2 Acme Propulsion Systems TOP SECRET C 61 63 613 Acme Inertial Guidance Systems TOP SECRET C 61 63 62 L3 Acme Teran Guidance Systems TOP SECRET C 61 B3 L2 Acme Guidance Systens TOP SECRET C 61 L1 Acme Aerospace Systems TOP SECRET C 82 B1 L2 Acme Optical Systemes TOP SECRET C 82 B2 L2 Acme A Systems TOP SECRET C 82 63 L2 Acme Laser Systems TOP SECRET C B2 L1 Acme Sensors TOP SECRET C B3 B1 L2 Acme SatCom Systems TOP SECRET C 83 B2 L2 Acme Landline Comm Systems TOP SECRET C 63 B3 L2 Acme VOIP Comm Systems TOP SECRET C B3 L1 Acme Communications Systems TOP SECRET Ei EB bea ae To ae aS Ha Hal _ Filter Inactive 15 records Page 1 of 1 Filter Inactive Check the Filter Inactive check box to prevent archived facilities from appearing in the output screen For more information about using this scre
234. database Export Transaction The Export transaction allows you to export a group of records in a SIMS module When exporting a record all related records will also be exported Before choosing the Export transaction determine if all or only certain Personnel records i e only records of a specified Data Group should be exported Click on a column header to sort results Select the record s using the check boxes or by highlighting records in the output list screen If all the records from the search are to be reported on do not highlight or select a record Quick Find or Query Editor can also be used to search on Personnel records Transactions Help Deny Container Access IPAS Import Load Scanset Make Scanset Import data N 4 Data Exchange Export Records to Export The total number of records exported may be larger due to referential constraints Related records Facility Personnel etc will also be exported C PersonnelE sport xml Choose Transactions gt Export Data and then specify a destination for the export All related records will be exported and that data will be stored in a xml file 35 SIMS User Reference Export Summary Statistics Records Exported by Module Records Selected for Export Module Records Exported Faches 17 Personnel Total Records Exported 1011 Contracts 17 Size of Exported Data 855kb Man Records Exported Cognizant Offices 3 The tota
235. date Contract s Document Receive Generate Restrictions Verify that the Contract is not Archived Rec Gen Date lt Signed for Date Verify that the Container is not Inactive Classification Level lt Container Storage Level Validate Special Accesses for Container Validate Custodian is on Container Access List Verify retention Date Document Date lt Received Date Documentation Date lt Declassification Date 406 Description If checked enables document validations that are enabled below If checked the document s classification level must be less than or equal to the custodian Clearance Level If checked the document s classification level must be less than or equal to the contract s storage level If checked the special accesses for the contract must be listed as one of the special accesses for the document If checked the contract receive generate restrictions will be applied If checked the contract is not archived A contract is archived if the contract s End Date is equal to or less than the current date OR if Closed Out is true The rec gen date must be less than or equal to the signed for date If checked the container cannot be archived If checked the document s classification level must be less than or equal to the containers storage level If checked the special accesses for the container must be listed as one of the special accesses for the document If checked the custo
236. delete items only within their Data Group Items outside of their Data Group are Read Only Utilities Manager Utilities a RA System Customization User Management Database Audit Trail Submanager Utilities F in Advanced Data Field Defaults Basic Data Field Defaults Special Accesses A z Custom Reports pi Custom Images Database Audits Document Streams Transaction Defaults Clearance Levels 2 Task Scheduler System Customization User Management Advanced Data Field Defaults Basic Data Field Defaults Special Accesses List Management Database Audit Trail Document Streams Custom Reports Auto Numberin Transaction Defaults Clearance Levels 378 List Management Auto Numbering Custom Input Forme SIMS User Reference Custom Images Custom Input Forms Task Scheduler System Customization System Customization System A System Customization Data Group Filters Locks amp Keys 15 Messages Documents OYA Notifications OYA E mail amp Fas Colors Encryption LDAP system Personnel OO254 Contracts Dol Requests Facilities Incoming visitors Time Periods Conferences Containers Output Lists E mail Help E mail Account Performance E mail Password _ Enable Server Performance Logs SMTP server requires SSL secured connection Enable Client Performance Logs F Outgoing SMTP server requires authentication Delehan ALC Fax L O
237. dg eae ta epee a a ag ere 310 IE ZOU aer tao a ee che N E Ae ep eae Sane es A cated eg hs recess A cet Se ee ck ate ae dosh ah ho ah le Ss Maca 310 POS OO EST ote bates Mtr thts eS triad eats dey lsc ce E ee Ne acer tps Nephi ac ca aris he cet ane Nae dig cee eaten a Ns car 326 TOMA PACD MS ous Meter che aot teres Surg Maer E a ag a EE Mca e det dda wh Bach oss eee E ees Mac ater ie Dee ass ce ea Maer 327 TO 019 RANSACHONS mier that dct ens toe teat decd ana Guetens A E ua vieja wt Banat dea SEN aaa arin Pea aon etn dog aan has bee eee aes 327 Iz Conerences Ce III Si sariri tet wes M1 deat aon E Se ain A ah Sine aes Sean a ena ta amr E di sn Ach phe Neg as io a elt Madey 329 17 1 Purpose of Conterences amp Meetings nec site tte Kor NN Iwas Mee eke dade bated ehsaee Ee A 330 Medea ONION ICS S INDUL etc tae itt sear 08 aca tan dae es thems aoa coated soe a eh wh aha asc SAE Wea at Seo Se Hare E dar Weta ed ving Apart A hares 330 GONE OMG SS LES osx erene Seg teicher eae ea ce ceed Sep cca eden est Gere Bead aie Che as ae hc tact en Sep Reda tars AE eet ak es ers 336 T24 CONIEKONCES RODOS morer karaa dee Rage waver E a Se nag were ae wa at G ataed Seah arene hay wees pred tan ween 337 Te incedens ea as Siac ag Picket sen os Ma eee Macaca ec se hee ea Stag Deepen eeepc Berd Pe he Ang ers he aa ler aged Geeta age ate a eo 337 1o T RUMDOSE Ol INCIGGMIS ernea eaa e ee hae waver cence anata en Hag a atera ea ae wate agate d yeah arate eae E eae 338 TS ZANAN
238. dian must be on the document container Access List If checked the contract s retention date will be verified If checked the document date must be less than or equal to the received date If checked the document date must be less than or equal to the declassification date SIMS User Reference Verify that all Special Accesses assigned to Externally Transferred Documents are indicated for the Send to Facility Verify that all Externally Transferred Document Classification Levels lt Send to Facility s Storage Level Require Custodian In House Personnel or Visitor to have all required Special Accesses Require an In House Personnel type Custodian to have a Clearance Brief Date and not a Debrief Date Require an In House Personnel type Custodian to have Special Access Brief Dates and not Debrief Dates for all required Special Accesses Verify Custodian In House Personnel or Visitor is not Terminated Verify that a Visitor type Custodian has a Non Expired Visit Period Classification Level lt Loaned To In House Personnel or Visitor Clearance Level Verify Loaned To In House Personnel or Visitor is not Terminated Verify that a Loaned to Visitor has a Non Expired Visit Period Archive Documents When Externally Transferred to Host Facilities Append Remarks to Documents on Transactions Require U at end of document title Verify that all Externally Transferred Document Classification Levels lt Send to Facilit
239. ditional Reports feature allows you to add new reports within a module The new report will show up as anew menu item in the Reports menu 457 SIMS User Reference Custom Reports Report Overrides Additional Reports Report Headers Add e Dete Choose the Add button to add a new report Custom Reports s A Additional Rep Custom Additional Report Input Form hepar Name Data Group ROOT gt Module Host Facility 1 Adobe Acte Add edt Delete Custom Reports 458 SIMS User Reference Display Name Data Group Module Report Format Report Type File Name Enter the name as it will appear in the module s Report menu You can filter what users will use the revised report by selecting a Data Group Managers have full read write access to change the data group field for any report Submanagers can only add modify reports within their data group Select the module in which you wish to add the new report Select the report format that will display when executing the report Select the report type Use the Browse buiton to select a the rpx file The file path will be displayed here When selecting the rpx file choose the main file for the custom report If your custom report uses any subreports there is additional set up required to copy the subreports to their correct locations Only the main report is added and saved in the SIMS database Typically th
240. ds in that module If there are no records in the module the screen is empty All modules have the same type of output list screen If Data Groups ar e being used and data group filtering for the selected module is turned on in the Data Group Filter tab in System Customization only records that belong to the user s data group will display in the output list screen Other user options and module access can be set by a SIMS manager by going to Utilities gt User Management The Personnel output list screen is shown below as an example In each output list screen you can e Resize the columns by clicking the lines in the column headers and dragging them to the left or right much like a spreadsheet e Click on a column header to sort the records by that column e Double click on a record to open an input screen where you can modify the fields Refer to the topic input screen under each module name for further information about each input screen and its fields El Personnel Full Hame ID Clearance Level C Atkinson Brian William C Daniels Dale C Daniels Dave C Document Control Office C Gentry Shirley Ellen C Jones Jim C Jones Joe C Jones John C Maxwell Peter C C Powers Brad A C Smith Janet L C Thompson C Thompson C Thompson C Thompson C Thompson C Thompson C Thompson C Thompson C Thompson C Williams Howard D Taft Tammy Ted Terrell Terry Tim Todd Tom Tu
241. e 310 481 9292 Physical Address Facility Securty Officer Maxwell Peter C prmawelliqeneralspace com Hame E mail m it jal jal T 7 J jal r Clearance Level TOP SECRET TOP SECRET Storage Level id a P bi OB Audit Trail Internal Inspections Cognizant Office Convenience Code Data Group Contact Hame ACCESS Control Key Security Personnel Contractor 55310 D55 Pacific Region Headquarters Facility ROOT Fowers Brad A Contact Telephone 310 481 9292 FAX 310 397 9229 Secure Phone 310 397 3987 Emergency Phone Granted 317 719566 Y SPF Update 6 12 2005 Phone 310 555 1213 J Foc Hest Check 6711 2006 Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Host Facilities Home Page Fields Field Name ID Inactive Govt Facility Name International Type Cognizant Office 44 Description The ID is typically the Contractor and Government Entity code CAGE code If a facility does not have an actual CAGE code e g some government facilities then enter a unique alphanumeric identifier into the ID field Select if the facility is no longer active Select if this is a government facility Enter the name of the facility Select if this is an international facility Select the type of facility The options come from the user defined list in Utilities List Management Cl
242. e Record ID Field Before Value After Value BM addi For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Information Systems DB Audit Trail Page Fields Field Name Description Timestamp The timestamp that the modification was made Subsystem The subsystem in which the change was made Action The type of action i e edit By The user that performed the change Description A description of the change i e record number IS List Default Output List Screen The IS default output list screen shows the System ID Custodian ID and Location fields for each IS record in the module You can e Resize the columns by clicking the lines in the column headers and dragging them to the left or right much like a spreadsheet e Click on a column header to sort the records by that column e Double click on a record to open an input screen where you can modify the fields 326 SIMS User Reference Information Systems IS ID Custodian ID Location C BUENA VISTA 14 eee ee 2eee VALILT 1 C BUENA VISTA 182 333 343 3333 BLOG 204 COLUMN H 22 C BUENA VISTA 183 333 353 3933 BLOG 204 COLUMN H 22 Ei E bea ae a ae Hed Hal _ Filter Inactive 3 records Page 1 of 1 Filter Inactive Check the Filter Inactive check box to show archived IS records in this output screen For more information about using this screen see e Output List Screen e Customizing Output List Columns e Finding Records Using Quick Find e
243. e Section 15 Inspections Yes No Every month Section 16 Certitying Official General Luke Skywalker Title Director Telephone 959 457 9292 Address Santa Rosa Facility 12345 Oak Street San Diego LA 2115 For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DD 254 Section 14 16 Page Fields Field Name Description Additional Security Requirements If Yes is checked enter a statement that identifies the additional requirements 175 SIMS User Reference Inspections If Yes is checked elements of this contract are outside the inspection responsibility of the cognizant security office Enter the specific areas or elements carved out and the activity responsible for inspections Certifying Official Enter the name of the Contracting Officer for security matters certifying that the security requirements are complete and adequate for performance of the Classified effort Title Enter the title of the Contracting Officer Telephone Enter the telephone number of the Contracting Officer Address Enter the address of the Contracting Officer Classified Contracts DD254 Section 17 sections 1 5 Sections6 8 Sections 9 10 Section Sections 12 135 Sections 14 16 section 17 Section 17 Required Distribuborc Prime Contractor Subcontractor Cognizant Secunty Officer US Activity Responsible For Overseas Security Administration Administrative Contracting Officer Others As Necessary O
244. e WorkStation Comment Remarks Transtype TransDate RetainUntilDate 514 SIMS User Reference Comments User Name Workstation Comments Remarks Remarks Audit Trail Regrade Classification Regrade Type Date Performed By Name Performed By ID New Classification Make Documents Unaccountable Declassification Authority Make Documents Archived Comments User Name DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail UserName WorkStation Comment Remarks Transtype TransDate PerformedBy_ Perso PersonnellD nnel_ ID PerformedBy_ Perso PersonnellD nnel_ ID NewClassification DocumentUnaccoun table Declassification Authority DocumentArchived UserName 515 FirstName LastNam e MiddleName PersonnellD SIMS User Reference Workstation Comments Remarks Remarks Audit Trail Incorporation Regrade Type Date Perform Date Performed By Name Performed By ID Type Destination Document Number Archived Comments User Name Workstation Comments Remarks Remarks DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumentT rail DocumenttT r
245. e Place OF Birth Date OF Birth amp i 4 Db bi Industry MHA HAA HAA California 679 1966 Foreign Travel Remarks ll Links HR Activity IPAS Facility ID Open Date 1 9 2002 Date Updated 6 9 7009 Close Date 6 10 2002 Eligibility Date 7 9 2002 Nd Date 5 1 7996 For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel JPAS Page Fields Field Name Name Date Updated Eligibility Office Symbol Investigation Type Open Date Close Date Eligibility Date Non SCl SCI Person Category Description The person s full name The date the JPAS information was imported from the JPAS generated spreadsheet file The JPAS Eligibility The JPAS Office Symbol The JPAS Eligibility Investigation Type The JPAS Eligibility Investigation Open Date The JPAS Eligibility Investigation Close Date The JPAS Eligibility Date The JPAS Non SCl Access The JPAS SCI Access The JPAS Person Category 121 SIMS User Reference Grade Position Sensitivity Position Code Place of Birth Date of Birth NdA Date Personnel DB Audit Trail The JPAS Grade The JPAS Position Sensitivity The JPAS Position Code The JPAS Place of Birth The JPAS Date of Birth The JPAS NdA Date Select the Retrieve button to display the record s audit trail A SIMS Manager can run a report and manage audit trail changes by going to Utilities gt Database Audit Trail El Person
246. e Groups Description Clearance Levels P CONFIDENTIAL INTERIM 5 INTERIM S INTERIM TS INTERIM TS SECRET SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET UNCLASSIFIEC UNCLASSIFIED Load Settings Save Settings The first field indicates the title of the report A default title appears but this is a free flowing text field and can be easily changed if needed Next the Data Options available for this report are simple check boxes If the Primary Clearance Only box is checked SIMS will report on only the primary clearances listed for personnel if unchecked the report will include all clearance cases The By Data Group check box allows users to segregate the report by data groups If unchecked the report will reflect data across the entire enterprise Data Options E Primary Clearance Only E By Data Group The next set of selections tells SIMS how to calculate the Date Options for the report If All days is checked both the event start and end dates must fall within the range of dates noted within the date range of the report If Any 132 SIMS User Reference Day is selected at least one day from the start to the end date must fall in the date range of the report You ll also notice there is a check box for Weekdays Only When checked the report will only calculate the number of weekdays a task or clearance took to complete and remove any weekend days from the calculations Date Options All Days 7 Weeodays Only Any Day Statisti
247. e Help URL by editing the field on the System Tab in System Customization Installing and Starting SIMS SIMS User Reference Follow the appropriate instructions enclosed to install SIMS Please be certain that the SIMS Software Security Device SSD Sentinel Super Pro or Net Sentinel Pro has been properly installed in the printer port LPT1 or USB port of the SIMS computer workstation if this is a standalone installation Note that the multi user implementation of SIMS NET employs a software type SSD not a hardware key This is what the SIMS SSD looks like Parallel Port Software Security Device USB port Software Security Device Please keep track of your SIMS SSDs You must have this device to run SIMS in a standalone configuration If you lose your SIMS Software Security Device s the SIMS Standalone or Lite program will not run and you will need to purchase an additional SIMS license s Please see the SIMS Standalone Installation Instructions for more information on installing and configuring the Software Security Device If installing a Multi User client server version of SIMS you will need to activate the software based SIMS license Please see the SIMS Multi User Installation Instructions for more information on installation and license activation Starting SIMS Starting SIMS Standalone and Multi User Client If SIMS has been installed as a Standalone or Lite workstation simply doubleclick the SIMS v7 Standalone icon
248. e copies of the document records are created the Enclosure field will update In this example the Enclosures field for the Original and copied document records would contain the number 4 The Enclosures field is a read only field In order to modify the field the original and copied documents will need to be recreated since the field itself cannot be directly edited The Advanced Data Field Defaults utility also allows the Enclosures field to be defined by a SIMS Manager or Submanager Copies the contents of the Document Number field into the Barcode field SIMS User Reference Barcode Pages Generated Classification Document Type Serial Number Property Number Media Type Title Custodian Name and ID Document Date Container ID Signed For 184 Enter the barcode manually via the keyboard or scan it in using a barcode reader Normally the barcode for a document begins with the letter D unless modified via the System Customization Utilities and is followed by an alphanumeric string of 29 digits or less Note that a ditto mark icon appears next to the barcode label field Clicking on this ditto icon will cause the contents of the barcode label field to automatically be the same as that of the Document field Enter the total document page count in this field The document may be specified as having been generated by checking the Generated check box The classification level selection The type
249. e entire column and then right click on the column and select Delete 3 Next click OK when asked if you wish to move all other columns to the left 245 SIMS User Reference 4 Now you need to save the file as a text file again so click File and Save As and choose Text file from the Files of Type drop down menu 5 Give the file a name that you will easily recognize you may want to include the date and save it somewhere you will easily be able to find it 6 Close either Excel entirely or at least this file within Excel The next step will fail if you do not do this Step 3 Loading the Scanset You Have Just Created 1 Open SIMS and then open the Documents module Click on the menu for transactions and choose Load scanset Make scanset 2 The transactions screen will appear On the right side of the screen click the button for Load Scanset and then choose the scanset you just created 3 Click Open 4 The scanned set of documents will appear in the list of selected documents at the top of the screen Classified Documents Random Audit This special utility allows a user to create a randomly selected listing of documents for partial auditing purposes which can be sorted either by Document Number or by Custodian Container and Document Number Random Document Audit fF Any curent document might be audited Only those documents not audited since Sort By Document Number Sort By Custodian Name Document Numbe
250. e from the parent document SCG The Security Classification Guide for the document Free form information can be entered here Classified Documents Links 192 SIMS User Reference Documents SIMS SB 00001 90 15 of 37 Fef DB Audit Trail Home Origin Status Audit Trail Abstract Keywords Special Accesses Remarks Links Links Double click an tem below to open the linked document Description FilePath JEKEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Documents Links Page Fields Field Name Description Description A brief description of the linked file File Path The full path and file name of the linked file Classified Documents DB Audit Trail Select the Retrieve button to display the record s audit trail A SIMS Manager can run a report and manage audit trail changes by going to Utilities gt Database Audit Trail 193 SIMS User Reference Contracts F49620 05 C 0100 15 of 17 maf Home Additional Info Government Info Special Accesses Tasks Performing Facilities DD254 Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Drag a column header here to group by that column Timestamp Subsystem Action Bry Description Press the Retrieve sutton io vew ie cotatbese guit raul WH H 4 Record O of O P P H Table Record ID Field Before value After Value errs For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Documents DB Audit T
251. e information about the reports that appear in this module see Standard Reports To print a Form DD254 the contract record must first be selected from the Output List screen then record must then be opened by double clicking on the record entry next select the DD254 tab and highlight the DD254 record to be printed then click on the Print DD254 button 180 SIMS User Reference Classified Documents Purpose of Classified Documents Classified Documents maintains information for all classified documents magnetic tapes floppy diskettes hardware etc at a facility The Classified Documents module manages information concerning all classified documents magnetic tapes floppy diskettes hardware etc at a facility Document number title classification custodian location author and contract are among the items contained in the Classified Documents module Classified Documents also handles loaning and transferring documents both within the facility e g between custodians and between contracts and outside the facility as well as the destruction of documents All significant actions connected with a document are recorded while it exists at the facility If a document is transmitted elsewhere or destroyed an archived record of it will remain for audit purposes until off loaded to an archived database Input Screen Description Home Origin Status Audit Trail Abstract Keywords and Special Accesses Remarks Links List Screen
252. e information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Clearances Page Fields Field Name Description Level Name of the clearance level Status Current status of the clearance such as Pending Active or Debriefed The choices are part of a pick list defined in the Utilities List Management area Facility Name The name of the facility that holds the clearance Date Granted The date the clearance was granted 87 SIMS User Reference Make Primary Click to make selected clearance the primary clearance The primary clearance is displayed in bold One clearance may be designated as primary Copy Click to copy a selected clearance Clearance Case Clearance Information This page appears when you click Add or Edit on the Cleared Personnel Clearances screen Clearance levels are defined by going to Utilities gt Clearance Levels Clearance validations can be turned on off by going to Personnel System Customization settings Clearance Case Clearance Information Applications Polygraph Task List udit Trail Remarks Clearance Information JPAS Update Ineligible Facility ID A000 General Space amp Defense Corporation Administrative Termination Level TOP SECRET Granted 9715 1989 Status Active Investigated W 7 1 1989 SENEN DOC Reinvestigation Notification 1273172006 Next Erief 12 12010 Briefed 1 41 2005 Rebriefed 17142008 Debrieted DCID 17 M2006 Investigator Last Held
253. e main report file specifies the file paths for any subreports that it uses The code can either be specified in the Scripts tab or in the Properties tab of the main report Please contact SIMS Support for assistance on setting up subreports After adding a customized report it will be saved in the database and will automatically be used by every SIMS user in the selected Data Group whenever the report is selected in the Reports menu For more information on Custom Reports please see the help documentation for Custom Reports Report Headers Report Headers Each module in SIMS includes pre defined reports that are accessible through the Reports menu The report header on the built in reports can be modified using the Custom Report Report Headers utility 459 SIMS User Reference Custom Reports Report Overrides Additional Reports Report Headers Add Headers Header Name Header Text Personnel Report Title Personnel Report Add Reports Report Name Data Group Requests DoD Detail ROOT Choose the Add button to add a header to the list Add Headers Field Name Header Name Header Text 460 Number of Headers Assig J Description Edit the name of the header When you go to the Add Reports section the report will be selected and matched with the header name The header text that will appear on the report SIMS User Reference Custom Reports Report Overrides Additional Reports Re
254. e personnel record to be selected in the Destroyed by field From Facility To select the From Facility select the From Facility button and then select a facility in the pick list The facility must have a Facility ID and at least one address Clear Custodian lf checked the custodian field will get cleared for the documents to be destroyed Clear Container If checked the container field will get cleared for the documents to be destroyed Print Document Titles If checked the document titles will print out on the destruction certificate Make Document Unaccountable If checked the document will be made unaccountable after the transaction Click OK when all of the requirements have been fulfilled The documents must pass a validation process for destruction If a validation does not pass a message will appear explaining why If the documents pass all validations the destruction certificate will print out Print Document Special Accesses If selected the document s special accesses will appear on the destruction certificate Print Former Custodian on Receipt If selected the former custodian will appear on the destruction certificate Undestroy a Document If a document was accidentally destroyed using the Document Destruction Transaction here is a means to recover the document record The undestroy transaction allows you to undesiroy the entire receipt and not just one document For example if there are 3 destroyed documents
255. e sar Chetan Se th era ac pce tg Ste Meee 450 2t I CUSTOM CONS Tns raana NEE E ose Saco Bs icc ae ease eae ic E ah a aR dB Ric E ac A Eee sc Bs Macs Matte 454 2 ICAN NUMDENNO manane aar Sa Macaca ee acu sce Se E E Phe Gas Aegean ecm ce aan cea aero A Sees Ace E ef Septet Sect ear ne 462 Zell VRANSACUOM DEUS aneia aa Spare a Suh tok Ma E den ez tesa asta ah catty Reeder a tae hog aah Sa naar E E agen ad a 464 212 ClearanGe COVES rAr eats wend ea ccna etter tea ar eee rte wate tonne rte ane ete Suk Make edo ete aos ages ey 469 Ale Os USTOMME AG SS 2 5 cacti Sacre tact a T T A tacts oh Magee Beats d A carne Shapes Sa cai Ohad Wachee diag A E eared eens Segara aod Aenean 470 21s TA CUSIOMMAN PUL FONS cours cored a nena oe tartrate ey eer eee er Sh waa tonne ree E ete Sus Make dpe eaten een aaa Rae 473 QV EIS ASK SCS C UST vrse neia tec Aca E N agra Meo care Bee are ee ane anaes Sg cae Cher eae tg dient a eared Wee einen Setar aed See 473 2 Ved GO VVCD ACCESS siete aAa a a tere at aceite et Aap E Oe at sg a ce atch a Sa cach at Sinks aap Meda tated Ges Seger DoS eg Ache 479 2l ASIM WV ORI TIOW SOI ICO sasaaa chcan dee Jha ts A teen ge decease ah cdg etna bade oye and tach Sieh ara RG ea E an ea hte geo Bok aes 480 21 18 Moving a SIMS Standalone Database toa New PC 0 0c tee 480 21 19 Moving SIMS Client Server Database toa New PC 0 cc ee ee 485 22 HQUICK Repons TANGA DC Se 25 dogs oe sista Saad eilec este cage eed pte dent ab er e
256. e the ability to view the data groups but they can not make changes A User Management Users Module Groups Data Groups LDAP Data Groups ae ROOT 2 E1L1 ak B1 B1 L2 oe B1 B2 L2 Sk B1 B3 L2 3b B1 B3 61 L3 ok B1 B3 62 L3 B 4k B2L1 ak B2 B1 L2 ay B2 B2 L2 ak B2 B3 L2 oe BS L1 3k B3 B1 L2 ak BS B2 L2 ak B3 B3L2 For more information about using this screen see Input Screen The following Data Group screen appears when the Add or Edit buttons are selected 439 SIMS User Reference Data Group Group Name B1 L1 E mail 4ddress for Database Audits PT Facilities Eg 81 61 La nee TE ES B1 61 L2 Eg B1 B2 L2 Acme Propulsion Systems B1 B2 L2 Eg B1 B3 L Acme Guidance Systems B1 B3 L2 Eg 81 B3 61 L3 Acme Inertial Guidance Systems B1 B3 61 L3 Eg B1 B3 62 L3 Acme Terrain Guidance Systems B1 B3 B2 L3 Child Groups ak B1 B1 L2 ak B1 B2 Le ak B1 B3 Le ak B1 B3 B1 L3 aig B1 B3 B2 L3 For more information about using this screen see Input Screen User Management Data Group Page Fields Field Name Group Name E mail Address for Database Audits Facilities Users 440 Description The name of the data group selected or enter the name of the data group to be added An e mail is sent to each e mail address specified on a data group Each report by data group contains records that are 1 assigned to no data group 2
257. e the transaction Lock Destroyed Lock Destroyed Transactions allows you to change the status of one or more locks to Destroyed in one step A record of the destroyed lock will be put in the history for each Lock record A Lock Destroyed Destroyed By Date Destroyed Transaction Remarks Destroyed By Click this button to open a pick list from the Cleared Personnel or Visitors module Select the individual and the name will appear in the box to the right of the button Date Destroyed Enter the date the lock s was destroyed The Date Destroyed defaults to the current system date Click OK to complete the transaction Lock Inventoried Lock Inventoried Transactions allows you to change the status of one or more locks to Inventoried in one step A record of the inventoried lock will be put in the history for each Lock record A Lock Inventoried Inventoned By Date Inventoned Transaction Remarks Inventoried By Click this button to open a pick list from the Cleared Personnel or Visitors module Select the individual and the 358 SIMS User Reference name will appear in the box to the right of the button Date Inventoried Enter the date the lock s was inventoried The Date Inventoried defaults to the current system date Click OK to complete the transaction Lock Loaned Lock Loaned Transactions allows you to change the status of one or more locks to Loaned in one step A record of the loaned lock wil
258. e to this window 233 SIMS User Reference Address f Mobile Device File Folder File Folder W My Computer File Folder Wy Documents netw ff sFile Folder Shared Documents Ri a H iy liom J My Network Places r File Folder r File Folder File Folder E Control Panel 3bytes Shortout 1 1 2003 5 00 05 AM SIMSDataCollectionLtiity CAB 260KB WinRA 6 9 2008 1 52 14PM Address Mobile Device Size Type Modified Phy Computer Lj My Documents Shared Documents My Network Places Windows File Folder Ta Control Panel 23 bytes Shorbout 1 sif2003 5 00 05 AM You will see the file you copied in the previous step Double tap on this file to begin installation 234 SIMS User Reference Hie Eat_vew Go x lel B Mame Application Data aa BACKUP iS My Documents _ Network gt profiles gt Program Files Storage Card O Temp G Windows GF Control Panel Ink Fes IMSDataCollectionUtility CSB JE p 14 35 a e n e d a a S E Es 1 2 3 4 5je 7js 9 o 4 Tabla wielritiyjulivolpi ct CaPlals djfiainjitki tis shift z x c v bjnjm cpa TA te Js gt 2 31 1438 After installation the CAB file will disappear from the Windows Explorer window Close this window and you will return to the scanner main screen There will be a new SIMS Data Collection icon on the desktop 235 SIMS User Reference Application Data a BACK
259. e with a brief date but not a debrief date If checked the lock custodian and all keyholders cannot be terminated If checked the lock custodian Key Ring Holder and all Key Holders that are Visitor types must have a visit period that has not expired If checked the Locks transaction receipt preview will not display The audit trail entry will still be created SIMS User Reference Do not display Keys transaction receipt preview If checked the Keys transaction receipt preview will not display The audit trail entry will still be created System Customization IS System Customization System Personnel DO254 Contracts DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visitors Time Penods Conferences Containers Output Lists Data Group Filters Locks amp Keys 19 Messages Documents OVA Notifications OVA E mail amp Fax Colors Encryption LDAP System Hardware Enable 15 Checks Level When Processing lt Facility Storage Level Level When Processing lt All Access List Personnel Visitor Clearance Levels Level When Not Processing lt Facility Storage Level Level When Not Processing lt Custodian Personnel Visitor Clearance Level All Access List Personnel Visitors Clearance Levels Require Custodian and All Access List Personnel to have a Clearance Brief Date and not a Debrief Date Require Custodian and All Access List Personnel Visitors to have all required Special Accesses Require Custodia
260. echsupport simssoftware com Phone 898 481 9292 Fax 858 481 3557 Hours Monday Thursday 7 00 am 3 00 pm Pacific Time Friday 7 00 am noon Pacific Time Introductory SIMS Concepts To understand what the SIMS program is think of a Rolodex file in which you keep a set of cards with the same information on each of them For example it could be a set of cards each containing a name social security clearance and the person s location Smith John J SSH 0TG 3234 Cexrsnoe SECRET Location Atoom 2345 SIMS User Reference It could be a set of cards with information on classified documents or containers Doc 41585 0234 Copy 1 Safe 1 Custed an 013 503234 Lecatian O13 56 3234 Container Sate 4 Store Lev SECRET Classitic Expires 12195 SIMS is very much like a set of rolodex files each of which is accessed directly from either the Main screen or the SIMS menu Facilities Bay eee l E H Personnel Containers D j I Contracts Menu Outgoing amp Visit DD254s Requests In coming pi Visitors AlS SIMS conventions e An entry on an item is called a record rather than a card e A set of related records like Personnel or Documents is called a module rather than a rolodex Documentation and Online Help All SIMS manuals are the form of online help Documentation and training videos are available from the Help menu or by clicking on the Help icon A SIMS manager can customize th
261. ecked in visitors list by Badge Display all checked in visitors Once you select a visitor the Point of Contact s Name and Phone will be listed below the visitor list if available Enter any remarks to go with the visitor s visit record on check out Once you select a visitor to check out you can click Badge Returned if a badge was returned The visitor s visit record will be updated with the time date of check out and that the badge was returned If the visitor does not have his badge at the time of check out you can click on Badge not Returned This will still record the fact he or she left but will show the badge was not returned If the badge is returned by someone later you can come back to this screen and record it later See the next field below If a visitor was checked out without returning his or her badge you can come back later and enter the badge number in this field This will update the visit record with the Badge Returned check box lf you make a mistake and accidentally check out the wrong person you have a chance to undo the change Once you click Badge Returned or Badge not Returned the screen will look like this 296 SIMS User Reference Visitor Check Out Search Last Hame First Hame Visitor ID Badge Ho ee ee ee Visitors Facility Cony Code Badge No Time In Point of Contact s Hame Check Out Badge Returned Undo Last Checkout Badge Not Returned Badge Retum Enter Badge Number
262. ecord Picker throughout SIMS wherever you can select a facility This dialog box allows you to search for a facility by name or ID For more information about using this screen see Pick Lists and Pickers 60 SIMS User Reference h Facility Record Picker Facility ID Facility Hame Other Facility Convenience FC Friman Address Line 1 41000 General Space amp Defense Corporation False Headquarters Fa 1200W Century Bouleyare B1 B81 L2 Acme Space Vehicles False B1 B2 Le Acme Propulsion Systeme False B1 B3 B1 L3 Acme Inertial Guidance Systems False B1 B3 B2 L3 Acme Terrain Guidance Systems False B1 B3 L2 Acme Guidance Spstems False B1 L1 Acme Aerospace Systeme False B B1 L2 Acme Optical Systeme False B2 B2 L2 Acme A Systerns False B2 B3 L2 Acme Laser Systems False B2 L1 Acme Sensors False B 3 B1 L2 Acme Satlom Systems False B3 B2 L2 Acme Landline Comm Systems False B3 B3 L2 Acme VOIP Comm Systems False B3 L1 Acme Communications Systems False kS Filter Show All Show Filtered 61 SIMS User Reference Other Facilities Purpose of Other Facilities The Other Facilities module stores data about the facilities of other companies or entities with whom you do business The company name facility ID address phone clearance level point of contact etc are some of the items that comprise the Other Facilities module This information is useful when communicating with other facilities in regards to security matters Checking
263. ecurePhone oo FSOStartDate ClassifiedAlS E CogFieldCode E EmployeeBadaging E Facility ID E Inactive oe ClearanceGrantD ate E CogFieldN ame EnteredintaS patem E Facility ame E International ClearanceLevel CogName E Facddd EmergencyPhone E Facility Type E lsGovtFacility E ClasedAreas CogRep S Fac dd Fax S Fach anager oe KSPDate E Cog Address CogResidentCode Fac dd Linel E Fach anager Full ame eo NextCogInspect E Cog Address S CogResidentN ame E Fac dd Line E Fact anagerPhone oe Nerterify E Cog Address3 ContractB adging E FacAdd Line E Foci E NAC ii Add to Report T TextField n Numeric Field p Date Field Report Layout Header Sort Report Properties Edit property values for the report title font format i e HTML txt or csv header and footer Choose the alignment value for the header and footer If the include total record count check box is checked the total count will display on the report Uncheck this box if the total count should not be displayed Select the table that will be used to create the report Available Fields Select the fields that you want to report on Double click on the field or use the Add to Report button Sort Order The Sort order area contains the sorting fields Choose from ascending or descending order Loading and saving a layout After adding and sorting the fields the layout can be saved for future use Use the Save Layo
264. ee e Standard Reports The rest of this page describes module specific reports Print a Visit Request To print a visit request select the DoE Outgoing Request record from the Output List by highlighting it and then select the Detail Report from the Reports menu The Visit Request can also be printed by clicking on the printer icon in the Input Screen of a DoE Outgoing Request record Termination amp Regrade Letters This report prints a visit termination or clearance regrade letter for selected visit requests and selected visitors 269 SIMS User Reference Requests about to Expire This report prints a list of all visit requests that will expire within a user specified date range 2 0 SIMS User Reference SCI Outgoing Requests Purpose of SCI Outgoing Requests The SCI Outgoing Requests module fills out and prints the SCI Outgoing Requests Form Input Screen Description Home Visitors Endorsements Facilities Links List Screen Description Default Output List Reports Reports SCI Outgoing Requests Input SCI Outgoing Requests Home S SCI Requests 1 of 2 Home Visitors Endorsements Facilities Links DB Audit Trail SCI Request From Facility To Facility From Facility To Facility 41000 C1000 General Space amp Defense Corporation Large Sottware Systems Ine 1200 Wi Century Boulevard 2000 Colorado Street Suite 800 Atlanta GA 38647 Los Angeles CA 30045 ATTN Brad Powers Purpose
265. een Cleared Personnel Remarks Page Fields Field Name Description Remarks Enter free form textual information up to 32k bytes of text Cleared Personnel Links 119 SIMS User Reference El Personnel Maxwell Peter C 9 of 21 Home Clearances Special Accesses Employment Contacts Contracts Vehicles Military Foreign Travel Links Double click an tem below to open the linked document Description SIMS ini file amp NaP E Training OB Audit Trail l Citizenship Fhoto Links HF Personal Badges Remarks E JPAS FilePath D SIMS67 06LStandalone TutorialSIM 5S ini Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Links Page Fields Field Name Description File Path Cleared Personnel JPAS For information on how to perform a JPAS import refer to the topic on JPAS Import under the Cleared Personnel Transactions topic Description A brief description of the linked file The full path and file name of the linked file 120 SIMS User Reference El Personnel Maxwell Peter C 9 of 21 Home Clearances Biol tets JPAS Information Hame SOUTER VV I Special Accesses Employnnertt Personal Citizenship Photo Badges Training Miltary MAS WELL PETER C Office Symbol Gyl B120 rr Accesses Hon SCIl la gg N A Personal Person Category Grade Position Sensitivity Position Cod
266. een Task Scheduler Page Fields Field Name Description Run Selected Task Select a task record and then this button to immediately execute the selected task SIMS Service Status Indicates whether or not the SIMS Service is running The SIMS Workflow Service must be installed To ensure that the SIMS Workflow Service is running go to Services in the Windows Control Panel and verify that the SIMS Workflow Service is started 474 SIMS User Reference Task Input Task Type E mail with Report w E mail Format Text HTML Destination Email Address comma delimited slpporkiisinssotware com Email Subject Personnel Report Email Body Enabled Status Enabled Module Personnel Report Format Adobe Acrobat PDF 1 File s Selected No Quer Selected Cancel For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Task Input Page Fields Field Name Task Type Module Enabled Report Format 475 Description Select a task type from the list Choose the module the task is being created for Check this box to enable the task Choose the report format SIMS User Reference Report layout Query Editor Data Group E mail format Destination E mail Address Email Subject 476 Browse for the SIMS rpx report file Note When a report that sorts based upon the current output list sort e g summary detail and many other reports is run throug
267. een see Input Screen Incidents Findings Page Fields Field Name Findings Incident Links 342 Description Enter notes for findings after processing the incident SIMS User Reference EF Incidents 2001 001 1 of 2 Action Description Findings __DB Audit Trail Links Double click an tem below to open the linked document Description FilePath wid ad D gt bi For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Incidents Links Page Fields Cancel Save Field Name Description Description A brief description of the linked file File Path The full path and file name of the linked file Incident DB Audit Trail Select the Retrieve button to display the record s audit trail A SIMS Manager can run a report and manage audit trail changes by going to Utilities gt Database Audit Trail 343 SIMS User Reference E Incidents 2001 001 1 of 2 Sele Action Description Findings Links DE Audit Trail Drag 4 column header here to group by thak column Timestamp Subsystem Action By Description Press the Seteve Sutton to Wew he ostabese gumit rail HHH 4 Record O of O F H Re Table Record ID Before Value After value JEWEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Incidents DB Audit Trail Page Fields Field Name Description Timestamp The timestamp that the modification was made Subsystem The subsystem in which the change was made Act
268. een shows the Request Type Purpose From and To Dates and To Facility fields for each request record in the module You can e Resize the columns by clicking the lines in the column headers and dragging them to the left or right much like a spreadsheet e Click on a column header to sort the records by that column e Double click on a record to open an input screen where you can modify the fields 2 7 SIMS User Reference S SCI Requests From To ToFacility Type Name C 12 06 2010 12 05 2011 Large Sottware Systems Inc Permanent Cert C 0125 2011 UFEC Space Systems Company Permanent Cert Ei E ba ue x aS Hey Hal Filter Inactive 2 records Page 1 of 1 Filter Inactive Check the Filter Inactive check box to show archived visit requests on this output screen For more information about using this screen see Output List Screen Customizing Output List Columns Finding Records Using Quick Find Finding Records Using Query Editor SCI Outgoing Requests Reports SCI Outgoing Requests Reports Reports Menu For more information about the default reports that appear in every module see e Standard Reports The rest of this page describes module specific reports Print a Visit Request To print a visit request select the SCI Outgoing Request record from the Output List by highlighting it and then select the Detail Report from the Reports menu The Visit Request can also be printed by clicking on the printer icon in the Inp
269. ef Debriefed Contract Investigator For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Special Access Special Accesses Page Fields Field Name Description Special Access Click this button to select the special access Refer to the Special Access Definitions topic for information on how the Special Accesses are defined in this pick list Status The status of the special access Facility Click this button to select the facility for the special access Identified The date of the special access Billet Number The billet number Type The billet type Title The billet title Dates Submitted The date the special access request was submitted Briefed The date the person was last briefed 103 SIMS User Reference Next Brief Granted Rebriefed Debriefed Denied Contract Sponsor Investigator Special Access Tracking Special Access 5 pecial Le Special Access Tracking Date Sent Date Retum Reviewer The date when the person is next scheduled to be briefed The date the special access was granted The date when the person was re briefed for the special access The date the person was last debriefed for this special access The date the special access application was denied Click this button to select the contract for the special access The contract sponsor The contract investigator For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Special Ac
270. efault Output List Screen The Classified Contracts default output list screen shows the Contract ID and Contract Description fields for each record in the module You can e Resize the columns by clicking the lines in the column headers and dragging them to the left or right much like a spreadsheet e Click on a column header to sort the records by that column 179 SIMS User Reference e Double click on a record to open an input screen where you can modify the fields Contracts Contract ID Contract Description C B1 B1 L2 J B1 B2 L2 C B1 B381 L3 C B1 B3B2 L3 C B1 B3L2 C 61 1 C B2 B1 L2 C B2 B2 L2 C B2 B3L2 C B2 L1 C B3 B1 L2 C B3 B2 L2 C B3 B3L2 C E31 C F49620 05 C 0100 SDI Research SDI Research SDI Research SDI Research SDI Research SDI Research SDI Research SDI Research SDI Research SDI Research SDI Research SDI Research SDI Research SDI Research SDI Research C N78341 06 C 0020 HARM III Test and Evaluation C SIMS BOF 00234 Heavy Equipment Maintenance E EB bea ae Fo a aS Hay Hal _ Filter Inactive 17 records Page 1 of 1 Filter Inactive Check the Filter Inactive check box to prevent archived contracts from appearing on this output screen For more information about using this screen see Output List Screen Customizing Output List Columns Finding Records Using Quick Find Finding Records Using Query Editor Classified Contracts Reports Reports Menu For mor
271. efaults to the current system date Click OK to complete the transaction Key Retrieved Key Retrieved Transactions allows you to change the status of one or more keys or a key ring or key hook to Retrieved in one step A record of the retrieved key will be put in the history for each Key record i Key Retrieved Retrieved From Date Retrieved Transaction Remarks Cancel Retrieved From Click this button to open a pick list from the Cleared Personnel or Visitors module Select the individual and the name will appear in the box to the right of the button 376 SIMS User Reference Date Retrieved Enter the date the key s was retrieved The Date Retrieved defaults to the current system date Click OK to complete the transaction 3 7 SIMS User Reference Utilities Purpose of Utilities The Utilities module performs the following functions Maintaining the SIMS database Customizing the software by setting various system default values Reminding the system manager of things that may need attention Adding and controlling the privileges assigned to SIMS users SIMS Managers have access to make changes to both Manager and Submanager utilities In the User Management dialog a SIMS manager can edit whether or not a Submanager will have read only access to all Manager and Submanager utilities or read write access to specific Submanager utilities In the Submanager Utilities Submanagers who have read write access can add edit
272. el When Processing must be less than or equal to the IS facility storage level Level When Processing Level lt Custodian Personnel If checked the Level When Processing must be less Visitor Clearance Level All Access List Personnel than or equal to the clearance level of the Visitors Clearance Levels personnel visitor custodian and the clearance level of all personnel visitors listed in the IS Access List Level When Not Processing lt Facility Storage Level If checked the Level When Processing must be less than or equal to IS facility storage level 401 SIMS User Reference Level When Not Processing lt Custodian Personnel Visitor Clearance Level All Access List Personnel Visitors Clearance Levels Require Custodian and All Access List Personnel to have a Clearance Brief Date and not a Debrief Date Require Custodian and All Access List Personnel Visitors to have all required Special Accesses Require Custodian and All Access List Personnel Visitors to have Brief Dates and not Debrief Dates for all required Special Accesses Verify that Custodian and All Access List Personnel are not Terminated Level When Processing gt Classification Level of All Hardware Items Level When Not Processing gt Classification Level of All Hardware Items Level When Processing gt Classification Level of All Software Items Level When Not Processing gt Classification Level of All Software Items Verify that A
273. elp icon is selected this file or URL will be launched Ifa file is specified the application associated with the file type will be used Check box es to determine whether SIMS performance logs should be enabled If checked only managers and submanagers can delete records See User Management where the user can be selected un selected as a manager or submanager SIMS User Reference Input form Cancel Confirmation Check this box to turn on the Input Cancel confirmation dialog feature When choosing the Cancel button after performing an edit to a record a dialog will appear to confirm whether or not you would like to proceed with the cancel Maximum Image Size kb Maximum database space allowed for saved photographs and signature images that appear in the Personnel and Visitor modules The default is 1000 kb and the maximum can be adjusted up to 10000 kb Client Window Settings If checked the SIMS client window can be maximized Database Audit Trail If checked all changes in the Audit Trail records will not be logged Performance There are two ways to test SIMS client and server Only one can be tested at a time Client testing measures the responsiveness of the GUI only Server testing measures the combined responsiveness of 1 network 2 middle tier IIS and 3 database SQL The GUI is not tested when the server option is selected When testing is enabled SIMS will automatically repeat selected operations 50 times and
274. en see Output List Screen Customizing Output List Columns Finding Records Using Quick Find Finding Records Using Query Editor Host Facilities Reports Reports Menu For more information about the default reports that appear in every module see e Standard Reports The rest of this page describes module specific reports Expiring SPPs Verifications This report lists the host facilities whose SPPs needs to be reviewed during a given time span Enter the starting and ending dates of the time range 59 SIMS User Reference Expiring SPPs Verifications Eg Date Range Start Date 2 97 0007 End Date EFEFEF a x SIMS compares the date of the next scheduled SPP review for each Host facility with the Start and End dates you enter If a facility s next SPP review date falls between the dates specified then that facility appears in the Expiring SPPs report Facilities by Special Access This report lists the host facilities associated with each special access as defined in Utilities gt Special Access Definitions Facility Special Access Count This report provides a count of personnel that are associated with the selected facility for a selected Special Access as shown below Facility Special Access Count NATO Facility ID Facility Harme Submitted Granted Briefed Court ALOOO General Space amp Defense Corporation J J 4 4 Total J J 4 4 Host Facilities Facility Record Picker You can use Facility R
275. en Description Home Send to Facility Visitors Endorsements International Special Accesses and Status Remarks Links List Screen Description Default Output List Reports Reports DoD Outgoing Requests Input DoD Outgoing Requests Home 247 SIMS User Reference E DoD Requests 1 1 of 2 DB Audit Trail Home Send To Facility Visitors Endorsements International special Accesses Status Archive Remarks Links From Facility ID 41000 General Space amp Defense Corporation 310 481 9292 Fax S10 387 9226 DoD Request Request Number Valid From Valid To 1232011 Manager Phone 1 22 2012 Y 1413 2011 Date Sent a i in pat wn e La CI D mi Contractual Classification SECRET Contract ID F49620 05 C 01 00 Department Security Officer Data Group Laboratory Powers Brad A ROOT Task Alpha Purpose Review Software for Fired Wing Launch Platform Interface for AlM 9P 3 Sidewinder The Naval Message checkbox is not displayed by default on the home input screen The checkbox will display if the Enable Naval Messaging checkbox in the DoD tab of System Customization is checked For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DoD Outgoing Visit Requests Home Page Fields Field Name Request Number Department Task Anticipated Classification of Topic Valid From Valid To Date Sent 248 Description This num
276. endees To confirm the arrival of an attendee scan their barcode from the Printed Attendees list or type in their barcode or badge number A date appears in the Scanned column and the attendee s row turns green Date of scan Defaults to current date but can be overwritten to backdate scans Select option to print a Scanned List Attendee List or Sign In Sheet Select to print the specified Print Option Click this button to add an employee to the list of attendees Click this button to add a visitor from the Incoming Visitor module to the list of attendees SIMS User Reference Verify Attendees Add Personnel by Special Access Add Visitors by Special Access Add Pre designated Visitors Conferences Remarks 333 Click this button to check the Visitor Authorization module for the correct time frame and correct clearance level for that conference Click this button to select from a list of Special Accesses Using the radio button options in the dialog specify if any or all Special Accesses are required Each personnel record that meets the selected Special Access requirements will get added as to the list of attendees A confirmation message will appear before the records are added Click this button to select from a list of Special Accesses Using the radio button options in the dialog specify if any or all Special Accesses are required Each visitor record that meets the selected Special Access requirements wi
277. ending Footer Rejected Default Subject Rejected Default Message Rejected Footer System Customization OVR Email amp Fax 411 Enter a email subject for an approved outgoing visit request This subject would be the default but can be changed at the time the request is sent Enter a email message body for an approved outgoing visit request This message would be the default but can be changed at the time the request is sent Enter a footer for the for an approved outgoing visit request email Enter a email subject for a pending outgoing visit request This subject would be the default but can be changed at the time the request is sent Enter a email message body for a pending outgoing visit request This message would be the default but can be changed at the time the request is sent Enter a footer for the for an pending outgoing visit request email Enter a email subject for a rejected outgoing visit request This subject would be the default but can be changed at the time the request is sent Enter a email message body for a rejected outgoing visit request This message would be the default but can be changed at the time the request is sent Enter a footer for the for a rejected outgoing visit request email SIMS User Reference System Customization System Personnel DD254 Contracts DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visitors Time Periods Conferences Containers Output Lists
278. enods Conferences Containers Output Lists Validations Enable Personnel Yalidations Clearances Special Accesses Clearance Level lt Facility Clearance Level Breted Date gt Granted Date Briefed Date gt Granted Date Rebrieted Date Briefed Date Granted Date gt Investigated date Debriefed Date gt Brefed Date Rebrieted Date gt Brefed Date Debriefted Date gt Rebnefed Date Debrieted Date gt Breted Date Debriefed Date gt Rebriefed Date Settings Maintain Audit Trail for Personnel Clearances Only Managers Can Edit Clearance Audit Trail Mandatory 9 Digit SSM Mandatory SSM Format Oo ee ett Allow non numeric characters in SSN field Default to blank data group when Enterprise Coordinator adds Personnel records C Show Host and Other Facilities in Facility Picker on Home tab C Show Host and Other Facilities in Facility Picker on Clearance Information tab C Show Host and Other Facilities in Facility Picker on Special Accesses tab C Show Only Personnel Special Accesses That Are Briefed Not Debriefed and Not Denied when Opening Record Clear Personnel Data Group hen Selected Host Facility is not Assigned to a Data Group C Do Not Show Terminated Personnel on Web Pages Maximum Humber of Personnel on a Single Special Access Billet Number lo For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization Personnel Page Fields Field Name Description
279. enship ll Fhoto I Badges Training Training Course ID Hame Status Completed Security Issues in Security Ongoing Security Secunty Administration No Show Security Basic Security Completed O12 2005 Add Course Add Course Groups gt MW 4b bi For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Training Page Fields Field Name Description Course ID Course number or ID Name Course name Status The status of the course such as ongoing or completed Completed The date the person finished the course Add Course Click this button to add a course Add Course Groups Click this button to add a course group Cleared Personnel Contacts This screen lists people that are contacts for the person such as next of kin 113 SIMS User Reference El Personnel Maxwell Peter C 2 of 21 Clearances special Accesses Employrnertt Personal Citizenship Photo Badges Training Contacts l Contracts Vehicles I Military Foreign Travel IL Remarks Links kl HR IPAS IL DB Audit Trail Contacts Contact ID Hame Relation Y44545 Julian C Bond Friend C 35353 Zeta Rothchild Girlfriend OS Nd Ce Cee For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Contacts Page Fields Field Name Description Contact ID Identification label of the contact Name The name of the contact Relation The relation
280. ent s are due back Loaned to Select the person to whom the document s is being loaned Remarks Enter any remarks to appear on the report Print Document Special Accesses If selected the document s special accesses will appear on the certificate Click OK when all of the requirements have been fulfilled Loan Check In The Document Loan Check In transaction allows selected documents to be returned Note that only documents 220 SIMS User Reference currently checked out can be checked in Document Transaction Loanin Home Transaction Remarks Return Date bf 9 2008 Loan In Receipt Options Print Document Special Accesses Loan Check In Return Date Enter the date when the document s are being checked in Remarks Enter any remarks to appear on the report Print Document Special Accesses If selected the document s special accesses will appear on the certificate Click OK when all of the requirements have been fulfilled Barcode Inventory Barcode Inventory This transaction performs an inventory of all documents assigned either to specific containers or specific personnel and provides the following information based on the data downloaded from a portable barcode scanner e Identification of the containers or personnel found and whether or not they coincide with those found in the Secure Containers or Cleared Personnel databases e Identification of all documents that were found in each container and
281. er Reference SET Personnel_TempEncryptedSSN EncryptByKey Key_GUID SymmetricKeyName Personnel_SSN SET Personnel_ TempEncryptedBirthDate EncryptByKey Key_GUID SymmetricKeyName CAST Personnel_BirthDate AS varchar 50 SET Personnel_ TempEncryptedBirthPlace EncryptByKey Key_GUID SymmetricKeyName Personnel_BirthPlace Update Personnel EncryptedBirthDate field IF Personnel_EncryptBirthDate 1 BEGIN UPDATE Personnel SET EncryptedBirthDate Personnel_TempEncryptedBirthDate BirthDate NULL FROM Personnel WHERE Personnel ID RowID END Update Personnel EncryptedBirthPlace field IF Personnel_EncryptBirthPlace 1 BEGIN UPDATE Personnel SET EncryptedBirthPlace Personnel_TempEncryptedBirthPlace BirthPlace NULL FROM Personnel WHERE Personnel ID RowID END Update Personnel EncryptedSSN field IF Personnel_EncryptSSN 1 421 SIMS User Reference BEGIN UPDATE Personnel SET EncryptedSSN Personnel_TempEncryptedSSN SSN NULL FROM Personnel WHERE Personnel ID RowID END END ELSE BEGIN SET Personnel_ TempSSN Personnel_SSN SET Personnel_TempBirthDate Personnel_BirthDate SET Personnel_TempBirthPlace Personnel_BirthPlace END Select next Personnel row for processing SELECT RowID MIN ID FROM Personnel WHERE Personnel ID gt RowID END Select initial Visitor row for proc
282. ere the work will actually be performed if applicable and if it is other than the prime or subcontractor s facility SIMS User Reference Sections 1 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 Section 9 General Identification of T his Procurement SDI Research Section 10 This Contract Will Require Access To Communications Security COMSEC Info Special Access Information RESTRICTED DATA Foreign Government Information Critical Nuclear Weapons Design CNWD Info C NATO Information Formerly Restricted Data Limited Dissemination Information Intelligence Information For Official Use Only Information Sensitive Compartmented Information SCI Non SCl Other Specify For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DD 254 Section 9 10 Page Fields Field Name Description General Identification of the Procurement Textual information that describes the nature of the procurement This Contract will Require Access to Check the appropriate boxes to identify the required accesses If the Other option is selected specify the other required accesses Classified Contracts DD254 Section 11 172 SIMS User Reference Sections 1 5 Sechons 6 6 sections 3 10 section 11 sections 12 13 Sections 14 176 i section 17 Section 11 IN PERFORMING THIS CONTRACT THE CONTRACTOR WILL Have access to classified information only at other facilities Receive classified documents on
283. ersonnel Containers Classified Contracts C Documents DoD Outgoing Requests S DoE Outgoing Requests SCI Outgoing Requests Visitors Visit Authorizations AlS Forms Conferences and Meetings Incidents Locks keps 000000000000000000 000000000000000000 Cancel For more information about using this screen see Input Screen User Management Group Properties Page Fields Field Name Description Group Name The name of the group selected or enter the name of the group to be added Members This list indicates which SIMS users are members of the selected module group If checked the user is a member of the group Data Group Members If Data Groups have been previously defined a group can be assigned to a particular Data Group and that will automatically determine the group s access to various types of records in the SIMS database 438 SIMS User Reference Module Access Authorization in various security areas is defined by three radio button categories None Read and Read Write R W These radio button settings dictate what type of access each group has if any to each SIMS module If a group has Read access to a particular module they must double click on a record to open it since the Add Edit and Delete functions are disabled User Management Data Groups The User Management Data Groups tab allows Managers to add modify and delete data groups and their properties Submanagers hav
284. ersonnel Security Questionnaire application was transmitted The date the other application was sent The date the other application was denied The reviewer of the other application The date the other application was received The date the other application was terminated Any other non DoD clearances such as DoE Dou CIA FBI etc The case number for the polygraph The type of polygraph test performed lifestyle counterintelligence etc Information about the results of the polygraph The name of the person who performed the polygraph The date the polygraph was performed SIMS User Reference Clearance Audit Trail Clearance Information F50 7 Polygraph Remarks Remarks Updated Task Completion Date Print Previous PSG from 00 00 00 to 1 11 2006 For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Clearance Audit Trail Remarks Page Fields Field Name Description Remarks Enter free form textual information up to 32kb Clearance Case Remarks 99 SIMS User Reference Clearance Case Clearance Information Applications Polygraph Task List Ait Trail Remarks These are clearance case remarks Remarks Cancel i i For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Clearance Cases Audit Trail Input Remarks Page Fields Field Name Remarks Cleared Personnel Special Accesses Cleared Personnel Special Accesses This screen lists all
285. ery few fields in SIMS that are required to be unique without exception Examples include the Barcode field for documents AIS systems and hardware records which must be unique for each facility to which they are assigned As part of the SIMS customization process certain additional field uniqueness may be desirable Examples include the Personnel ID Employee Number and SSN fields as well as the Facility ID typically Cage Code fields To make a field unique in SIMS v7 use a SQL statement in Query Analyzer similar to the following FacilityID example PPS BB BB BB nnn m m m mj Lee eee ee ee ee eee eee eee eee eee ee el leit eee CREATE UNIQUE NONCLUSTERED INDEX IX_FacilityID ON Facility FacilityID UserGroup_ID ee eee ld Note that the index name IX_FacilityID must 1 start with IX_ and 2 end with the field name you want displayed to the user For example IX_FacilityName would tell the user they entered a duplicate value in FacilityName Before executing the scripts to create a unique field any duplicate values should be fixed first The following two scripts can help identify duplicate SSN s and Personnel ID s After executing the script go back into SIMS and use Quick Find to query on the PersonnellD in the Personnel module s output list screen Once the SIMS record is found the value will need to fixed manually so that it is unique 38 SIMS User Reference Find Duplicate Personnel SSN s USE SimsXml
286. ess to the contract The contract s facility ID The required contractor facility clearance level The required level of contractor safeguarding The Program Manager s name if this is a subcontract or the ACO s name if it is a prime contract End date for the contract SIMS User Reference Vehicle Type The manufacturer of the person s vehicle Year The year the vehicle was manufactured Color The color of the vehicle License The vehicle s license plate number Parking The vehicle s authorized parking location Decal The parking sticker number Cleared Personnel Military lf this person is currently in the military their specified military information is contained and or entered in this screen F Personnel Maxwell Peter C 2 of 21 Sele Home Clearances Special Accesses Employment Personal Citizenship Photo Badges Training Contacts Contracts Vehicles Military Foreign Travel Remarks Links HA IPAS DB Audit Trail Military Grade Rank Rate Civ Date of Rank 47 471989 Dezignator NEC M A watar Specialty Intell Ops Lineal Humber 72555 Spouse Hame Wot married Branch Navy Projected Rotation Date 4 47990 Current UIC Ultimate UIC Curent Command COMHA AIRFPAC Ultimate Command Recewed Date 1 4719959 Estimated Arval Date 17 371999 amp 4D di For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Military Page Fields Field
287. essing SELECT RowID MIN ID FROM Visitors WHILE RowID IS NOT NULL BEGIN Clear variables SET Visitor_SSN NULL 422 SIMS User Reference SET Visitor BirthDate NULL SET Visitor BirthPlace NULL Select variables SELECT Visitor_SSN SSN Visitor BirthDate BirthDate Visitor BirthPlace BirthPlace FROM Visitors WHERE Visitors ID RowID If encryption is enabled IF EncryptionEnabled 1 BEGIN EXEC OPEN SYMMETRIC KEY SymmetricKeyName DECRYPTION BY CERTIFICATE SimsCertificateName SET Visitor_TempEncryptedSSN EncryptByKey Key_GUID SymmetricKeyName Visitor_SSN SET Visitor_TempEncryptedBirthDate EncryptByKey Key_GUID SymmetricKeyName CAST Visitor_BirthDate AS varchar 50 SET Visitor_TempEncryptedBirthPlace EncryptByKey Key_GUID SymmetricKeyName Visitor_BirthPlace Update Visitors EncryptedBirthDate field IF Visitor_EncryptBirthDate 1 BEGIN UPDATE Visitors SET EncryptedBirthDate Visitor_TempEncryptedBirthDate BirthDate NULL FROM Visitors WHERE Visitors ID RowID END 423 SIMS User Reference Update Visitors EncryptedBirthPlace field IF Visitor_EncryptBirthPlace 1 BEGIN UPDATE Visitors SET EncryptedBirthPlace Q Visitor_TempEncryptedBirthPlace BirthPlace NULL FROM Visitors WHERE Visitors ID RowID END Update Visitors EncryptedSSN field IF Visitor_Enc
288. est a acini cg Measure A S ed agai N E eet sak E eum Ian an a afte A Se Nahe te ee hahaa aaa acess 362 20S KEYS ELISE SCKEEMIDESEIDUONT ices dict etait estar Sgt Sh cde Ce eae cd arses E cae Cake pee sce eek dec ae ergs eee ete ao eee 369 ZO TRS RODOS acdc See tease ieee Nice eden hg ads ec ee Ene E E aa tet Dg Uh Siar Re Sa ier E E Mc a N alt chee Maer 370 205 Keys I FAN SAC ONG aaa oat eee Be Mikey a Sg car er eg hae ey Pare ast and SEM eg Sahar hee ee ec ae dv ne Stain De ee ge Rate 371 PARE Segoe AN oa O a eye Da Legh ae csc ices Carlet tee Se ose Nees See A a E React atte Ss Nc rd hm ONE os ae etme 377 2l MP UMOSE ORUE mn ee ee ag E ge a ere ee eee 378 21 2 SVSISIMMGUSIOMMUZAUONY reese acetate een oaey ogee ee gear Ge a ters Ditters BG eae dent aba Saga i Ses MAAC Sea Ding aan ok case Sect 379 2 poser Managemen esac ace ce ak dey cee eats cheaper ie E E a Pet fed cayenne seine Bp cae Cee howe Sie etek dees ade eed eae ete ea oe 427 2124 Database Audit Trall sosea See Noo sere a a sa os Ea Sadar ei Seo ts a oa ce alas aba at ch apt da ar ie Seg ence cata R 443 21 5 Dale Field DSTA Se sss oot ct een ag cee ese actor E SS aes ete pase eae I ae Ce a ae tanh Seg eae ee eo Spt a aoe ae eG 444 2126 Special Access DeNUONS mer taiar e na aE Aa E A E Sem ca E A Sees Ea E A E E cee pee 446 2r ESEMana ge MENE grs ranri EET E RE E E E R E E E E O E A E E EN 448 216 I OCUIMMIOIE SUNN ree E ceca rose E O A nr E eral ets A cae Al EE VEEE el ees Aare ch hd wc aes at
289. est report dialog A self imposed code that allows you to put a representation of an Special Access on a Badge without actually using the Special Access Name The data group that the Special Access belongs to Data groups are defined in the User Management Data Groups dialog Indicates what type of modules and or information can be accessed associated with a security access type Select the module type s of special accesses using the check boxes For Personnel Type there are two requirements that can be enabled If the U S Citizenship Required che ck box is checked and if the U S Citizen is not set in the personnel record the Special Access name will not display in the Cleared Personnel Module s Special Access pick list The U S citizenship requirement must be set first and then the Special Access pick list will display the Special Access name so that it can be selected When the Briefing Required is enabled the special access will appear gray and italicized in the Personnel Special Access screen if a brief date has not been set Selects all of the above access check boxes List Management provides the capability to create and maintain pick lists SIMS User Reference A SIMS Manager has access to add edit delete list items A Suomanager has access only to add edit delete items within their Data Group Items outside the Submanager s Data Group can only be viewed A List Management Module Hame IS Firewall Hardware Da
290. esults Specify a date number or text for the Operator parameter Click to add the selected parameter combination to the list box in the lower portion of the screen Repeat to create a list of multiple parameter combinations Click to delete a selected row of parameters Click to delete all rows of parameters SIMS User Reference Save Query Load Query OK Cancel Incidents After selecting this button a Save dialog will appear Save the query so that it can be reloaded for later use After selecting this button an Open dialog will appear Select a query file that was saved at an earlier time The query must be loaded in the same module in which it was saved Click to start the search Click to close the screen The table below lists fields in the Incidents module The subsequent columns list where the field can be found in the Query Editor Home Tab Incident ID Incident Type Incident Date Classification Department Location Incident Facility Subjects Subject Type Subject Remarks Cause Compromise Damage Status Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents IncidentSubject IncidentSubject IncidentSubject Incidents Incidents Incidents Incidents IncidentlID IncidentType_ID IncidentDate Classification Level ID Department_ID IncidentLocation Facility_ID Personnel ID IncidentSubjectT ype Remarks Cause IncidentCompromis e
291. f the lost lock will be put in the history for each Lock record Re keyed By Click this button to open a pick list from the Cleared Personnel or Visitors module Select the individual and the name will appear in the box to the right of the button Date Re Keyed Enter the date the lock s was re keyed The Date Re Keyed defaults to the current system date Click OK to complete the transaction Lock Retrieved Lock Retrieved Transactions allows you to change the status of one or more locks to Retrieved in one step A record of the retrieved lock will be put in the history for each Lock record 360 SIMS User Reference A Lock Retrieved Retrieved From Date Retrieved Transaction Remarks Retrieved From Click this button to open a pick list from the Cleared Personnel or Visitors module Select the individual and the name will appear in the box to the right of the button Date Retrieved Enter the date the lock s was retrieved The Date Retrieved defaults to the current system date Click OK to complete the transaction 361 SIMS User Reference Keys Purpose of Keys Keys maintains information for all the Keys and their custodians at your facility The Keys module tracks the history of all Keys at your facility This also includes Key Rings Key Hooks and Master Keys Each Key has a window showing all the Locks it can open All Key Key Ring and Key Hook records have an audit trail Information in the Keys module i
292. f the selected Personnel record the Authorized To Transfer check box must be checked in order for the personnel record to be selected in the Authorized by field Courier Select a person who will be the courier for the external transfer Choose a visitor or a personnel record that is authorized as a courier On the upper right section on the Home tab of the selected Personnel record the Authorized To Courier check box must be checked in order for the personnel record to be selected in the Courier field Print Control Number If selected the control number will appear on the external transfer certificate Print Document Titles If selected the document titles will appear on the external transfer certificate Print with Return Address If selected a return address will appear on the external transfer certificate Print Document Special Accesses If selected the document s special accesses will appear on the external transfer certificate Print Document Special Accesses If selected the special accesses for the document record s will appear on the external transfer certificate Print Shipping Labels If checked a label generation wizard will appear to document external transfer shipping labels The wizard allows changes to be made to the type of pre defined label format size and number of labels per page Remarks on separate page If checked remarks will print on a separate page at the end of the external transfer certifi
293. fault output list screen shows the Request Date Sent From and To Dates and Status Date fields for each request record in the module You can Description The timestamp that the modification was made The subsystem in which the change was made The type of action i e edit The user that performed the change A description of the change i e record number e Resize the columns by clicking the lines in the column headers and dragging them to the left or right much like a spreadsheet e Click on a column header to sort the records by that column e Double click on a record to open an input screen where you can modify the fields 258 SIMS User Reference B DoD Requests Request Sent From To Status Fj 1 12 11 2010 12 21 2010 12 20 2011 Fj 2 01 30 2011 02709 2011 0208 2012 Ei E bea ue Fo HH Hal Filter Inactive 2 records Page 1 of 1 Filter Inactive Check the Filter Inactive checkbox to show archived visit requests on this output screen For more information about using this screen see e Output List Screen e Customizing Output List Columns e Finding Records Using Quick Find e Finding Records Using Query Editor DoD Outgoing Requests Reports DoD Outgoing Requests Reports Reports Menu For more information about the default reports that appear in every module see e Standard Reports The rest of this page describes module specific reports Print a Visit Request To print a visit request
294. ffice The name of the cognizant office representative The date of the cognizant office inspection SIMS User Reference By The name of the person who inspected the cognizant office Remarks Any remarks related to the inspection Rating The rating of the cognizant office based on the most recent inspection Add to History Click this button to add the information to the inspection history Inspection History A history of the inspections performed on the cognizant office Next Facility Inspection The date the facility is scheduled for its next inspection Host Facilities Internal Inspections a Host Facility General Space amp Defense Corporation 1 of 15 Contracts Paints of Contact Awards Remarks Links DE Audit Trail Home OtherAddresses CogOffice Cog Inspections Internal Inspections Access Control Kep Security Personnel Internal Inspections Date Inspector 17372006 Maswell Peter C Add Nest Scheduled Inspection g 32007 SMN For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Host Facilities Internal Inspections Page Fields Field Name Description 49 SIMS User Reference Last Inspected By Date Remarks Next Scheduled Inspection Add to History Inspection History Host Facilities Access Control Click this button to select the last inspector from the Cleared Personnel module The date of the last inspection Comments from the
295. fication of all documents and materials that are assigned to a given contract Information in the Classified Contracts module is used by the following other modules Classified Documents DoD Outgoing Requests DoE Outgoing Requests SCI Outgoing Requests Visitors Visit Authorizations Input Screen Description Home Additional Info Special Accesses Tasks Performing Facilities DD254 Remarks Links List Screen Description Default Output List Reports Reports Terminate a Contract When a contract ends with your facility the following steps are performed to process the termination Classified Documents Select Classified Documents from the main SIMS screen Click Quick Find Enter the contract you are terminating in the Contract ID field Click OK to find all documents assigned to the contract You now have a list of the documents assigned to the contract 5 Now apply Document Transactions using any combination of the transactions listed below e Transfer selected documents to another contract e Transfer selected documents to another facility e Destroy selected documents e Retain Until on selected documentsuntil there are no more documents assigned to the contract OND Terminate Visit Requests If the contract has any outstanding Visit Requests you should send a termination letter s 1 Go to DoD Outgoing Visit Requests 155 SIMS User Reference Click Quick Find Enter the contract number i
296. fields Alternatively a user can directly record a loan in this area The disposition contains information from the most recent transaction performed on the document The Audit Trail contains the entire history of transactions The date of the most recent document audit performed The date of the most recent physical inventory If a document was externally transferred the name and ID of the receiving facility is recorded here When you destroy or externally transfer documents this field is automatically updated to reflect the transaction date The date by which the document external transfer receipt is expected to be signed and returned This field is filled in automatically when you perform an external document transfer When you destroy or externally transfer documents this field will automatically be updated to reflect the certificate of destruction number or external transfer receipt number This field contains the name of the person that either externally transferred or destroyed the document This field is filled in automatically when you perform an external document transfer or destruction This field contains the name of the person that witnessed the destruction of the document This field is filled in automatically when you perform a document destruction SIMS User Reference Method Classified Documents Audit Trail Documents SIMS SB 00001 90 15 of 37 DB Audit Trail Home Origin Audit Trail Date
297. g 0085 00 0808 B1B6362L43D al BIBSBILSDay 000 00 0000 999 99 9999 B2L1Jim BSL Joe B1L1John 111 171 1171 J222 2 2222 333 343 3333 B26 3L2T aft BB 2L2T ammy B261L2T ed BSB SL T ere BIB SL2T erry B1B2L2Tim B2Bb 2L2T odd B1B1L2Tom B3B1L2T ug 444 44 44q4 TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET UNCLASSIFIED E E bea ue Go ma HH Hal Filter Inactive 21 records Page 1 of 1 Close Output screen buttons These commands also appear the Command Menu along with their keyboard equivalents Button Description Open link to Help files 15 SIMS User Reference g i yr i i d 16 Add a new record to the database After saving a new record a new record is added automatically This allows you to add records continuously until you click C ancel In SIMS Utilities auto numbering can be set up such that each new record is automatically assigned a unique number Make a copy of the selected record Remove the selected record s from the database The record will be deleted only if it is not referenced by other records in the SIMS database If several records are selected and one of the records cannot be deleted the others will be deleted Query the database using the Query Editor Query the datab
298. g KeyCopyNum Inactive Original Master KeyHook_ ID KeyHook_ ID KeyHook_ ID 571 VisitAuthorizationVis itors Facility UserGroups KeyStatus KeyHooks KeyRings KeyHooks KeyHooks KeyHooks VisitorID FacilityID GroupName KeyStatus KeyHook ID KeyRIngID KeyHook ID Building Room SIMS User Reference Remarks Keys KeyHook_ ID KeyHooks Remarks Selected Key Hook History Hook Transaction Type Transaction Date Action Date User Name Remarks Hooks and Rings Tab Key Ring ID Keys KeyRing_ID KeyRings KeyRingID Holder ID Holder Name Issued Keys KeyRing_ID KeyRings Datelssued Remarks Keys KeyRing_ID KeyRings Remarks Selected Key Ring History Ring Transaction Type Transaction Date 572 SIMS User Reference Action Date User Name Remarks History Tab Transaction Date Transaction Type Person Issued Retrieved User Name Remarks Locks Using Query Editor The Query Editor allows complex searches It searches the current data file and displays only the records that fit the search conditions that you specify i F Click Query Editor set at the bottom of any output list screen The Query Editor dialog box appears 573 SIMS User Reference Query Editor Create Query Component Table Column Operator l egual to 8 2 LockTrail eae z ls greater than ls greater than or equal to ls less than ls less than or equal to Contains D
299. g or modify the Software so that it is no longer infringing or in the event the prior options are not reasonably available refund LICENSEE a pro rata amount of all fees paid by LICENSEE of such Software LICENSOR SHALL HAVE NO OBLIGATION TO CUSTOMER IF ANY ALLEGED INFRINGEMENT OR CLAIM THEREOF IS BASED UPON THE USE OF THE SOFTWARE IN CONNECTION OR IN COMBINATION WITH EQUIPMENT DEVICES OR SOFTWARE NOT DELIVERED BY LICENSOR WHERE SUCH COMBINATION CAUSED THE INFRINGEMENT AND WHERE THE INFRINGEMENT WOULD NOT HAVE OCCURRED FROM LICENSEE s USE OF THE SOFTWARE ALONE OR USE OF OTHER THAN THE MOST CURRENT RELEASE OF THE SOFTWARE IF SUCH CLAIM WOULD HAVE BEEN PREVENTED BY THE USE OF SUCH RELEASE THE FOREGOING STATES LICENSEE S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY WITH RESPECT TO CLAIMS OF INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY PROPRIETARY RIGHTS OF ANY KIND Limitation of Liability SIMS Software makes no representations or warranties with respect to the contents hereof and specifically disclaims any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose Further SIMS Software reserves the right to revise this product and to make changes from time to time in the content hereof without obligation of SIMS Software to notify any person of such revision or changes Limited Warranty THE PROGRAM IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A P
300. g Office Rep Rating Remarks Next Facility Inspection Internal Inspections Tab Inspected By Date Remarks Access Control Tab Employees Visitors Vendors Temporary Help Contractors Accountability System Visitor Control Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility FacilitySiteVisits FacilitySiteVisits FacilitySiteVisits Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility CogResidentOffice_ CogOffice Remarks ID CogRep CplnspDate LastInspectDate LastInspectBy LastCogVisitRem NextCogInspect InspectorName SiteVisitDate Result EmployeeBadging VisitorBadging VendorBadging TempBadging ContractBadging VisitorControl_ ID VisitorControl VisitorControl 558 SIMS User Reference Approved by DSS for FedEx Destruction Method Classified AIS SAP SAR Protected Areas NRC STU III Perimeter Control DOE FCL Closed Areas Special Accesses Key Security Personnel Tab Facility Security Officer Name Start Date E mail Phone FSO Training Course ID Course Status Course Name Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility FacilityAddress Facility Facility Facility DSSFedexOK ClassifiedAIS SAPSAR ProtectedAreas NRC STUIII PerimControl DOEFCL ClosedAreas SA_ID SA FacManager_ ID Personnel FSOStartDate FSOEmail FSOPho
301. g the visit click to select the facility If a contract is endorsing the visit click to select the contract Information is obtained depending on what is selected using the Cognizant Office Other Facility or Contract button Information is obtained depending on what is selected using the Cognizant Office Other Facility or Contract button Check this check box if all visitors have signed the SF 312 classified information non disclosure agreement form SIMS User Reference DoD Outgoing Requests International E DoD Requests 1 3 of 3 DB Audit Trail Home SendTo Facility Visitors Endorsements Intemational Special Accesses Status International Visit Requests Government Initiative Host Initiative Government Commercial C Host Facility Visited Pertinence Archive Remarks Links JELRE For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DoD Outgoing Requests International Page Fields Field Name Description Government Initiative Indicates whether the initiative is government related or commercial Host Initiative Indicates whether the initiative was initiated by the host facility or the facility being visited Anticipated Classification of Topic The most likely classification level required for the visit If multiple classification levels may be required select the highest level Pertinence A brief description of the topic of the visit and any local
302. gn Travel Contracts Tab Foreign Travel Date Reported at Security Sponsor From To Foreign Carrier Used Pre travel Brief Travel Debrief Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel PersonnelForeignla vel PersonnelForeignla vel PersonnelForeignla vel PersonnelForeignla vel PersonnelForeignla vel PersonnelForeignla vel PersonnelForeignla vel UlCReceivedDate DateofRank WarSpecialty NameofSpouse ProjectedRotationD ate UlCCurrent UlCCurrentName UlCUltimateEstDate ArrivalDate DateReportAtSecuri ly Sponsor From To ForeignCarrier PreTravelBrief TravelDebrief 533 SIMS User Reference Purpose Foreign Contact Info Date Reported Name Company Position Nationality 1 Nationality 2 E mail Address Remarks Contact Dates Location Contact Type Date Remarks Remarks Tab Remarks PersonnelForeignla vel PersonnelForeignC ontacts PersonnelForeignC ontacts PersonnelForeignC ontacts PersonnelForeignC ontacts PersonnelForeignC ontacts PersonnelForeignC ontacts PersonnelForeignC ontactDates PersonnelForeignC ontactDates PersonnelForeignC ontactDates Personnel Purpose ReportedtoDSS Name Company Position EmailAddress Remarks Location ContactDate Remarks Remarks 534 SIMS User Reference HR Activity Tab Activity
303. gni zant_ID Endorsement_Cogni zant_ID 547 CogOffice CogOffice Address1 Address2 SIMS User Reference Cog Address 3 Cog Address 4 Other Facility Name Other Fac Address i Other Fac Address 2 Other Fac Address 3 Other Fac Address 4 Contract Name International Tab Govt Initiative Host Initiative Pertinence Anticipated Classification of Topic Special Accesses Status Tab Special Accesses Date Initiated Requester Name Requester Phone RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD Endorsement_Cogni CogOffice Address3 zant_ID Endorsement_Cogni CogOffice Address4 zant_ID Endorsement_Facilit FacilityAddress Line1 yAddress_ID Endorsement_Facilit FacilityAddress Line2 yAddress_ D Endorsement_Facilit FacilityAddress Lines yAddress_ D Endorsement_Facilit FacilityAddress Line4 yAddress_ D Contract_ID Contract ContractName Govtlnitiated Hostlnitiated Pertinence Levels ID Levels Name SA_ID SA SAName DateCreated RequesterName RequesterPhone 548 SIMS User Reference Requester Email Status Status Date Fax Country Code Fax Area or Routing Code Fax Local Number Remarks Tab Remarks RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequesterEmail
304. going Visit Requests but not to search for the requests or have access to the DoD Requests module To restrict the module access leave the Requests check box unchecked Individual Data Group Membership For more information about using this screen see Input Screen User Management Data Groups Page Fields Field Name 434 Description SIMS User Reference Hierarchial Data Group Membership Individual Data Group Membership If Data Groups have been previously defined in the User Management gt Data Groups tab a user can be assigned to a particular Data Group and that will automatically determine the user s access to various types of records in the SIMS database This is particularly useful for segregating records by facility association so that users that work at a particular facility or group of facilities only have access to records associated with those facilities See the table below which summarizes how the personnel module is affected by data groups Note Only one check box can be selected in the Hierarchical Data Group Membership area Multiple check boxes can be selected in the Individual Data Group Membership area and all Data Groups so selected have the opportunity for Read Write access to selected records in that Data Group Note A selection must always be made in the Hierarchical Data Group Membership area if a selection is to be made in the Individual Data Group Membership area Once Data Groups are crea
305. h the Task Scheduler utility the report will sort by the first column in the customize output list columns settings for either a the user who defined the task or b the default values set up by SIMS if there are no entries for the user who set up the task If a custom version of either the Document Count by Keyword or Document Count by Special Access through the Task Scheduler utility you must keep the main portion of the original SIMS file name e g DocumentsKeywordCount as part of their custom file name e g DocumentsKeywordCount_v1 0 Provide a query for the report using the Query Editor Choose the Data Group for the task If you specify a Data Group for the task you will get 1 the records in that data group 2 the records in any data groups under that data group in the hierarchy and 3 any records that are not assigned to a data group If records for the specified data group and only that data group are desired then create a query using the Q uery Editor button In the Query Editor dialog expand the main table for the module e g Personnel in the Personnel Module and scroll down until UserGroup_ID appears Expand that and then the UserGroups table appears Expand that so the Group Name field appears and then select that Enter the data group name in the Value field and then press the Add to Query button Finally press the OK button Choose either text or HTML as the format Specify the
306. h conditions that you specify eal ie Click Query Editor Query Editor Create Query Component Table Column Operator mes CogOfficelnspect lz equal to cE Facilit Is not equal to i F ih dd ls greater than HEH Facil yhddress le greater than or equal to 2 Facility estroyMethod la legs than wE FacilityPOC ls less than or equal to H FacilitySa Contains mE FaciltySitev isits e i ponam C Left Parenthesis ls nok empty Right Parenthesis 3 Current Query Components Operator Modifier Remove All Load Query Enterprise wide Query Editor Screen Fields Field Name Description Tables Select the table type Fields Select the field within the selected table type 577 SIMS User Reference Operator Modifier Value Add to Query Remove Remove All Save Query Load Query OK Cancel Other Facilities The value definition Select AND to include all parameters or OR to include one or more of the parameters in the query results Specify a date number or text for the Operator parameter Click to add the selected parameter combination to the list box in the lower portion of the screen Repeat to create a list of multiple parameter combinations Click to delete a selected row of parameters Click to delete all rows of parameters After selecting this button a Save dialog will appear Save the query so that it can be reloaded for later use After selecting
307. he Clearance Level as specified in the Utilities gt Clearance Level Definitions If checked this option is applied when an Enterprise Coordinator is saving a new host facility record that has a clearance rank greater than 0 When choosing to save the host facility record a dialog will appear letting the Enterprise Coordinator know that the data group when be removed This tab validates the appropriate authorizations and requirements for incoming visitors The Settings check boxes near the bottom of the screen allow for further parameters on incoming visitors such as the display of a visitor photo and the display of all visits not yet checked on the entry control screen System Customization Locks amp Keys 15 D0254 Contracts Data Group Filters Messages Documents Incoming visitors System Personnel DoD Requests Facilities Validations Enable Incoming Visitor Yalidations Incoming Visit Authonzation Dates Within Wasiman Yisit Pernod Require Manager Access to Grant Security Department 4pproval Visitor Check In Require Need to Know Yentication for Classified Visits Require an Escort for All Classified Visits Require an Escort for All Unclassified Visits Require AL C Unclassified Visits Classified Visits Unescorted Visits Escorted Visits Require Securty Department Approval C Unclassified Visits Classitied Visits Unescorted Visits Escorted visits Settings Show Visitor Photo in Entry Con
308. he Send To Facility Clearance Level must be greater than or equal to the rank of the DoD Request Classification Level The validation is applied when creating DoD visit requests from the Windows or web clients SIMS User Reference System Customization Data Group Filters Locks t Keys IS Messages Documents ove Notifications OVA E mail amp Fax Colors Encryption LDAP system Personnel DD 254 ll Contracta DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visitors il Time Periods l Conferences Containers Output Lists Validations Settings amp Web Interface Settings Set Special Accesses to Blank on New Visit Requests Enable Naval Message Option Enable Contractual Warning Message Disable Sending Facility When JPAS Checkbox Enabled Maxinnun number of records selected when performing Termination or Regrade Letters Warn user when Personnel added to a request in a single operation exceeds the following limit Web Interface Send pending accept or reject messages to All Visitors on the request Do not show OVA Picker Records that are Archived Contracts and Facilities Classified OWA Input Classified OWA From Facility ID 41000 Assign Viet Request Data Group using From Facility Data Group Unclassified OWA Input Assign Viet Request Data Group using Default Level From Facility Data Group Requester Data Group Requester Data Group Fo
309. he request is sent Enter a subject for an outgoing visit request fax This subject would be the default but can be changed at the time the request is sent Check this option if you wish to include the outgoing visit request number in the fax s subject Enter the default text for the fax s cover page Anytime a Term Regrade is faxed a copy will go to the email specified as a BCC If checked the OVR e mail option will be applied SIMS User Reference System Customization Colors A System Customization System Personnel OO254 Contracts DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visitors Time Penods Conferences Containers Output Lists Data Group Filters Locks amp Keps 15 Messages Documents OWA Notifications OVA E mail amp Fax Colors Encryption LDAP OutputList Colors Foreground Altermating Foreground Background Alternating Background Headers Headers row coll row cal row cols rowe call rowe cole wz cals For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization Color Page Fields Field Name Foreground Background Alternating Foreground Alternating Background Description Pick the foreground color This will affect the color of the text for the first row and every other row that appears in the output list of each module Pick the background color This will affect the color of the background for the first row and every
310. he selected visitor for the selected Visit Authorization record SIMS User Reference Purpose Displays the purpose for the selected visitor for the selected Visit Authorization record Note Displays the notes for the selected visitor for the selected Visit Authorization record Register Visitor Displays a new screen to fill out when registering an arriving visitor Visitors Check Out The Visitor Check Out screen is accessed by selecting Check Out from the Transactions menu Use this screen to process check out visitors that are leaving your site and returning a badge F Visitor Check Out Search Last Name First Mame Visitor IO Badge No Sete J L_ Shot Visitors Facility Cony Code Badge No Time In Willams halt w 1345 44 5656 Acme Vending Point of Contact s Name Walt periodically visits to reload the vending machines Badge Return Enter Badge Number if Returned AFTER Checkout Badge Returned Badge Not Returned For more information about using this screen see Input screen Visitors Check Out Page Fields Field Name Description Last Name Search the list of checked in visitors by Last Name First Name Search the list of checked in visitors by First Name 295 SIMS User Reference Visitor ID Badge No Show All Point of Contacts Note Badge Returned Badge not Returned Enter Badge if Returned AFTER Check Out Search the list of checked in visitors by Visitor ID Search the list of ch
311. hecked verify visitor date range defined by the valid from and to dates does not exceed the maximum time period defined in the System Customization Utility If checked Security Department Approval can only be granted by SIMS users with Manager access If checked do not allow a visitor to be checked in for a classified visit unless the Need To Know has been checked in the Visit Authorization Visitor record If checked do not allow a visitor to be checked in for a classified visit unless the Need To Know has been checked in the Visit Authorization Visitor record If checked and the Visit Authorization is not marked as a Classified Visit then the Escort Required will be checked for the visitor s on the Authorization Check the types of visits to your facility that require a Visit Authorization Check the types of visits to your facility that require Security Department Approval If checked the visitor photo is shown on the entry control screen If checked all available visitors will be displayed when the Visitor Check In or Check Out screens are first displayed When viewing the Visitor Check In and Check Out screens specify the number of visitor records that will be displayed when completing a search If checked non numeric characters can be saved in the SSN field that appears in the Home tab of a personnel record If checked the format for the SSN field must be in the format XXX XX XXXX SIMS User Reference
312. hen communicating with other facilities with respect to security matters Use the Host Facilities module for things such as checking the date of last SPP update or generating mailing lists The Host Facilities module is separate from the Other Facilities module to simplify the handling of the host versus other facilities information in other modules and in reports The following modules use information in the Host Facilities module Cleared Personnel DoD Outgoing Requests DoE Outgoing Requests SCI Outgoing Requests Containers Classified Contracts Classified Documents Visitors Visit Authorizations Automated Information Systems AIS Incidents Input Screen Description Home Other Addresses Cog Office Cog Inspections Internal Inspections Access Control Key Security Personnel Contracts Points of Contact Awards Remarks Links List Screen Description Default Output List Reports Reports Facility Record Picker Facility Record Picker Host Facilities Input 43 SIMS User Reference Host Facilities Home Host Facility General Space amp Defense Corporation 1 of 15 Points of Contact Awards Remarks Links Dther Addresses Cog Office iD 41000 Contracte Home Cog nspections C Govt Facility Inactive C International General Space amp Defense Corporation Mi Hame 1200 Wi Century Boulevard Suite S00 Los Angeles CA 90045 ATTN Brad Powers Address Phon
313. here you would like to begin printing the label s Label ae OO Laaa O Label Laes Labels Label I Laes Las Label 10 Label 11 Label 12 Label 13 Label 14 Label 15 Label 16 Label1 Label 18 Label 19 Label 20 Label 21 Label 22 Label23 Label2a Label 25 Labaze Label2 Label 28 Label 29 Label 30 No of Rows Columns that will fit on label sheet 10 Rows 3 Columns Selected Row Selected Label Label 1 Selected Column Using Barcode Fields Several modules have a Barcode field in which the user can enter alpha numeric characters The IS module also has an AltBarcode field for hardware In order for the values entered in the input form and saved in the database to be printed as a barcode Quick Reports and Custom Reports added an asterisk before and after the alpha numeric characters This is required by the code 3 of 9 or sometimes called code 39 barcode representation Barcode The existing column in the database holds just the alpha numeric characters Barcode3of9 The Barcode3of9 column does not actually hold any values Instead it calculates its value from the value of the Barcode column If the Barcode is N
314. hich COM port has been assigned to the RS 232 serial port Press the F3 key on the TopGun to select the File Options choice from the menu shown below ASSET MGMT F2 COLLECT F3 FILE OPTIONS F5 EXIT Press the F2 key on the TopGun to select the Send File choice from the menu shown below FILE OPTIONS 226 SIMS User Reference F2 SEND FILE F3 ERASE FILE F4 EXIT Click on the OK button on the SIMS Barcode Options dialog In the receive dialog specify the time out period and then select the receive button to have the application begin to look for downloaded barcode information Press The F2 key on the TopGun to select the Serial option from the menu shown below to begin the file transfer SEND FILE F2 SERIAL F3 WEDGE F4 EXIT Using PTFER for Windows To prepare for a data transfer between your Windows PC and the TopGun barcode scanner complete the following steps 1 If the utility software is not already installed on your PC install it following the instructions included with the diskette packaged with the TopGun barcode scanner 2 In Windows launch the PTFER program by double clicking on the PTFER icon A blank PTFER windows opens as shown below Percon Portable File Transtes Fie Options Help By default PTFER uses COM2 as the communications port If you need to switch to a different port or make other changes to the defaults select Options gt Settings from the PTFER menu The Communications Settings di
315. ial Number Model Rated Level Multiple Drawer Drawers Closed Area Accrediting Authority Date Approved Lock Type UL Cert Date 145 The Primary Custodian field is linked to the Personnel or Visitor Pick Lists When a person is selected the person is added to the access list if they re not already on it The facility where the container is located may be selected from the Facility Record Picker by clicking Fac ility ID The data group that the container belongs to Data groups are defined in the User Management Data Groups dialog The last date that the container combination was changed The date that the container combination is next scheduled to be changed This Pick List field contains the type of container and should describe the container s construction For example the container could be a file cabinet with a lock bar safe or a vault The container s manufacturer name The container s serial number The container s model number The manufacturer rated classification level Indicates multiple drawers for this container The number of drawers for the container Check if this record represents a Closed Area Cognizant Security Agency CSA that accredited the area Date area was approved by CSA Type of lock on door S amp G X 09 etc Date UL Cert was approved SIMS User Reference Containers Personnel Access Containers SAFE 1 1 of 16 Home Personnel Access f Special Accesses Audit T
316. ialog will appear Select a query file that was saved at an earlier time The query must be loaded in the same module in which it was saved OK Click to start the search Cancel Click to close the screen DoD Outgoing Requests The table below lists fields in the DoD Outgoing Requests module The subsequent columns list where the field can be found in the Query Editor Home Tab Request Number RequestDoD RequestNumber Department RequestDoD Department_ID Department Department Task RequestDoD ContractTask Anticipated RequestDoD Levels ID Levels Name Classification of Topic From Facility ID RequestDoD Host_Facility_ID Facility FacilityID From Facility Name RequestDoD Host_Facility_ID Facility FacilityName Manager Phone Manager Fax Security Offier RequestDoD Officer_Personnel_ Personnel PersonnellD D Contract ID RequestDoD Contract_ID Contract ContractID Data Group RequestDoD UserGroup_ D UserGroups GroupName Valid From RequestDoD FromDate Valid To RequestDoD ToDate 546 SIMS User Reference Date Sent Contractual Purpose Send To Facility Tab Facility ID Information Address Facility Name Address1 Address2 Address3 Address4 Contact Name Phone Fax Remarks Endorsements Tab SF 312 Executed Cognizant Office Name Cog Address 1 Cog Address 2 RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD SentDate Contractual Purpose SP31Executed Endorsement_Co
317. ic reports Key Hooks Summary Report This report prints a summary of selected key hooks Key Hooks Detailed Report This report prints a detailed report of one or more selected key hooks Key Rings Summary Report This report prints a summary of selected key rings 370 SIMS User Reference Key Rings Detailed Report This report prints a detailed report of one or more selected key rings Keys Transactions Keys Transactions The Key Transactions List screen shows the Base Key ID Copy Current Holder Status and Issued date for each key transaction record for a specified transaction type i Key Transactions Selected Keys Base Key ID Key Copy Number Current Rey Holder Hame Key Status lssued Date 1 0 ASSIGNED 172372006 Select Additional Keps Records Selected Select All De Select All Last Name First Name Sia Transaction Type For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Keys Transaction Page Fields Field Name Description Base Key ID The base key id field for the selected key record Key Copy Number The Copy number of the key Current Key Holder Name The person who is currently the Key Copy Holder Key Status Current status of the Key This value is assigned automatically when a Key Transaction is done 371 SIMS User Reference Issued Date Date the key was issued Search Search for keys assigned to the key holder Records Selected The number of selected records Transaction Type Selec
318. ick to select the facility s cognizant security office Government facilities typically do not have cognizant agencies SIMS User Reference Convenience Code Data Group Physical Address Address Phone Contact Name Contact Telephone FAX Secure Phone Emergency Phone Facility Security Officer Name FSO Phone 45 Enter an acronym tri graph or abbreviation that identifies the facility The data group that the facility belongs to Data groups are defined in the User Management Data Groups dialo g The address of the facility Note that on the Home tab this information is read only To enter information click the Other Addresses tab and enter primary address information The phone number of the facility Note that on the Home tab this information is read only To enter information click the Other Addresses tab and enter primary address information The name of the Point of Contact PoC Note that on the Home tab this information is read only To enter information click the Other Addresses tab and enter primary address information The PoC s telephone number Note that on the Home tab this information is read only To enter information click the Other Addresses tab and enter primary address information The primary facsimile telephone number of the facility Note that on the Home tab this information is read only To enter information click the Other Addresses tab and enter primary address
319. ield Name Description Abstract Enter a short title or brief abstract of the document Classified Documents Keywords and Special Access 190 SIMS User Reference Documents SIMS SB 00001 90 15 of 37 DB Audit Trail Home Status Audit Trail Keywords FLOT Ta eee Add New amp i 4 Db bi Abstract Reviwords Special Accesses Remarks Special Accesses Add Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Documents Keywords Special Accesses Page Fields Field Name Keywords Special Accesses Classified Documents Remarks 191 Description Contains keywords to support searching for this document Lists any special access that this document requires such as WNINTEL or COMSEC If you add an access it will be checked against the current custodian container and contract SIMS User Reference Documents SIMS SB 00001 90 15 of 37 a DB Audit Trail Home Origin Status Audit Trail Abstract Keywords Special Accesses Remarks Links Remarks JEKEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Documents Remarks Page Fields Field Name Description Remarks Enter any remarks or other information regarding the document The Remarks field is automatically updated whenever a document is copied to reflect the parent for all copies made and to indicate how many copies were mad
320. ields Field Name Description Remarks Free form textual information up to 32k bytes of text Visit Authorizations Links 305 SIMS User Reference GF Visit Authorizations 06V 001 1 of 7 Home Visitors Sending Facility Remarks Links Links Double click an tem below to open the linked document Description D amp id 4d D gt Di DB Audit Trail FilePath For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Visit Authorizations Links Page Fields Field Name Description File Path Visit Authorizations DB Audit Trail Select the Retrieve button to display the record s audit trail A SIMS Manager can run a report and manage audit Description A brief description of the linked file The full path and file name of the linked file trail changes by going to Utilities gt Database Audit Trail 306 Cancel Save SIMS User Reference Visitors Adams John Q 1 of 10 ox Clearance Personal From Facility Visiting Data Badge Info Remarks DB Audit Trail Drag 4 column header here to group by thak column Timestamp Subsystem Action Bry Description Press the Perieg Sutton to Wew he ostabese gumit rail M4 4 Record O of O P H Table Record ID Field Before Value After Value Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Visit Authorizations DB Audit Trail Page Fields Field Name Description
321. igits The character used to pad out to the minimum width If checked copies of documents can be appended to a previously issued series If checked copies of documents can be numbered as 2 of 5 3 of 10 etc If checked the format specified for document copies will also be used for original documents entered into the database If checked whenever a document number is offered from this document numbering stream and is subsequently not used exactly as offered the originally offered number is placed back upon the stack of unused numbers Recycled Counters and will be offered again when the next document is to be added to the database If checked a maximum number of documents to be entered into the database restriction can be placed on this document numbering stream SIMS User Reference Use Series Tracking Alpha Series Numeric Series Assign Sequential Copy Numbers Assign Individual Copy Numbers during Copy Use Next Available Document Number in Stream All Copies Generated Start Copy at Clear Recycled Counters Data Group Custom Reports Custom Reports Report Overrides If checked series tracking can be specified as either Alpha A B C or Numeric 1 2 3 Series Tracking will use the Alpha series Series Tracking will use the Numeric series If selected the next sequential number will be used as the copy number If selected the copy number will be formatted when the copy takes
322. ile During the IS Barcode Inventory transaction the leading period will be filtered If checked the IS system will be archived when executing a System External Transfer transaction SIMS User Reference A System Customization System Personnel OO254 Contracts DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visitors Time Penods Conferences Containers Output Lists Data Group Filters Locks amp Keys 19 Messages Documents OYA Notifications OVA E mail amp Fax Colors Encryption LDAP System Hardware Enable Hardware Checks Classification Level lt Custodian Personnel Yisitor Clearance Level Classification Level lt Owner Personnel Visitor Clearance Level Classification Level lt Assigned To Personnel Visitor Clearance Level Require Custodian to have a Clearance Briet Date and not a Debrief Date Require Assigned to person to have a Clearance Brief Date and not a Debrief Date Require Owner to have a Clearance Brief Date and not a Debrief Date Verty that Custodian Personnel Visitor is not Terminated Verity that Assigned to Personnel Visitor is not Terminated Verty that Owner Personnel Visitor i not Terminated ignore duplicate values when performing 15 hardware barcode inventory Barcode Inventory Require unique values for hardware serial numbers at each facility serial numbers cannot be used for barcode inventory if unchecked For more information about using this screen
323. ility AwardNotes Remarks Tab Remarks Facility Remarks SCI Outgoing Requests Using Query Editor The Query Editor allows complex searches It searches the current data file and displays only the records that fit the search conditions that you specify i u vey Click Query Editor we at the bottom of any output list screen The Query Editor dialog box appears 583 SIMS User Reference Query Editor Create Query Component Table Column Operator a H SCI le equal to aH SCIFacilities Is not equal to E ls greater than i sClPersons ls less than ls greater than or equal to ls less than or equal to Contains Does not contain ls empty ls nok empty 3 Current Query Components Query Editor Screen Fields Field Name Tables Fields Operator Modifier Value Add to Query Remove Remove All Operator Modifier Left Parenthesis Right Parenthesis Modifier 584 Description Select the table type Select the field within the selected table type The value definition Select AND to include all parameters or OR to include one or more of the parameters in the query results Specify a date number or text for the Operator parameter Click to add the selected parameter combination to the list box in the lower portion of the screen Repeat to create a list of multiple parameter combinations Click to delete a selected row of parameters Click to delete
324. indicate either In Transit or Received If a document is later returned to accountability these values are reset Click Status to go to the page with additional status information Loaned A check mark indicates the document is on loan Classified Documents Origin Documents SIMS SB 00001 90 15 of 37 DE Audit Trail o 22 z Home Ongin Status Audit Trail Abstract Keywords Special Accesses Remarks Origin Information Document Date 5 23 2004 Signed For 5 23 2004 v Agency xyz Electronics Corporation Entered Into System 1 FHL Feit Address pe Receipt Po Cross Ret H Control 00 021 34 87 Fax fi Couner Mame TDP Authors Authors Add Hem HO USAF A500 Add from List E dit Delete 2 adm For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Documents Origin Page Fields Field Name Description 185 SIMS User Reference Documentation Date Rec Gen Date Signed For Agency Entered into System From How Received Receipt t Control Cross Ref Fax Courier Name TDP Authors The document s date of creation or publication Indicates when the document was first brought into accountability The date of the last internal document transfer to the current custodian This field also appe
325. inerSAs ContainerCustodian S ContainerCustodian S ContainerCustodian S ContainerCustodian S ContainerCustodian S ComboChangeDate ComboExpirationDa te ContainerType_ID Maker SeralNumber Model Rated Level ID MulipleDrawer DrawerCount Inactive Alarmed SA_ID Personnel ID Personnel ID AccessDenied AccessGranted ContainerAccessTy pe_ ID 500 ContainerType Levels SA Personnel Personnel ContainerAccessTy pe ContainerType Name SAName LastName PersonnellD ContainerAccessTy pe SIMS User Reference Audit Trail Tab Action Date and Time Combo Changed Date Next Combo Changed Date StorageLevel Location Custodian ID Custodian Name Note Remarks Tab Remarks ContainerTrail ContainerTrail ContainerTrail ContainerTrail ContainerTrail ContainerTrail ContainerTrail ContainerTrail Containers ActionDate ComboChanged NextComboChange d Store Level ID Levels ContainerLocation ContainerLocation D PrimeCustodianID PrimeCustodianNa me Note Remarks 501 Name ContainerLocation SIMS User Reference Classified Documents Using Query Editor The Query Editor allows complex searches It searches the current data file and displays only the records that fit the search conditions that you specify mm k Click Query Editor Query Editor Create Query Component Table Column Docume
326. ion The type of action i e edit By The user that performed the change Description A description of the change i e record number Incident List Default Output List Screen The Incidents default output list screen shows the Date Type Facility Name Reported By Incident ID and Status fields for each incident record in the module You can e Resize the columns by clicking the lines in the column headers and dragging them to the left or right much like a spreadsheet e Click on a column header to sort the records by that column e Double click on a record to open an input screen where you can modify the fields 344 SIMS User Reference Fr Incidents Incident ID Incident Date Type Status Facility Name Reported By C 2001 001 0170172003 Controlled Area Inquiry Ong General Space amp Defense Atkinson Brian William C 2007 001 01701 2007 Controlled Area Inquiry Ong Acme Sensors Jones Jim Ei E ben re Fo aS aS HH _ Filter Inactive 2 records Page 1 of 1 Filter Inactive Check the Filter Inactive check box to show archived incidents on this output screen For more information about using this screen see e Output List Screen e Customizing Output List Columns e Finding Records Using Quick Find e Finding Records Using Query Editor Incident Reports Reports Menu For more information about the reports that appear in this module see Standard Reports 345 SIMS User Reference Locks Purpose of L
327. ion Time Out Database Audits Help Performance Deletion Access 380 Some SMTP servers allow sending out emails without authentication while some SMTP servers do need authentication This is to avoid sending out spam or unauthorized emails This information should be available with the system administrator or Internet Service Provider ISP Fax server used in the distribution of SIMS reports letters and other generated documents Fax SMTP Server user identification login Fax SMTP Server password for Fax User ID If a value is entered into the Timeout field and the System time out option is checked then the user will automatically be logged out of SIMS after the specified minutes of inactivity occurs on the computer As long as there is activity on the computer within SIMS or another application SIMS will not time out If a zero is entered into the Timeout field the user will not be automatically logged out Ifa value is entered into the Timeout field and the Application time out option is checked then the user will automatically be logged out of SIMS after the specified minutes of inactivity occurs using SIMS Ifa zero is entered into the Timeout field the user will not be automatically logged out Automated DB audits work according to data group It runs every 24 hours at the time specified here In order for this to work you have to be logged in as a user with the DB Audit Distributor checkbox enabled When a h
328. ion is done Name of the Key Holder SIMS User Reference Hook ID Key Ring Copy Bitting Inactive Original Master Lock List Show All Show Assigned Only Keys Hooks and Rings 364 Hook ID if key is part of hook set Ring ID if key is part of ring set Copy of the Key The combination of the Base Key ID and the Copy makes a unique value for each Key record Number used by the locksmith to identify the pattern of the key Check this if a Key is no longer used Check this if a Key is an original Check this if a Key is the master that can open multiple Locks List of Locks that this key can open There is usually only one Lock unless the key is a Master key which is assigned to Locks in the Lock record module If the key was assigned to a lock in the Locks module then the Lock will appear in this list Click to display all assigned and unassigned locks that the key can open Click to display only the assigned locks that the key can open SIMS User Reference mu Keys A 011 1 of 2 Hooks and Rings History Archive Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Selected Rey Hook Selected Key Ring Available Key Hooks Available Kep Rings Total available key hooks 3 Total available key rings 2 Hook ID Building Ring ID Holder Issued Alpha Guard House Aing 4 Maxwell Peter C Beta Guard House Ring B Powers Brad A Charlie Guard House Ma
329. ionSe VisitAuthNumber ndMethod_ID UserGroups GroupName SIMS User Reference Clearance Info Tab Level Type Basis Billet Granted By Briefed Granted Expriation Investigated Periodic Reinvestigation Purpose SpecialAccesses Personal Info Tab Birth Date Place VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors Levels ID ClearanceType_ID ClearanceBasis_ ID BilletNumber ClearanceGrantedB y ClearanceBriefDate ClearanceGrantDate ClearExpiration ClearancelnvestDat e PeriodicReinvest Purpose BirthDate BirthPlace 594 Levels PersonnelClearance Type PersonnelClearance Basis Name ClearanceType ClearanceBasis SIMS User Reference Height Weight US Citizen Vehicle ID Country of Citizenship Work Visa Naturalization Registered Alien Passport Country Passport City Passport State Passport Number Issued Expires From Facility Tab Facility Name VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis itors VisitAuthorizationVis
330. ions Click to delete a selected row of parameters Click to delete all rows of parameters After selecting this button a Save dialog will appear Save the query so that it can be reloaded for later use After selecting this button an Open dialog will appear Select a query file that was saved at an earlier time The query must be loaded in the same module in which it was saved Click to start the search Click to close the screen The table below lists fields in the Classified Contracts module The subsequent columns list where the field can be found in the Query Editor Home Tab ID Accountability Barcode StorageLevel Location PrimeCustodian FacilityID Data Group Containers Containers Containers Containers Containers ContainerTrail Containers Containers Container ID AccountNumber Barcode Storage Level_ID Levels Name ContainerLocation_ ContainerLocation ContainerLocation D PrimeCustodianID Facility ID Facility FacilityID UserGroup_ ID UserGroups GroupName 499 SIMS User Reference Combination Changed Combination Expires Type Maker Serial Number Model Rated Level Multiple Drawer Drawers Inactive Alarmed Special Accesses Personnel Accesses Tab Name Denied Granted Access Type Containers Containers Containers Containers Containers Containers Containers Containers Containers Containers Containers Conta
331. ions Outgoing Request Visit Dates Within Maximum Visit Period Visit Request End Date on or before Contract End Date Require Visitors to Have Request Special Accesses Require All Visitors to have Brief Dates and not Debrief Dates for all required Special Accesses Require All Visitors to have a Clearance Brief Date and not a Debrief Date Verify that All Visitors are Terminated Visit Request End Date on or Before Contract Scheduled Completion Date Require Send To Facility Clearance Level gt Request Classification Level 387 Description If checked enables validations that are enabled below If checked verify outgoing visit request date range defined by the valid from and to dates does not exceed the maximum time period defined in System Settings If checked verify outgoing visit request end date does not exceed the Contract s End Date if applicable If checked verify outgoing visitors have appropriate special access If checked all visitors must have a brief date and nota debrief date for special accesses that are required for the visit request If checked all visitors must have a brief date and nota debrief date for their clearances If checked the visitor must not have been terminated If checked the DoD record s End Date must be on or before the Contract Scheduled Completion Date The validation is applied when creating DoD visit requests from the Windows or web clients If checked the rank of t
332. iption File Path Other Facilities DB Audit Trail Select the Retrieve button to display the record s audit trail A SIMS Manager can run a report and manage audit trail changes by going to Utilities gt Database Audit Trail 74 Description Displays a brief description of the linked file Displays the full path and file name of the linked file SIMS User Reference gt Host Facility General Space amp Defense Corporation 1 of 15 Fef Home Other Addresses Cog Office Cog Inspections Internal Inspections Access Control Key Security Personnel Contracts Points of Contact Awards Remarks Linke DB Audit Trail Drag a column header here to group by that column Timestamp Subsystem Action By Description Press the Seeve Suton io Vew te cstatese oudit rail H 440 4 Record O of O H H Table Record ID Field After Value Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Other Facilities DB Audit Trail Page Fields Field Name Description Timestamp The timestamp that the modification was made Subsystem The subsystem in which the change was made Action The type of action i e edit By The user that performed the change Description A description of the change i e record number Other Facilities List Default Output List Screen The Other Facilities default output list screen shows the Facility Name Facility ID and Clearance Level for each record
333. irth SSN 414 Description Check this box to enable encryption Choose to enable Personnel and Visitor SSN Birth Date and Birth Place fields in SQL Server 2005 and 2008 A T SQL script must be executed prior to enabling this feature when using SQL Server 2005 See the script below under the section Enabling database encryption for new SIMS users Specify the Symmetric Key Name Specify the Certificate Name If checked Personnel SSNs will be encrypted If checked Personnel Birth Dates will be encrypted If checked Personnel Birth Places will be encrypted If checked Visitor SSNs will be encrypted SIMS User Reference Encrypt Visitor Birth Date If checked Visitor Birth Dates will be encrypted Encrypt Visitor Birth Place If checked Visitor Birth Places will be encrypted SIMS Database Encryption Instructions Enabling database encryption for new SIMS users 1 Request the encryption script from SIMS technical support or copy it it below 2 Select Start Programs Microsoft SQL Server SQL Server Management Studio 3 Select File Open File and browse to the SIMS encryption script 4 Review the notes in the encryption script and make the appropriate changes to password certificate name and key name 5 Select Query Execute or F5 to execute the script 6 Verify the script completed without any errors 7 Login to the SIMS application 8 Go to Utilities System Customization Encryption Tab 9 Che
334. is screen see Input Screen DD 254 Section 12 13 Page Fields Field Name Description Proposed Public Release Select the proposed method of public release If Through is selected enter the proposed public release methodology in the text box Section 13 Security Guidance A free form textual field for specification of any security guidance Additional pages will be printed as required Classified AIS Processing Will Be Involved Check this box if AIS processing is required for the contract and is classified Annual Review of This Form Required Check this box if the form must be reviewed on an annual basis Annual Review Date The date when this contract is next scheduled to be reviewed Note that this date is not printed on the DD Form 254 but is used by the contract audit report Manager Name The name of the individual whose signature will appear below Section 13 174 SIMS User Reference Manager Title The title of the individual whose signature will appear below Section 13 Activity Name Name for the responsible activity Address Zip Address and zip code for the responsible activity Phone and Office Phone number and office for the responsible activity Symbol Symbol for the responsible activity Classified Contracts DD254 Section 14 16 Sections 1 F Sechons 6 oO Sechons 9 10 _ Section 11 IL sections 12 1a Sections 14 16 i Section 17 Section 14 Additional Security Requirements Yes No Mon
335. istorical program listing Contract Name The contract name is automatically completed upon selection of the contract ID Contractor Position Roster Log This report prints a form listing contractor positions and access requirements for contractor personnel associated with a specified contract at various company locations 127 SIMS User Reference a Contractor Position Roster Log Report Options Filter terminated personnel Facility ae Address Pp l Alternate Places of Perhormance Contract Expiration D ate ee COR Mame OOo Organization o Filter personnel with contract access ceased date Print instructions Subcontract Facilities Add Remarks Print primary clearance case remarks in block 15 Print Date of Birth Place of Birth in block 15 For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Contractor Position Roster Log Report Page Fields Field Name Filter terminated personnel Filter personnel with contract access ceased date Print instructions Facility Address Alternate Places of Performance 128 Description If checked terminated personnel will be filtered in the report If checked personnel with contract access ceased date will be filtered in the report If checked instructions will print at the end of the report Click to select the facility for the contractor position roster log The address is auto
336. k Phone E mail Grade Rank Rate Department Location Division Employment Status Employee Type Destroy Transfer Courier Overseas DSS Notifiied Renewed Clearance Tab Clearance Information Facility ID Level Status Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases WorkPhone Email GradeRankRate Department_ID PersonnelDepartme nt Location ID PersonnelLocation Division_ID PersonnelDivision EmployeeStatus ID PersonnnelEmploye eStatus Employee_ID PersonnnelEmploye elype AuthToDestroy AuthToTransfer AuthToCourier Overseas DSSNotified OverseasRenewal FacilityID Levels ID Levels ClearanceStatus ID PersonnelClearance Status 521 Department Location Division EmployeeStatus EmployeeType Name ClearanceStatus SIMS User Reference Agency Type Basis Billet Clearance DSS Last Action Granted By Administrative Termination Granted Investigated Reinvestigation Notification Next Brief Briefed Rebriefed Debriefed PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases PersonnelClearance Cases Personnel
337. l DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail AuthorizedBy_Visito r ID FromFacilityID FromFacilityName From_Facility_ Addr ess ID From_Facility_ Addr ess ID From_Facility_ Addr ess ID From_Facility_ Addr ess ID SentToFacilityID SentToFacilityName SentTo_FacilityAddr ess ID SentTo_FacilityAddr ess ID SentTo_FacilityAddr ess ID SentTo_FacilityAddr ess ID SendMethod_ D Courier_Personnel_ ID Courier_Visitor_ID Courier_Personnel__ ID 510 VisitAuthorizationVis itors FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress DocumentSendMeth od Personnel VisitAuthorizationVis itors Personnel VisitorID Line1 Line2 Line3 Line4 Line1 Line2 Line3 Line4 DocumentSendMeth od FirstName LastNam e MiddleName FirstName LastNam e MiddleName PersonnellD SIMS User Reference Courier Name Visitor Attention Comments User Name Workstation Comments Remarks Remarks Audit Trail Return To Accountability Return To Accountability Type Date Perform Date Receipt Returned From Facilit
338. l Accesses Remarks Remarks Clazsitied database due to classified document titles Si 4d di For more information about using this screen see Input Screen IS Remarks Page Fields Field Name Description Remarks Enter free form textual information up to 32k bytes of text IS Links 324 SIMS User Reference Information Systems BUENA VISTA 14 1 of 3 Audit Trail DE Audit Trail Home Additional Info Hardware Software Access List Links Double click an tem below to open the linked document Description amp idad p gt bi Special Accesses FilePath For more information about using this screen see Input Screen IS Links Page Fields Field Name Description File Path IS DB Audit Trail R emarks Description Cancel Save A brief description of the linked file The full path and file name of the linked file Select the Retrieve button to display the record s audit trail A SIMS Manager can run a report and manage audit trail changes by going to Utilities gt Database Audit Trail 325 SIMS User Reference Information Systems BUENA VISTA 14 1 of 3 Pef Home _ Additional Info Hardware Software Access List Special Accesses Remarks Audit Trail DE Audit Trail Drag a column header here to group by that column Timestamp Subsystem Action By Description Press the feteve Suton io wew he cstatese ouowt rail Ha a 4 Record O of 0 b ee ee Tabl
339. l If checked the rank of a facility s clearance level must be greater than or equal to the rank of the facility s storage level If Clearance Level empty Storage Level must be empty If checked the facility s clearance level must be empty if the facility s storage level is empty SPP Update lt Next Check Date If checked the facility s SPP Date level must be less than the Next Check Date See the Host Facility Home Page Verified Date lt Next Check Date If checked the facility s Verified Date level must be less than the Next Check Date See the Other Facility Home Page Inspection Date lt Next Scheduled Inspection Date If checked the Inspection Date must be less than the Next Scheduled Inspection Date 390 SIMS User Reference Disallow Changes to Facility Records Above this Rank Require Unique Facility ID by Data Group for Records Above This Rank Remove data group assignment on new facility records created by an Enterprise Coordinator with a clearance rank greater than 0 System Customization Incoming Visitors Check if you want to prevent Host or Other Facility records from being added or modified above a particular Clearance Level The rank is related to the Clearance Level as specified in the Utilities gt Clearance Level Definitions Check if you want to prevent Host or Other Facility records from being added or copied with a duplicate Facility ID above a particular Clearance Level The rank is related to t
340. l Support System is an interconnected information resource under the same direct management control that shares common functionality It normally includes hardware software information data applications communications facilities and people and provides support for a variety of users and or applications Individual applications support different mission related functions Users may be from the same or different organizations Major Application is an application that requires special attention to security due to the risk and magnitude of the harm resulting from the loss misuse or unauthorized access to or modification of the information in the application A breach in a major application might comprise many individual application programs and hardware software and telecommunications components Major applications can be either a major software application or a combination of hardware software where the only purpose of the system is to Support a specific mission related function The life cycle management phase of the system The system mode Click to select the person currently responsible for the system This is a required field The name of the selected person currently responsible for the system The system classification when processing The system classification when not processing TCP IP address of the system Date when you have scheduled the next inspection of the facility user MOA MOU Memorandum of Understanding
341. l be put in the history for each Lock record A Lock Loaned Loaned To Date Loaned Date Due arare c0ir k drar 200r k Transaction Remarks Loaned To Click this button to open a pick list from the Cleared Personnel or Visitors module Select the individual and the name will appear in the box to the right of the button Date Loaned Enter the date the lock s was loaned The Date Loaned defaults to the current system date Date Due Enter the date the lock s is due back The Date Due defaults to the current system date Click OK to complete the transaction Lock Lost Lock Lost Transactions allows you to change the status of one or more locks to Lost in one step A record of the lost lock will be put in the history for each Lock record 359 SIMS User Reference A Lock Lost Reported By Date Lost Date Reported 2272007 E zar ow Transaction Remarks Reported By Click this button to open a pick list from the Cleared Personnel or Visitors module Select the individual and the name will appear in the box to the right of the button Date Lost Enter the date the lock s was lost The Date Lost defaults to the current system date Date Reported Enter the date the lost lock s was reported The Date Reported defaults to the current system date Click OK to complete the transaction Lock Re keyed Lock Re keyed Transactions allows you to change the status of one or more locks to Re keyed in one step A record o
342. l number of records exported may exceed the number selected for export due to referential constraints For example if you select 5 facility records to export each facky may have a relationship to the personnel module wia the Facility Secunty Officer FSO field The related personnel records must be exported m order to make a complete set of data Related records can be filtered Add Replace Skip dunng the impart pocegs An Export Summary dialog will provide statistics about the records that were exported The xml file can be used to import records into a SIMS database Import Transaction Once an export transaction file has been created the xml file can be used for an Import transaction 36 SIMS User Reference Data Exchange CAUTION Do not use this feature without contacting SIMS technical support for assistance Import File COO Destination Data Group oO OE Trigger database backup before import recommended Conflict Resolution 5 Add Conferences Add Skip Cognizant Offices O Skp Replace O Add O Skip Replace Replace Containers O Add Skip Facilities Add Locks O Add O Skip Skip DoD Requests Add Skip Visit Authorizations Replace Replace Replace Replace Contracts Add Skip Forms Od Skip Keys Oy Add Skip DoE Requests Od Skip Visitors Replace Replace Replace
343. l the records This is similar to SIMS 6 behavior Disable selection check boxes If checked records will be highlighted upon selecting each record Only rows on the current output list screen can be selected if the default record paging system is used Leave the option unchecked to allow for check box selection in the output list screen The check boxes allow the user to use the up down paging system while allowing the user to select records that exist on different output list screens within the module Disable checked and highlighted warning dialog When executing a transaction i e copy a warning dialog will appear with options to check highlighted rows and add to existing use only checked rows clear all checked rows and check all highlighted rows The default option on how to use the checked and highlighted rows in the output list screens can be set here instead of displaying a warning dialog every time this feature is used 398 SIMS User Reference System Customization Data Group Filters System Customization system Personnel OD254 Contracts DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visitors Time Periods Conferences Containers Output Lists Data Group Filters Locks amp Keys 15 Messages Documents OVA Notifications OVA E mail amp Fax Colors Encryption LDAP Modules to Filter by Group Personnel Tab Restrictions AlS Badges Conferences _ Citizenship Containers Clearances Contracts Cont
344. lContracts PersonnelContracts Reason Course_ID Course_ID TrainingStatus_ID DateAssigned DateStarted DateCompleted Remarks ContactID Name Relation Phone Contract_ID DateofAccess Contract_ID 531 Courses CourselD Courses Name PersonnelTrainingSt TrainingStatus atus Contract ContractID Contract Description SIMS User Reference Date License State Year Color Decal Vehicle Type Vehicle Make Vehicle Model Status Assigned Parking Insurer Amount Expires Remarks Military Tab Grade Rank Rate Designator NEC Lineal Number Branch Current UIC Current Command PersonnelVehicles PersonnelVehicles PersonnelVehicles PersonnelVehicles PersonnelVehicles PersonnelVehicles PersonnelVehicles PersonnelVehicles PersonnelVehicles PersonnelVehicles PersonnelVehicles PersonnelVehicles PersonnelVehicles PersonnelVehicles Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Vehicle Date License State Year DecalNum Vehicle_ Type Make Model Status Assign_Park Insurer Insurer_ Amount Insure_Expire Remarks GradeRankRate DesignatorNEC LinealNumber Branch_ID PersonnelMilitaryBr anch MilitaryBranch UlCCurrent UICCurrentName 532 SIMS User Reference Received Date Date of Rank Warfare Specialty Spouse Name Projected Rotation Date Ultimate UIC Ultimate Command Estimated Arrival Date Forei
345. lease Contact Phone Security Review Submission Contact Address Release Title Po Request Date ELL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Contracts Additional Info Page Fields Field Name Description Customer Name of the customer Customer Location Location information for the customer Task Order The task order number Award Date The date that the contract was awarded Start Date Start date for the contract Scheduled Completion The anticipated contract completion date Retention Date Retention date for the contract 158 SIMS User Reference End Date End date for the contract Closed Out If checked the contract will be archived Prime Facility The primary facility Prime Task Leader The primary task leader Contract Rep The name of the contract representative Security Manager The name of the security manager Public Release Security Review The security review contact and public release information Classified Contracts Government Info Contracts F49620 05 C 0100 15 of 17 Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Home Additional Info Government Into Special Accesses Tasks I Performing Facilities fi DD254 Government Info Government Agency and Point of Contact E What Is Classified ODIMA For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Contracts Government Info Page Fields Field Name Description Agency The g
346. les indicated in step 5 from your old PC to the new PC The location will be the same 14 Execute the following to reattach the database List the full path to each file identified in step 5 and separate each by commas USE Master GO sp_attach_db SimsXml c program files microsoft sql server mssql 1 mssql data simsxml mdf c program files microsoft sql server mssal 1 mssql data simsxml_log ldf GO 15 Confirm the Messages window indicates Command s completed successfully f tua v LEA zi arsa ofli e t Me Ae a UE ht a Part 6 Update login account 16 In the Object Explorer pane expand Databases SimsXml Security Users 483 SIMS User Reference GJ Databases FA Lg System Databases Lj Database Snapshots E Racquetball be Repo therver Reportherver Tempo Siren 3 Q Datehase Ciegrams GE Tables La Views Gi Synonyms Lj Progremmabdty Q Service Broker mge E l 2 a E 1 Ga Ga A COOMRADTWAM DEVELOPER 1 UR do INFORMATION SCHEMA UA sys Roke a a Schemas B a Asymmetic Keys yj Certificates O Synetic Keys E La Seourity A La Server Objets H L Rep cabon E Lal Management H Lj Nobficaton Services E Ay SQL Server Agent 17 Right click on Users and select New User 18 Enter your current Windows account name in the User name field 19 Click the ellipses button next to the Login name field 20 Enter your current Windows account name and click OK
347. les indicated in step 5 from your old PC to the new PC The location will be the same 14 Execute the following to reattach the database List the full path to each file identified in step 5 and separate each by commas USE Master GO sp_attach_db SimsXml c program files microsoft sql serverimssql 1 mssqhdata simsxml mdf c program files microsoft sql server mssal 1 mssql data simsxml_log Idf GO 15 Confirm the Messages window indicates Command s completed successfully E k Hi eet giy rE a MHensgement Ghaf J Aei a LO Teal Windew Community Hep F Ewo w mFS ae et An Tm ey ae g ESE Hastert rat Bp attach db Simstml c program files microsoft sql serverimssgl 1 mesq desta simsimi mdf e progran fileaimicrossft agi aerver muaql i mangi data simaxml log ldf Part 6 Update login account 16 In the Object Explorer pane expand Databases SimsXml Security Users 488 SIMS User Reference ch i jl Ex hore 6 CCONRAD SQL Server 9 0 3073 CCONFLAD Developer H LJ Databases H _ System Databases H I Database Snapshots H T Racquetball m f Reportserver H T Repo tserverTeampos E L Simax O Tables O Views Ly Synonyms Ca Programmabilty Service Broker Lj Storage a ig De amp amp ERA INFORMATION _ SCHEMA A sys w O Roles w O Schemas W Da Asymmetnic Keys E DI Certificates w O Symmetric Keys H DE Security E Serwer Obpects A DI Replicatio
348. lick Add and browse Select the desired logo image Select Image Type as Report Logo Check the Enabled check box Select the IS module from the drop down and click Save Click Cancel and Close to return to the modules main screen Open the IS module select any record and select Design Custom Report from the Reports Menu Open the IS Summary report AlSSummary rpx Drop a picture box in the header section of the report Make sure the control name is Picture1 PageHeader IS Summary Report LO Tumrape 5 irae rele C Temaer System ID Approved Processing Clasaiication Shp Cumiosian ID Lo caton Desctwated Nod Processing Classification ax SPP Citoian Hane Pasiunii Tinik Detel Wisible D E Date ASLocson ID_A SL icak JPP Anpu ai brin DL SPP Date ee Leg iting i bei eae Corte eed Thain Pj GFT Berra TF f Legler MUM ULEZI Level HEALT Pre e E TL SUPE L7 Qescrinton Trus In A Mame jima Fula Hype Link Pagquocter i iig DateTime Pagehiun if ds null amp amp ds ExtendedProperties Logo null System Drawing Bitmap logoImage System Drawing Bitmap ds ExtendedProperties Logo this Picturel Image logoImage Object Event Int Feportlount Int Counc ayatem Data Dataset da L FJ z 4 5 public void ActiveReport Reportstart 6 i T da System Dats DataSet rot DataSource g if d3 null 46 ds ExtendedProperties Logo null 9 i i 10 System Drawing
349. lien lawfully Personnel USPersonCase admitted to U S permanent residency under Immigration and Naturalization Act Temporary resident Personnel USPersonCase legalized under Immigration Reform and Control Act Alien requested and Personnel USPersonCase granted political asylum status or admitted as refugee Evidence of Personnel AssylumStatus_ ID PersonnelAssylumS AssylumStatus Residency tatus or Asylumn Date Personnel USPRDate Foreign Govt Personnel Foreign _Country_ID Country Country Represented International Entity Personnel IntlAgencyRep Represented Agency or Division Personnel IntIDivision of Entity or Govt Badges Tab Badge Number PersonnelBadges BadgeNumber Clearance PersonnelBadges Levels ID Levels Name Issued By PersonnelBadges IssuedBy Issued Date PersonnelBadges Issued Expiration Date PersonnelBadges Expiration Returned Date PersonnelBadges Returned 930 SIMS User Reference Reason Training Tab Course ID Course Name Status Assigned Started Completed Remarks Contacts Tab ID Name Relation Phone Contracts Vehicles Tab Contracts Contract Date of Access Description Vehicles PersonnelBadges PersonnelT raining PersonnelT raining PersonnelTraining PersonnelTraining PersonnelT raining PersonnelT raining PersonnelT raining PersonnelContacts PersonnelContacts PersonnelContacts PersonnelContacts PersonnelContracts Personne
350. ll Access List Visitors have Non Expired Visit Period Filter Leading Period in Barcodes when Performing Inventory Deactivate IS Systems When Externally Transferring to Host Facilities 402 If checked the Level When Processing must be less than or equal to the clearance level of the custodian personnel visitor and the clearance level of all Access List personnel visitors If checked the custodian and all Access list personnel must have a clearance brief date and not a debrief date If checked all personnel visitors in the Access List must have all special accesses relating to the IS record If checked the custodian and all Access List personnel visitors must have all special accesses relating to the IS record The special accesses must have a brief date and no debrief dates If checked the custodian and Access List Personnel cannot be terminated The Level When Processing must be equal to or greater than the classification level of all hardware items The Level When Not Processing must be greater than or equal to the classification level of all hardware items The Level When Processing must be equal to or greater than the classification level of all software items The Level When Not Processing must be greater than or equal to the classification level of all software items All Access List visitors must have non expired visit authorizations If checked a leading period can appear in the Barcode Inventory f
351. ll get added as to the list of attendees A confirmation message will appear before the records are added When a Visitor or Visit Authorization record that contains a reference to a Conferences record is saved those visitors will not be automatically added to the referenced Conference record When this button is clicked all Visitor records are scanned to locate those Visitor records that have that particular Conference record selected For those Visitor records that do the Visitor will be added to the Attendee List Note that no date range checks or validations are performed by checking this button All selected validations occur only when the Conference record is saved SIMS User Reference Conferences Issues in the News 1 of 3 Attendees Remarks DB Audit Trail Remarks Janet hosts this conference every year Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Conferences Remarks Page Fields Field Name Description Remarks Free form textual information up to 32k bytes of text Conferences Links 334 SIMS User Reference 7 Conferences Issues in the News 1 of 3 Home Attendees Remarks Links Links Double click an tem below to open the linked document Description For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Conferences Links Page Fields Field Name Description File Path Conferences DB Audit Trail D
352. lt Locks Output List screen shows the Lock ID Classification Inventory Date Location and Custodian for each lock record You can e Resize the columns by clicking the lines in the column headers and dragging them to the left or right much like a spreadsheet e Click on a column header to sort the records by that column 353 SIMS User Reference e Double click on a record to open an input screen where you can modify the fields Locks Output List Classification Inventory D ate Location Custodian UNCLASSIFIED 01 02 2006 CLOSED AREA 1 Maxwell Peter C UNCLASSIFIED 03 03 2006 VAULT 2 Powers Brad A E E bea ae Fo aS aS Ha Hl _ Filter Inactive 2 records Page 1 of 1 Filter Inactive Check the Filter Inactive check box to prevent archived locks from appearing on this output screen For more information about using this screen see e Output List Screen e Customizing Output List Columns e Finding Records Using Quick Find e Finding Records Using Query Editor Locks Reports Reports Menu For more information about the reports that appear in this module see Standard Reports Locks Transactions Locks Transactions The Lock Transactions List screen shows the Lock ID Classification Custodian Location and Issue Date for each lock transaction record for a specified transaction type 354 SIMS User Reference Lock Transactions Selected Locks Lock ID Classification Custodian lzsued Date A UNCLASSIFIED 1
353. lts Specify a date number or text for the Operator parameter Click to add the selected parameter combination to the list box in the lower portion of the screen Repeat to create a list of multiple parameter combinations Click to delete a selected row of parameters Click to delete all rows of parameters SIMS User Reference Save Query Load Query OK Cancel DoE Outgoing Requests The table below lists fields in the DoE Outgoing Requests module The subsequent columns list where the field can be found in the Query Editor Home Tab Request Data Group To From Line From Line2 From Line3 Facility 1 to be visited Facility 2 to be visited DOE Security Official Date Prepared By Symbol Telephone RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD RequestDoD After selecting this button a Save dialog will appear Save the query so that it can be reloaded for later use After selecting this button an Open dialog will appear Select a query file that was saved at an earlier time The query must be loaded in the same module in which it was saved Click to start the search Click to close the screen RequestNumber UserGroup_ D UserGroups GroupName RequestTo RequestFrom RequestFrom2 RequestFrom3 Official SentDate RequestPrepare Phone 551 SIMS User Reference FTS Valid From 1 V
354. ly Receive and generate classified material None of the above Fabricate modify or store classified hardware Have access to U S classified information outside the U S Puerto Rico U S possessions and trust territories Be authorized to use the services of Defense Technical Information Center OTIC or other secondary distribution center Require a COMSEC account Have operations security OPSEC requirements Perform services only Be authorized to use the defense courier service Require a TEMPEST account Other requirements No other requirements apply For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DD 254 Section 11 Page Fields Field Name Description In Performing this Contract the Contractor Check the appropriate boxes to identify the contractor requirements and restrictions If the Other requirements option is selected specify those requirements in the text box Classified Contracts DD254 Section 12 13 173 SIMS User Reference Sections 1 5 Sections6 8 Sections 9 10 Section 11 Sectors 12 13 sections 14 16 Section 17 Section 12 Proposed public release shall be submitted for approval prior to release None Direct Through Specify Section 13 Security Guidance Classified AIS Processing will be involved C Annual Review OF This Form Required Annual Review Date Address ip Phone and Office Symbol For more information about using th
355. m Customization Data Group Filters Locks t Keys IS Messages Documents OYA Notifications OVA E mail amp Fax Colors System Personnel DD254 Contracts DoD Requests Facilities Validations Enable Contract alidations Contract Clearance Level lt Facility Clearance Level Contract Clearance Level lt Sub Facility Clearance Level Contract Storage Level lt Facility Storage Level Storage Level lt Facility Level Additional Info Start Date gt Award Date End Date gt Start Date Scheduled Completion Date gt Start Date Performing Facilities End Date gt Start Date Validate Performing Facility Special Access Encryption LDAP Incoming Visitors Time Periods Conferences Containers Output Lists For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization Contracts Page Fields Field Name Enable Contract Validations Contract Clearance Level lt Facility Clearance Level Contract Clearance Level lt Sub Facility Clearance Level Contract Storage Level lt Facility Storage Level Storage Level lt Facility Level Start Date gt Award Date 385 Description If checked enables the contract checks that are enabled below If checked the rank of a contract s clearance level must be less than or equal to the rank of the contract s facility clearance level If checked the rank of a contract s clearance level must be less than or equal to the
356. matically completed upon selection of the facility ID Click to select one or more alternate places of performance SIMS User Reference Contract ID Click to select the contract for the contractor position roster log Contract Name The contract name is automatically completed upon selection of the contract ID Expiration Date The contract expiration date is automatically completed upon selection of the contract ID COR Name Enter the COR name COR Organization Enter the COR organization information Subcontract Facilities Choose the Add button to use the Facility pick list screen Choose the Delete button to remove any subcontract facilities in the list Remarks Choose Remarks by selecting a radio button Phone Enter the COR s secure and or unsecure telephone number s Date Prepared The date the report was prepared Program Access Log This report prints a program access log form for use with NSA CSS programs Personnel by SA This report lists each Personnel associated with each Special Access as defined in Utilities gt Special Access Definitions Personnel By SA Billet Number This report lists each Personnel associated with each Special Access billet number Personnel Document Count This report each Personnel and their document count Personnel Clearance and SA This report lists each Personnel by clearance level and by each Special Access Personnel Count By SA This report lists the number of Personnel assigned
357. mber Name Staff Member Phone Key Security Personnel Report Date Host Facilities Contracts 52 Description Click to select the Field Security Officer FSO from the Cleared Personnel module Enter the date the FSO started Click to view the courses the FSO has completed This information is stored in the individual s personnel record The FSO s e mail address The FSO s telephone number Click to select the facility security manager from the Cleared Personnel module The facility manager s telephone number Click to select a security staff member from the Cleared Personnel module The staff member s telephone number The date of the last Key Security Personnel report SIMS User Reference Host Facility General Space amp Defense Corporation 1 of 15 Home Other Addresses Cog Office Cog Inspections Contracts Paints of Contact Awards Remarks Links Contracts Contract ID Contract Counts Number of Number of active contracta contracta id lt lt P bi Seles Internal Inspections Access Control Key Security Personnel DB Audit Trail Mumber of subcontracts Category Number of acti Sea ee Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Host Facilities Contracts Page Fields Field Name Contract ID Start End Category Show Contract Counts Host Facilities Points of Contact 53 Description Di
358. mber of days from the time a clearance has been investigated until the next investigation is required For example Top Secret is 5 years or 1825 days You can set the time period required for each clearance you define See also System Customization gt Time Periods Tab gt Notification Lead Time for Overdue Personnel Reinvestigation The value in Utilities System Customization gt Time Periods tab gt Personnel section gt Notification Lead Time for Overdue Personnel Reinvestigation henceforth Lead Time is compared to the Utilities gt Clearance Levels gt Reinvestigation Period for the selected Clearance Level in the person s Clearance Case If the Reinvestigation Period is greater than the Lead Time the Reinvestigation Date should be changed to be equal to the Investigation Date plus the Reinvestigation Period minus the Lead Time If the Reinvestigation Period is less than or equal to the Lead Time the Reinvestigation Date will not change Custom Images The image that appears on the upper right side of the login screen can be modified using the Custom Images Utility SIMS can also allow users to modify reports in a module with a custom logo using the Custom Images and Custom Reports utilities The Custom Reports guide provides an example of how to add a logo onto the DoD visit request report That example will show how to add a logo that will always display
359. me Description Cognizant Code Enter the Cognizant Code in this field Office Name The name of the cognizant office Phone The telephone number of the cognizant office Fax The facsimile telephone number of the cognizant office Field Office Chief The name of the Field Office Chief Address The address of the cognizant office Remarks Free form textual information up to 32kb Cognizant Offices DB Audit Trail Select the Retrieve button to display the record s audit trail A SIMS Manager can run a report and manage audit trail changes by going to Utilities gt Database Audit Trail Cognizant Offices DSS Pacific Region 9 of 12 Home DB Audit Trail Drag a column header here to group by that colurnin Timestamp Subsystem Action By Description Press ine Aemeve button to wew the dotatese ouit Tai H 4 4 Record O of O H PH Table Record ID Field Before value After Value JEKEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cognizant Offices DB Audit Trail Page Fields 80 SIMS User Reference Field Name Timestamp Subsystem Action By Description Cognizant Offices List Default Output List Screen The Cognizant Offices default output list screen shows the Cognizant Office Name Cognizant Code Phone Number and Address 1 fields for each record in the module Cognizant Offices Cog Code C Company C boo C DOE C NSA C 1110 1410 O 1510 CO 32
360. ment Studio 2 In the connection dialog make sure Server Name is SERVER INSTANCE example SIMS 39 SIMS User Reference 3 Click Connect 4 Select the New Query button 5 Copy and Paste each specific script into the Query screen 6 Click Query Execute or Press F5 7 Repeat steps 4 6 for each specific script Saving Unique Indexes between SIMS Versions When upgrading SIMS versions the procedure takes the existing database structure and makes it look like a new SIMS database structure Any custom structural modifications will be lost The above index scripts will need to be re executed after performing an upgrade to a version of SIMS earlier than 7 3 41 In SIMS versions 7 3 41 or newer there is a way to save the unique indexes so that the scripts will not need to be re executed There is a ExampleExcludeList xml file that is installed in the SIMS Database folder The default path for this folder is C Program Files SIMS Software Database In SIMS Standalone this file path would be on your local machine For Multi User SIMS the file path would be on the server Once the names of the objects are added to the xml file the objects will be preserved when upgrading SIMS to the next version Below is an example If you have this index PES SS BB BB n m m m mj Create a Unique Index for the PersonnelID field by executing the following SQL script USE SimsXml GO CREATE UNIQUE NONCLUSTERED INDEX IX PersonnelID ON Person
361. mination DoE Requests Links Description Click or search for person by name or ID number The person s ID number The person s full name The person s termination date 266 SIMS User Reference S DoE Requests 06R 001 1 of 2 Home Purpose Certification Personnel Links Links Double click an tem below to open the linked document Description DE Audit Trail FilePath For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DoE Requests Links Page Fields Field Name Description File Path DoE DB Audit Trail Description Cancel Save A brief description of the linked file The full path and file name of the linked file Select the Retrieve button to display the record s audit trail A SIMS Manager can run a report and manage audit trail changes by going to Utilities gt Database Audit Trail 267 SIMS User Reference S DoE Requests 06R 001 1 of 2 Home Purpose Certification Personnel Links o DB Audit Trail Drag 4 column header here to group by that column Timestamp Subsystem Action By Description Press the Perieg Sutton to Wew he ostabese gumit ral H H 4 Record Oof O H H Table Record ID Field Before value amp lds PM For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DoE Outgoing Requests DB Audit Trail Page Fields After value Cancel Save Field Name Description Timestamp The times
362. mn e Double click on a record to open an input screen where you can modify the fields 336 SIMS User Reference 4 Conferences Conference Mame Location Classification Date C Issues in the News Building 204 UNCLASSIFIED OF 03 2008 C Security Planning Main Conferenc UNCLASSIFIED OF 162008 C Security Planning Confe Building 204 SECRET OF 042006 i Ei EB ea ae Go a a Filter Inactive 3 records Page 1 of 1 Filter Inactive Check the Filter Inactive check box to prevent archived conferences from appearing on this output screen For more information about using this screen see Output List Screen Customizing Output List Columns Finding Records Using Quick Find Finding Records Using Query Editor Conferences Reports Reports Menu For more information about the reports that appear in this module see Standard Reports 337 SIMS User Reference Incidents Purpose of Incidents The Incident module logs all security violations or events that need to be reported and tracked Input Screen Description Home Action Description Findings Links List Screen Description Default Output List Reports Reports Incidents Input Incident Home Incidents 2001 001 1 of 2 Home Action Description Findings Linke DB Audit Trail Incident Infomation Report Dates niet ie Date Open Dae Location Location 1 Report Date Subjects Subject ID Name Type ROOT 117 171 1111 Maxwell Peter
363. mputer O No want to synchronize with two computers Set up a partnership with this computer but do not remove any existing partnerships on my device Scanner Configuration A special SIMS barcode utility must be installed on your USB scanner If you purchased your scanner from SIMS Software it should arrive with the utility already installed If you purchased your scanner from a gid party you must follow the steps in this section to install the barcode utility Start by opening Microsoft ActiveSync You can locate the utility in the System Tray Qn EGCG 10 44AM n eee 232 SIMS User Reference Click Explore in ActiveSync toolbar WindowsCE Connected Synchronized Information Type status 3 Files Synchronized This will open a Windows Explorer window showing the file structure on your mobile device iF I a se al a SS _ ne P Fi Fle Edt View Favorites Tools Help se gt pO Search gt Folders Ez Address Mobile Device ON S l Type Modified w E __ Bapplication Data File Folder Other Places A yeackur File Folder 4 Py Computer pi Documents File Folder ni Network File Folder Shea profiles File Folder J Program Files File Folder J My Network Places C Recyeled File Folder Temp File Folder windows File Folder TelcontrolPanel 23bytes Shortcut 1 1 2003 5 00 05 AM Copy drag and drop the file SIMSDataCollectionUtility cab fil
364. n H Oa Management H DE Mottication Services m G4 SQL Server Agent 17 Right click on Users and select New User 18 Enter your current Windows account name in the User name field 19 Click the ellipses button next to the Login name field 20 Enter your current Windows account name and click OK you could also use the Browse button 21 If more than one account was found matching the name you will be prompted to select the correct account PA Multipke Objects Found Ho ebject was found with the name Developer but objects with names containing Taa Select one or more namea from this let or cick Cancel to re enter the Tr i CCONRAD IWAM_ DEVELOPER a 22 At the bottom of the window scroll down under Database role membership and check the box for db_owne r Click OK 489 SIMS User Reference Database User Mew 23 This completes the migration process If you experience problems during the process and if you cannot access a database that you have moved or if you cannot start SQL Server examine the SQL Server error log for more information about the errors that you are experiencing 490 SIMS User Reference Quick Reports and Labels Quick Report Editor Quick Reports enables users to create reports with formatting options The Quick Report Editor is a layout tool for creating a report To create a simple report follow these steps 1 Click Query Editor Pe
365. n up to 32kb Locks Links 351 SIMS User Reference Locks AA1 1 of 2 Home History 9 Archive Remarks DB Audit Trail Links Double click an tem below to open the linked document Description FilePath For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Locks Links Page Fields Cancel Save Field Name Description Description A brief description of the linked file File Path The full path and file name of the linked file Locks DB Audit Trail Select the Retrieve button to display the record s audit trail A SIMS Manager can run a report and manage audit trail changes by going to Utilities gt Database Audit Trail 352 SIMS User Reference B Locks AA1 1 of 2 History Archive Remarks DE Audit Trail Drag 4 column header here to group by thak column Timestamp Subsystem Action By Description Press the Remie Sutton to Wew he ostabese gumit ral HH Record O of 0 P H H Table Record ID Field Before Value After Value S id db bi For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Locks DB Audit Trail Page Fields Field Name Description Timestamp The timestamp that the modification was made Subsystem The subsystem in which the change was made Action The type of action i e edit By The user that performed the change Description A description of the change i e record number Locks List Default Output List Screen The defau
366. n and All Access List Personnel lt Visitors to have Brief Dates and not Debrief Dates for all required Special Accesses Very that Custodian and All Access List Personnel 7 Visitors are not Terminated Level When Processing gt Classification Level of All Hardware Items Level When Not Processing gt Classification Level of All Hardware Items Level When Processing gt Classification Level of All Software Items Level When Not Processing gt Classification Level of All Software Items Very that All Access List Visitors have Non E spred Visit Pernod Very that all Special Accesses assigned to Externally Transtenred S Systems are indicated for the Send to Facility Verhy that all Externally Transferred 15 System Clearance Level hen Not Processing lt Send to Facility s Storage Level Very that all Externally Transferred S Systen Clearance Level 4hen Processing lt Send to Facility s Storage Level Verity that all Externally Transtered S Hardware Classification Level lt Send to Facility s Storage Level Settings Filter Leading Period in Barcodes when Performing Inventory Deactivate 15 Systems When Externally Transferred to Host Facilities For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization IS System Page Fields Field Name Description Enable IS Checks If checked enables IS validation checks that are enabled below Level When Processing lt Facility Storage Level If checked the Lev
367. n example Once the file is modified the xml file needs to be renamed to ExcludeList xml When upgrading SIMS the installer will ignore any custom objects that are referenced in this file lt xml version 1 0 encoding utf 8 gt lt ExcludeList gt lt This fil lt 1 gme lt Object name TableName gt lt Object name ViewName gt lt Object name StoredProcedureName gt lt Object name DatatypeName gt lt Object name DefaultName gt lt Object name UserDefinedFunctionName gt lt Object name RuleName gt lt Object name DatabaseTriggerName gt lt Object name FullTextCatalogName gt lt EXCLUDING OBJECTS IN OTHER SCHEMAS Example Given a n am n m Pry g oT Fa kard ita alas Wa 72erT rha me art TATI lt Object name TestSchematlableName gt lt l Other database objects e Q views ae HEOC lt l The following lines will NOT work lt Object name TestSchema TestSchematlableName gt lt Object name TestSchema TestSchemaTableName lt ExcludeList gt Database Backup and Restore Backing up your SIMS database If you want to perform a manual backup of your SIMS database use the following Backup instructions 1 Go to Start Program Microsoft SQL Server 2005 SQL Server Management Studio 2 In the connection dialog make sure Server Name is SERVER INSTANCE example SIMS and click Connect 3 Expand you
368. n input screen where you can modify the fields E Personnel ID C 000 00 0000 E 111 11 1111 0 2272 22 2222 C 333 33 3333 C 444 44 4444 C 5868 58 5888 C 9399 99 9999 C BYBIL2T orn C BIB2L2Tim C B1IBSBIL3Day C BIBSB2L3D al C BIBSL2T ery C BIL Woh C B2B1L2Ted C B2B2L2T odd C B2B3L2T aft C B2L Jinn C B3B1L2Tug C B3B2L2T army C B3B3L2T ere C B3LiJoe Full Hame Document Control Office Maxwell Peter C Powers Brad A Smith Janet L Willams Howard D tkinson Brian willian Gent Shirley Eller Thompson Tom Thompson Tim Daniels Dave Daniels Dale Thompson Terry Jones John Thompson Ted Thompson Todd Thompson Taft Jones Jim Thompson Tug Thompson Tammy Thompson Terrell Jones Joe ia EB bea ae Fo ma x Ha Hal _ Filter Inactive 123 Clearance Level TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET UNCLASSIFIED TOP SECRET SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET TOP SECRET Close 2 records Fage 1 of 1 SIMS User Reference Filter Inactive Check the Filter Inactive check box to show terminated personnel on this output screen For more information about using this screen see List Screen Overview Customizing Output List Columns Finding Records Using Quick Find Finding Records Using Query Editor Cleared Personnel Reports Reports Menu
369. n is selected only changes within the specified date range for the selected module utility will display Most Recent If checked specify a number The specified number of most recent changes will be displayed This can be used along with date range to query the most recent changes within a date range Timestamp The timestamp that the modification was made 443 SIMS User Reference Subsystem The subsystem in which the change was made Action The type of action i e edit By The user that performed the change Description A description of the change i e record number Data Field Defaults Data Field Defaults is for specifying field values that will be filled in automatically when a new record is added to SIMS The Data Field Defaults screen allows you to identify which fields have sticky values ones that retain the last entered value as the new default as well as which fields are required to contain data in order for the record to be saved Managers have full access to make changes to the Basic DFD that appears at the Manager Utilities level and to the Data Field Defaults that appear at the Submanager level A Suomanager has access only to add or modify fields within the Data Field Defaults Utility Basic Data Field Defaults Basic Data Field Defaults Basic Data Frelds Required Fields Container Prime Custodian Apply To Archived Contract Prime Task Leader Document Custodian Document Return to Accou
370. n running SIMS Multi user Client versions 7 5 32 and earlier Microsoft ActiveSync 4 5 will need to be manually installed The drivers cannot be installed automatically when using ClickOnce ActiveSync 4 5 can be installed using the SIMS multi user installation CD If a SIMS Multi user Client version released after 7 5 32 was installed either Microsoft ActiveSync 4 5 or Microsoft Mobile Device Center 6 1 will be installed automatically Hardware Installation Connect the Datalogic Memor scanner s USB cable to your PC s USB port Turn on the device and confirm the screen shown below appears on the scanner display Th we cen E k s at Control TETTTEFTTTTETETTTTTTTTTITTTT di Recycle Bin MiInternet Ex plo rer E m F a i eS z Connections E Microsoft i Wor d Fad a T desktop Avalanche i A F E k q w SO m2m ae le Your computer s operating system will detect the scanner now that the USB cable is connected and the device is turned on The driver having been installed automatically in the previous section will be detected automatically The Windows operating system should recognize the device as Datalogic USB if the driver has been installed correctly At this point Windows will ask you which driver you would like to use for this device Please select to browse and under ActiveSync drivers directory e g C Program Files Microsoft ActiveSync drivers select the file wceusbsh sys Mic
371. n the Contract ID field Click OK to get a list of all requests for the contract Select all records by highlighting them Select Termination and Regrade Letters from the Reports menu Under Action select Termination on Date Enter the date of termination Under Visitor Range select All Visitors This terminates all visitors for the selected requests Fill in the Reason for the termination and select printing options Click OK and print the termination letters ee YY Oe es eS Remove Contract association from Personnel records 1 Go to Personnel 2 Click Query Editor 3 Scroll down through the list of tables and find PersonnelContracts Expand the tree ContractID Select Contr actID from the list of fields and is equal to and enter the contract ID then click Add to Query Click OK to find all Personnel records the contract is assigned to 4 To edit each record found click the Contracts Vehicles tab and delete the contract from the list Classified Contracts Input Classified Contracts Home Contracts F49670 05 C 0100 15 of 17 Sele Remake Links DB Audit Trail Home Additional Info Government Infa Special Accesses Performing Facilities DD 54 Contract IO F49620 05 C 0100 Archived File 5566666 Program Marne Description SD Research Sponsor CA Facility Level TOP SECRET Prime Contract ID F49620 05 C 0111 Storage Level TOP SECRET Preceding ContractID F49620 04 C 0100 Facility
372. ncy that granted the clearance The date that the person s clearance was granted The date of investigation associated with the basis of the clearance The date for future reinvestigation of the clearance before it will be administratively terminated The date the person is scheduled to receive another security clearance briefing The date of the last briefing for the person s security clearance The date that the clearance application was received by the clearance processing authority The date the person s clearance was debriefed A date in this field effectively makes the clearance inactive The date of DCID Director Central Intelligence Directive approval SIMS User Reference Last Held The date this clearance was last held Expires The date this clearance is due to expire SF 312 Brief The date for the SF 312 Brief date for this clearance Clearance Case Applications Polygraph Clearance Case Clearance Information Applications Polygraph Task List Audit Trail Remarks PSQ C RAU Submitted PSO App Pending Sent b 17 1 2006 e GIP Sent Date M 1 1 2006 Acarance Waive TORP ECRET O Initial Clearance PR Submitted Mee uornithe Completed _ Periodic Reinvestigation Other Application Submitted 77191994 Y Received 3720994 YV 558 Denied 3 1 1994 Terminated 31571994 Other Application Pending Polygraph coset DP389729 Given By Resul Folgraph Type 1 Counter Intel Test Date
373. nd you should be able to use your JPAS Import with your csv file format 6 Is it possible to add records when they show up in JPAS but not in SIMS SIMS will only update its data during a JPAS Import It will not add records if they do not exist in SIMS 142 SIMS User Reference Containers Purpose of Containers Containers maintain information for all safes vaults or other storage facilities capable of storing classified information The Containers module maintains an inventory of all containers within the facility that are capable of storing classified information A container could be a safe a vault or any approved storage device In addition a container could also be a conference room with a cipher lock or any other combination cipher or key lock device Some of the items included in the Containers module are container identifier ID maximum classification level of material to be stored any special accesses required for access to the container a list of those employees with access and location in the facility Input Screen Description Home Personnel Access Audit Trail Remarks Links List Screen Description Default Output List Reports Reports Containers Input Containers Home 143 SIMS User Reference Containers SAFE 1 1 of 16 Home Container or Closed Area Infomation Storage Level Location Prine Custodian Facility ID Data Group ID Accountability Barcode Combination Changed
374. ndMethod_ D NewCustodian_ Pers onnel_ ID NewCustodian_ Visit or_ID NewCustodian_ Pers onnel_ ID NewCustodian_ Visit or_ID SignedForDate NewContainer_ID NewContract_ID UserName WorkStation Comment Remarks Transtype ReceiptNumber TransDate PerformDate 912 DocumentSendMeth od PersonnellD VisitAuthorizationVis itors PersonnellD VisitAuthorizationVis itors Containers Contract DocumentSendMeth od FirstName LastNam e MiddleName FirstName LastNam e MiddleName PersonnellD VisitorID ContainerlD Container ID SIMS User Reference Method Print Titles Destroyed By Name Personnel Destroyed By Name Visitor Destroyed By ID Personnel Destroyed By ID Visitor Witness Name Personnel Witness Name Visitor Witness ID Personnel Witness ID Visitor From Facility Name From Facility Address 1 From Facility Address 2 From Facility Address 3 From Facility Address 4 Comments User Name Workstation DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail SendMethod_ D PrintDocumentTitles PerformedBy_ Perso nnel_ ID PerformedBy_Visito r ID PerformedBy_Perso nnel
375. ndees which explains how to add pre designated visitors to a conference record The contract ID The name for the point of contact s for the visitor The phone for the point of contact s for the visitor Prints a confirmation of the Visit Authorization Indicates a NATO visit Check this box if the visit request is contract related The data group that the Visit Authorization belongs to Data groups are defined in the User Management Data Groups dialog The date that the visit request was received The way in which the visit request was received e g U S mail fax SIMS User Reference Sending Facility The facility that is authorizing the visitor Select the facility using a pick list When adding visitors into the Visit Authorization record the Sending Facility for each visitor record will automatically be assigned to the Sending Facility selected here Once the Visit Authorization record is saved the Sending Facility can be edited in the Visit Authorization record but it will not automatically update the visitor record This allows changes to be made to each visitor s From Facility field See also Visitors Input Home From Facility Host Facility Visited The host facility ID for the incoming visitor which of your facilities the visitor is assigned to If you have multiple host facilities this allows you to query or filter visitors by facility Purpose The purpose of the visit to the facility When you create a Visi
376. ne 559 SAName FirstName LastNam e MiddleName SIMS User Reference Facility Manager Facility FacManager Name Phone Facility FacManagerPhone Staff Member Facility StatvemName Name Phone Facility StatWMemPhone Key Security Facility KSPDate Personnel Report Date Awards Tab Awards Facility Awards Awards notes Facility AwardNotes Remarks Tab Remarks Facility Remarks Incidents Using Query Editor The Query Editor allows complex searches It searches the current data file and displays only the records that fit the search conditions that you specify i Click Query Editor we at the bottom of any output list screen The Query Editor dialog box appears 560 SIMS User Reference Query Editor Create Query Component Table Column Operator Fe Incident lz equal to H IncidentSubject Ie not equal to E ls greater than ls greater than or equal to ls less than ls less than or equal to Contains Does not contain ls empty ls nok empty 3 Current Query Components Query Editor Screen Fields Field Name Tables Fields Operator Modifier Value Add to Query Remove Remove All Operator Modifier Left Parenthesis Right Parenthesis Modifier 561 Description Select the table type Select the field within the selected table type The value definition Select AND to include all parameters or OR to include one or more of the parameters in the query r
377. ned to container lncorrectCont No container barcode was scanned Document with barcode DocumentBarcode has not been assigned to any container Document with barcode DocumentBarcode has been found assigned to custodian ComectCustodianN ame This scanned document has been found assigned to the current custodian This document has been assigned to custodian ComectCustodianN ame but incorect scanned for custodian IncorectCustodiant ame This document iz assigned to the current custodian But itis archived This document is assigned to the current custodian but itis not accountable This document has been archived Additionally itis not assigned to the current custodian This document i not accountable Additionally itis not assigned to the curent custodian For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization Document Barcode Message Customization Page Fields Field Name Description 409 SIMS User Reference Status Message A list of messages that appear in the barcode inventory report are listed in this screen To edit one of the built in barcode messages double click on the message In the dialog that appears edit the new message that will display on the barcode inventory report The next time the document barcode inventory report is executed the new message will display System Customization OVR Notifications A System Customization System Personnel D254 Contracts DoD Req
378. nel Maxwell Peter C 2 of 21 Home Clearances Special Accesses Employrnierit Personal Fhoto Citizenship Badges Training Contacte Contracts Vehicles Military Foreign Travel Drag a column header here to group by that column Action By Press ihe Aetveve button to Wew he ootavese auolt rail Timestamp Subsystem H H 4 Record Oof O ke Re Table Record ID Field Before value Remarks d HA JIPAS DB Audit Trail Links z Description After Value OD MD di Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Personnel DB Audit Trail Page Fields Field Name Timestamp 122 Description The timestamp that the modification was made SIMS User Reference Subsystem Action By Description The subsystem in which the change was made The type of action i e edit The user that performed the change A description of the change i e record number you can increase the size in Utilities System Customization Maximum Image size Cleared Personnel List Default Output List The default Cleared Personnel Output list screen shows the Name Clearance Level and ID for each personnel record You can e Resize the columns by clicking the lines in the column headers and dragging them to the left or right much like a spreadsheet e Click on a column header to sort the records by that column e Double click on a record to open a
379. nel PersonnelID The ExampleExcludeList xml file would be modified as shown in the example below Note that the SQL script is not added to the ExampleExcludeList xml The SQL script is executed first using SQL Server Management Studio The xml file only holds the names of the objects tables indices stored procedures triggers etc lt NOTE Database objects created by altering a table e g primary key constraint default constraint etc or on a table e g index or trigger will be excluded if the table is excluded gt lt Object name IX PersonnelID gt Using Custom Database Objects When upgrading SIMS versions the procedure takes the existing database structure and makes it look like a new SIMS database structure Any custom structural modifications will be lost Any custom objects tables indices stored procedures triggers etc that were added to the database would need to be re added when upgrading to a version of SIMS earlier than 7 3 41 In SIMS versions 7 3 41 or newer there is a way to save custom objects so that they will not be lost between upgrades There is a ExampleExcludeList xml file that is installed in the SIMS Database folder The default path for this folder is C Program Files SIMS Software Database In SIMS Standalone this file path would be on your local 40 SIMS User Reference machine For Multi User SIMS the file path would be on the server The ExampleExcludeList xml is only a
380. nferences Containers Output Lists Data Group Filters Locks amp Keps 15 Messages Documents OWA Notifications OVA E mail amp Fas Colors Encryption LAP Validations Settings Barcode Inventory Message Customization Customize Status Messages for Document Barcode Inventory Status Message This document has not been scanned No document found that matches the scanned barcode No document barcode was scanned Document with barcode Document Barcode has been found assigned to container CorrectContamerlD J This scanned document has been found assigned to the current container This document has been assigned to container ConmectContainel D but incorrect scanned for container IncorectContainelD This document iz assigned to the current container but itis archived This document iz assigned to the current container but it is not accountable This document hat been archived Additionally itis not assigned to the curent container This document iz not accountable Additionally itis not assigned to the curent container This document has not been assigned to any container It has been incorect scanned for container IncorectContamerlD No document has been found that matches the scanned barcode DocumentBarcode in any of the existing containers Document with barcode DocumentBarcode has not been assigned to any container No container barcode was scanned Document with barcode DocumentBarcode has been found assig
381. nly managers can delete records Fas SMTP Server 90 0 1 254 Eep fen N Cancel Confirmation Input form cancel confirmation Fas Password SMTP server requires SSL secured connection Maximum Image Size L Outgoing SMTP server requires authentication 1000 a kb r Session Time Out C System time out Time out interval minutes 0 E Application time out Pre inactivity time out minutes o Chent Window Settings C Maximize SIMS client window Database Audits Automated Audit Trigger 10 01 054M Databaze Audit Trail Audit Black Size Disable logging of all changes For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization System Page Fields Field Name Description SMTP Server Specify the SMTP server E mail Account E mail SMTP Server account login Example techsupport simssoftware com E mail Password E mail SMTP Server password for E mail Account SMTP server requires SSL secured connection Secure Socket Layer SSL refers to the standard method for encryption and authentication on the Internet This provides protection against unauthorized access to login credentials on an insecure connection This information should be available with the system administrator or Internet Service Provider ISP 379 SIMS User Reference Outgoing SMTP server requires authentication Fax SMTP Server Fax User ID Fax Password System Time Out Applicat
382. nning for additional instructions on how to scan barcode labels and download the barcode data If the user checks Print Exceptions Only then only hardware that do not belong in the inventory or were not found will be printed This can save a considerable amount of time and paper when printing the reports Select the serial port that the scanner is attached to if a scanner is being used After choosing the OK button the program will confirm the number of barcodes received The data is then processed and the report printed Please be patient as this inventory may take some time depending on the size of the barcode file 328 SIMS User Reference Other Transactions The Transactions menu allows changes to be made to multiple AIS records Select the transaction and in the transaction dialog query for the records in which the transaction should be performed An audit trail is kept on each transaction Default values can be set for the IS transaction screens by going to Utilities gt Transaction Defaults Transactions Help Barcode Inventory Change 4155M Change Custodian I550 Change I55M Deactivate System Delete Access arant Access Hardware External Transfer Hardware External Transfer Receipt Returned Hardware Return to Accountability Hardware Transfer to Different Syster Perform Audit Software Transfer to Different System k System External Transfer System External Transfer Receipt Returned System Return to Ac
383. nt Document amp uthors Documenthevwards i DocumentS As i DocumentT rail g Current Query Components Operator ls not equal to ls greater than ls greater than or equal to ls less than ls less than or equal to Contains Does not contain ls empty ls nok empty Operator Query Editor Screen Fields Field Name Tables Fields 502 at the bottom of any output list screen The Query Editor dialog box appears Modifier Left Parenthesis Right Parenthesis Modifier Description Select the table type Select the field within the selected table type SIMS User Reference Operator Modifier Value Add to Query Remove Remove All Save Query Load Query OK Cancel Documents The value definition Select AND to include all parameters or OR to include one or more of the parameters in the query results Specify a date number or text for the Operator parameter Click to add the selected parameter combination to the list box in the lower portion of the screen Repeat to create a list of multiple parameter combinations Click to delete a selected row of parameters Click to delete all rows of parameters After selecting this button a Save dialog will appear Save the query so that it can be reloaded for later use After selecting this button an Open dialog will appear Select a query file that was saved at an earlier time The query must be loade
384. nt only if user option to have read only access to all utilities is checked under the user s options User Management Users Module Groups Data Groups LDAP Users Login Name Full Marne Manager Show SSH Dale Daniels T dave Dave Daniels guard B2 L1 guard B2 L1 jim Jim Jones joe Joe Jones john John Jones rover Rower Sims taft Tatt Thompson tammy Tammy Thompson ted Ted Thompson terrell Terrell Thompson berry Tery Thompson tim Tim Thompson todd Todd Thompson tom Tom Thompson tug Tug Thompson T Fiter Inactive Close For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Password Settings i e minimum password length days until password expires etc are available by selecting this option A SIMS manager can select an option within this dialog to force all SIMS users LDAP excluded to change their password during the next login session The password can then be set in the User Properties screen as shown below The following User Properties screen appears when the Add or Edit buttons are selected 428 SIMS User Reference A User Properties Account Information Login ID jim User Name Jim Jones EX Change Password Archive User User required to change password on next login User Options Module Access Data Groups Login History User Options Manager Visit Request Administrator Show Personnelvisitor SSM for Member Data Groups
385. ntability New Custodian AIS Custodian Incident Reported By Lock Custodian Lock Issued By Primary Clearance Case Key Copy Holder Key Ring Holder For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Basic Data Field Defaults 444 SIMS User Reference Field Name Description Required Fields Check the box if the user must enter a value for the selected field in order to save the record Only SIMS Managers can make changes to these fields A Submanager can view the settings Apply to Archived Check this box if the field should be required when saving an archived record Advanced Data Field Defaults Advanced Data Field Defaults Advanced Data Field Defaults Table Defaults Field Hame Required Read Apply To Archived Sticky Default AccredD ate DateTime AISSM Personnel ID lnk AISSM_Yisitor_ID Ints2 Areal ype ID Initia Audith elefLetters602_ D Inaz Barcode String ContingentPlanD ate DateTime Current6hl ReviewCompletedD ate DateTime Current6h A eviewDueD ate DateTime CurrenthedccCompletedD ate DateTime CurentA e ccDueD ate DateTime Custodian_Fersonnel_IO Inaz Custodian Visitor ID Inaz DeactivateD ate DateTime DeactiwatedBy_Fersonnel_ID Inaz DeactivatedBy Wisika ID DER 4 Default C Use current date Clee C Required Sticky re Readr For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Data Field Defaults Field Name Description Table Select a table to
386. ntact Name Contact Telephone FAX Secure Phone Emergency Phone Facility Security Officer Name FSO e mail FSO Phone FSO Start Date Clearance Level 64 Enter an acronym tri graph or abbreviation that identifies the facility The data group that the facility belongs to Data groups are defined in the User Management Data Groups dialo g The address of the facility Note that on the Home tab this information is read only To enter information click the Other Addresses tab and enter information for the primary address The facility s telephone number The name of the facility s Point of Contact PoC Note that on the Home tab this information is read only To enter information click the Other Addresses tab and enter information for the primary address The PoC s telephone number Note that on the Home tab this information is read only To enter information click the Other Addresses tab and enter information for the primary address The facsimile telephone number of the facility Note that on the Home tab this information is read only To enter information click the Other Addresses tab and enter information for the primary address The telephone number for any secure telephone in the facility Note that on the Home tab this information is read only To enter information click the Other Addresses tab and enter information for the primary address The emergency telephone number of the facility Note tha
387. nter specified in the document stream A preview of the stream The data group assigned to the document stream SIMS User Reference Document Stream Stream Name Stream Yiews LF Archived Segment Prefix Counter Min Width Sulfix poo OOO O Options C Use Copy Format for Originals Save Counter When Document Number Modified C Use Maximum Document Copy Defaults Copy Numbers Assign Sequential Copy Numbers Assign Individual Document Numbers During Copy Use Nest Available Document Number in Stream All Copies Generated Data Group Start Copy Number at 0 Start Copy Number at 1 Senes Tracking Use Series Tracking Use Series Tracking for Originals Alpha Series Numeric Series Recycled Counters Clear Recycled Counters D o For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Document Numbering Streams Sub Page Fields Field Name Stream Name Archived Original and Copy 1 452 Description The name of the document numbering stream In Multi User mode when someone first views a Stream record it is archived locked by default If checked the stream record can be modified If another user attempts to add a document record using this stream during the period of time that you have it unlocked they will be put in a wait loop These fields display an example of the format of what the original document control number as
388. o Facility Visit Request select the facility A second screen will appear listing the available addresses See the screen below Select the address and choose Select Clear Select to clear the record list and filters Cancel Select to exit the record picker To Sort The Facility list automatically sorts by facility ID Click on any column header to sort by that column instead Clicking on the column header a second time reverses the sort order The address list automatically sorts by address type 26 SIMS User Reference Facility Addresses Addresses Type 1200 Wo Century Boulevard Suite 600 Los Angel PRIMARY PO Bos rrr Los Angeles CA 90045 ATTN Sec OTHER STERILE Related Topics Input Screen List Management Data Groups Finding Records Using Quick Find Quick Find is designed to allow simple but rapid searches Click Quick Find or press Ctrl F A Quick Find screen like the Personnel Quick Find screen shown below opens Basic Quick Find To use the Basic Quick Find feature simply enter the criteria to be used for the search into the appropriate field s and click OK If you enter data into more than one field it is anded meaning that the records to be found must exhibit all of the specified criteria You can use the character as a wild card 2 SIMS User Reference Personnel Quick Find wildcard Special Accesses Last Name First Mame Personnel ID 55 Facility ID Employee Barcode Da
389. o enable Default Domain and LDAP path LDAP Path Specify the LDAP directory path type of login credentials account name and password information Default Domain LDAP default domain name LDAP Test Enter the user name and password and then choose the Test LDAP button Messages will appear indicating whether or not the LDAP connection Is operational Default Use basic authentication simple bind in the LDAP provider 426 SIMS User Reference Secure Encryption Secure Sockets Layer Read only Server Anonymous FastBind Signing Delegation ServerBind User Management 427 Requests secure authentication When this flag is set the WinNT provider uses NTLM to authenticate the client Active Directory Domain Services uses Kerberos and possibly NTLM to authenticate the client Attaches a cryptographic signature to the message that both identifies the sender and ensures that the message has not been modified in transit Attaches a cryptographic signature to the message that both identifies the sender and ensures that the message has not been modified in transit Active Directory Domain Services requires the Certificate Server be installed to support Secure Sockets Layer SSL encryption For a WinNT provider ADSI tries to connect to a domain controller For Active Directory Domain Services this flag indicates that a writable server is not required for a serverless binding No authentication is performe
390. o login to the SIMS Client The user will be restricted to web access only For more information on how this works refer to the section on Web Access Bypass Users excluding those logging in using LDAP Active Directory authentication can also change their passwords from the Main screen by clicking Change Password If checked the SIMS user LDAP excluded will be required to change their password during the next login session This option is an individual setting for the specific user Instead of checking this option individually for specific users a SIMS Manager can set this password change requirement globally for all users LDAP excluded under Utilities User Management Users Password Settings If checked the user login will no longer be active so that the user can log in If checked identifies the user as an Administrator This user may read add or change User IDs and Passwords The user has access to all Utilities in both the Manager and Submanager areas SIMS User Reference Visit Request Administrator Show Personnel Visitor SSNs for Member Data Group Allow Modifications to Personnel Transfer Courier Destroy Allow Modifications to Personnel Barcode Allow Modifications to Personnel Special Accesses Enterprise Coordinator 431 This check box pertains to the capability to have people use Internet Explorer to submit DoD Visit Requests to SIMS users that have been identified as Visit Request Admini
391. ock 2 Block 3 Block 4 Web Page Legend Windows Background Legend System Customization Documents A System Customization D0254 Contracts Locks amp Keys 15 DoD Requests Facilities Documents System Personnel Data Group Filters Messages Validations Settings Barcode Inventory Message Customization Classified Documents Validations Enable Classified Document Checks Classification Level lt Custodian Clearance Level Classification Level lt Contract Storage Level Validate Special Accesses for Contract Validate Contract s Document Receive Generate Restrictions Very that the Contract is not Archived RecGen Date lt Signed For Date Yerty that the Container ts not Inactive Classification Level lt Container Storage Level Validate Special Accesses for Container Validate Custodian is an Container Access List Verify Retention Date Document Date lt Received Date Documentation Date lt Declazsification Date Very that all Special Accesses assigned to Externally Transtenred Documents are indicated for the Send to Facility Description The message displayed in the first block of the SIMS login screen The message displayed in the second block of the SIMS login screen The message displayed in the third block of the SIMS login screen The message displayed in the fourth block of the SIMS login screen Indicates the default web page legend in the SIMS login screen Indicates the ba
392. ocks Locks maintains information for all the Locks and their custodians at your facility The Locks module tracks the history of all Locks at your facility Each Lock has a window showing all its keys and conversely each Key has a window showing all the Locks it can open SIMS does not require a lock record to be created for each key record All Lock records have an audit trail Information in the Locks module is not used by any other SIMS module Input Screen Description Home History Links Remarks List Screen Description Default Output List Transactions Transactions Reports Reports Locks Input Locks Home 346 SIMS User Reference Locks AA1 1 of 2 Home History Archive Remarks Links DE Audit Trail Lock ID Description Serial Baze kep ID Custodian lssued By Facility Data Group Base kep ID AAT Standard card key type for entry control 377788 Aon 11111 1117 Maxwell Peter ROOT Copy Maxwell Peter C Current Halder C Inactive Status ASSIGNED Inventored 1 2 2006 lesue Date 1 3 2005 Type Proximity Card Maker Acme Locks Location CLOSED AREA 1 Retrieved Master amp i dD di Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Locks Home Page Fields Field Name Lock ID Description Serial Base Key ID Custodian Issued By Facility Data Group Inacti
393. oes not contain ls empty ls nok empty 3 Current Query Components Query Editor Screen Fields Field Name Tables Fields Operator Modifier Value Add to Query Remove Remove All Operator Modifier Left Parenthesis Right Parenthesis Modifier 574 Description Select the table type Select the field within the selected table type The value definition Select AND to include all parameters or OR to include one or more of the parameters in the query results Specify a date number or text for the Operator parameter Click to add the selected parameter combination to the list box in the lower portion of the screen Repeat to create a list of multiple parameter combinations Click to delete a selected row of parameters Click to delete all rows of parameters SIMS User Reference Save Query Load Query OK Cancel Locks After selecting this button a Save dialog will appear Save the query so that it can be reloaded for later use After selecting this button an Open dialog will appear Select a query file that was saved at an earlier time The query must be loaded in the same module in which it was saved Click to start the search Click to close the screen The table below lists fields in the Locks module The subsequent columns list where the field can be found in the Query Editor Home Tab LockID Type Description Custodian Personnel Cus
394. of document e g proposal technical report magnetic tape floppy diskette removable hard disk photographs etc Each type should be entered consistently For example if there are several floppy diskettes to be entered always spell or abbreviate the phrase floppy or 5 1 4 diskette in the same way for all Classified Documents records This will allow the Find command or the document report that sorts by type to function optimally by locating an exact match The serial number on magnetic media Government property number The type of media The document title This field can store titles up to 32 000 characters in length The person currently responsible for the document and is a required field Clicking the Custodian button and then select the desired person from the pick list The document s date of creation or publication Indicates where the classified material is to be stored The date of the last internal document transfer to the current custodian This field also appears in Origin Tab of the Classified Documents record SIMS User Reference Contract ID Identifies the contract If there are multiple contracts assigned to a document we suggest selecting a single contract and specifying additional contracts in the Remarks tab Project Enables you to track documents assigned to particular projects Status Indicates whether the document is In House Transferred or Destroyed If transferred this field will
395. omments Remarks Remarks Audit Trail External Transfer External Transfer Type Receipt Number Tracer Count Date Perform Date Suspense Date Receipt Return Date Recipt Returned Authorized By Name Personnel Authorized By Name Visitor Authorized By ID Personnel DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail From_Facility_ Addr ess ID FacilityAddress UserName WorkStation Comment Remarks Transtype ReceiptNumber TracerCount TransDate PerformDate SuspenseDate ReceiptReturnDate ReceiptReturned AuthorizedBy Perso Personnel nnel_ ID AuthorizedBy_Visito VisitAuthorizationVis r ID itors AuthorizedBy Perso Personnel nnel_ ID 509 Line4 FirstName LastNam e MiddleName FirstName LastNam e MiddleName PersonnellD SIMS User Reference Authorized By ID Visitor From Facility ID From Facility Name From Facility Address 1 From Facility Address 2 From Facility Address 3 From Facility Address 4 To Facility ID To Facility Name To Facility Address To Facility Address 2 To Facility Address 3 To Facility Address 4 Method Courier Name Personnel Courier Name Visitor Courier ID Personne
396. on s Clearance Case If the Reinvestigation Period is greater than the Lead Time the Reinvestigation Date should be changed to be equal to the Investigation Date plus the Reinvestigation Period minus the Lead Time If the Reinvestigation Period is less than or equal to the Lead Time the Reinvestigation Date will not change Polygraph test is overdue in the number of days specified Default is 30 days Authorization is overdue in the number of days specified Default is 30 days Brief is due in the number of days specified Document Internal Transfer Receipt is overdue in the number of days specified Document External Transfer Receipt is overdue in the number of days specified Maximum number of visit days Default is 364 days Number of days between expirations Default is 364 days SIMS User Reference A System Customization Locks amp Keys 5 D0254 Contracts Data Group Filters Messages Documents System Personnel DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visitors Conferences Yalidation Enable Conferences Yalidations Validate visiting attendees against visit authorizations OVA Notifications OYA E mail amp Fax Time Periods Bl Encryption LDAP Containers Colors Conferences Output Lists Visit Authorization Valid From and To Dates Encompass Conterence From and To Dates Require a valid visit authorization to add a visiting attendee
397. on your Windows desktop or via the Start gt Programs gt SIMS Software gt SIMS v7 Standalone to start SIMS Boe SIRS vt Standalone SIMS Standalone icon If SIMS has been installed as a Multi User environment and you are starting it from a Client workstation simply double click the SIMS v7 Client icon on your Windows desktop or via the Start gt Programs gt SIMS Software gt SIMS v7 Client to start SIMS SIMS ma Client SIMS Client icon SIMS User Reference If SIMS has been installed as a Multi user environment with a ClickOnce Client simply connect to the URL provided by your SIMS Administrator to start the SIMS v7 Client An example URL is http 90 0 1 253 ClickOnce SIMS applic ation Starting SIMS remotely iPAD2 can remotely run a SIMS Client installation on a Windows computer using the Jump remote desktop application on the iPad2 and a VPN connection If you re running the SIMS Multi user version which uses a software based license you can use either Remote Desktop RDP or Virtual Network Computing VNC connectivity If running the SIMS Standalone or SIMS Lite you must use VNC because the SIMS Standalone and SIMS Lite USB hardware key is not compatible with RDP Logging In The login screen asks for a User identification ID Password and Domain SIMS Login Page Fields Field Name Description User Enter the default User name sims Password Enter the default Password sims Domain Select the ap
398. on 10 Performing Facility Basic info Secton 10 Gection 11 Section 13 Hotes Contract ID FA9620 05 C 0100 Facility ID c1000 Large Software Systems Inc WF Section 10 This Contract Will Require Access To Communications Security COMSEC Information Restricted Data Critical Nuclear Weapons Design Information Formerly Restricted Data Intelligence Information Sensitive Compartmented Information SCI Non SCl Other Specify Special Access Information Foreign Government Information NATO Information Limited Dissemination Information For Official Use Only Information For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Contracts Performing Facilities Basic Info Section 10 Page Fields Field Name Contract ID Facility ID Start Date End Date Task Leader Category 163 Description The contract number The facility ID and name that is performing the contract The beginning date The end date The point of contact at the facility for the contract Role of the facility or task leader on the contract SIMS User Reference Section 10 Click on the appropriate check boxes to identify the required accesses If Other is selected enter other access information in the text box This info is from the DD254 Classified Contracts Performing Facilities Section 11 Performing Facility Basic Info Section 10 section 11 i
399. on Defaults IS Sub Page Fields Field Name Data Group From Facility Authorized By 467 Description The data group assigned to the document transaction default To select the default From Facility default for the document transaction select the From Facility button and then select a facility in the pick list Set a default person for the Authorized By field for an IS external transfer Only personnel that are authorized to transfer can be selected SIMS User Reference Inspected By Validated By Company Facility Tracking Method Print IS ID Print Classification Level When Processing Print Classification Level When Not Processing Print IS Special Accesses Print Hardware Item Print Software Item Print Return Address Print Shipping Labels Remarks on Separate Page Related Topics 468 Set the default inspected by person for an IS transaction Set the default validated by person for an IS transaction Set the default company facility for an IS transaction If checked the default will be set so that the tracking method will print on the IS external transfer report If checked the default will be set so that the Print IS ID field will get checked for the IS external transfer If checked the default will be set so that the Print Classification Level When Processing field will get checked for the IS external transfer If checked the default will be set so that the Print Classifica
400. on s ID Type in the ID of a person to find them on the current access list This is useful if you have a large number of people with access to the container Finds a person in the access list using the person s Name Type in the person s Last Name to find them on the current access list This is useful if you have a large number of people with access to the container Click on the appropriate button to filter the access list by ID or by Name Show all of the persons on the access list Using the Find options will display only the records found To restore all records to the list click Show All If checked previously denied personnel will be displayed in the list SIMS User Reference Containers SAFE 1 1 of 16 Home Personnel Access Special Accesses Audit Trail Special Access Special Access COMSEC Remarks Seles Links DB Audit Trail Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Containers Home Page Fields Field Name Special Access Containers Audit Trail 148 Description Special accesses are assigned by clicking Add The appropriate special access can then be chosen from the Special Access Picker The Special Accesses are defined in Utilities gt Special Access Definitions SIMS User Reference Containers SAFE1 1 of 16 Home Personnel Access Special Accesses Audit Trail Remarks DB Audit Trail Drag 4 column he
401. ontains type of search Clear Select to clear the field s value Cancel Select to exit the pick list Pickers 24 SIMS User Reference A limitation of the pick list scheme occurs when needing to select from a large number of items or when the list contents are changing dynamically One example of this situation is when you need to select a facility to send an outgoing visit request to The Other Facilities module may contain hundreds or even thousands of records from which to select so a means for filtering and selecting the desired records is required In this situation SIMS employs pickers As an example the Facility Record Picker is shown below You can use Facility Picker throughout SIMS wherever you can select a facility This dialog box enables you to search for a facility by Name or ID If Data Groups are being used and data group filtering is turned on in the System Customization Data Group filtering tab for the Other Facilities module only Other Facilities that belong to the user s data group will display when displaying the picker dialog for Other Facilities Facility Record Picker Facility ID Facility Mame 41000 General Space amp Defense Corporation B1 B1 L2 Acme Space Vehicles B1 B2 L2 Acme Propulsion Systeme B1 B3 B1 L3 Acme Inertial Guidance Systems B1 B3 B2 L3 Acme Terrain Guidance Systems B1 B3 L2 Acme Guidance Systems B1 L1 Acme Aerospace Systems B2 B1 L2 Acme Optical Systeme B2 B2 L2 Acme lA Sys
402. ontracts Vehicles Military Foreign Travel Remarks Home Clearances Special Accesses E mploymernt Personal Badges E spires Returned Clearance 1273172 0471771989 04 18 1959 q273172005 01701 2006 Issued 01 01 20 04 7901 500 0170172005 SECRET S amp 4 4D di Citizenship Sele DB Audit Trail Training Links HR Fhoto JPAS Badges TOP SECRET Reason Expired Also expired Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Badges Page Fields Field Name Badge Issued Expires Returned Clearance Reason Make Primary Cleared Personnel Training 112 Description The person s employment badge number The date the current badge was issued to the person The date the current badge expires The date the person s badge was returned to security or Human Resources The clearance that is on the badge The reason the badge was returned such as termination of employment Select to indicate that the selected badge is the person s primary badge The primary badge is displayed in bold SIMS User Reference This screen shows a list of all training courses scheduled or previously attended by the individual F Personnel Maxwell Peter C 2 of 21 Kef Contacte Contracts Vehicles Military Foreign Travel Remarks Links HR SPAS DB Audit Trail Home Clearances ii Special Accesses Employment Personal Ii Citiz
403. ore information about using this screen see Input Screen Locks History Page Fields Field Name Date Transaction Type ID Name View Locks Archive Description The date of the lock transaction The type of lock transaction The lock identification number The name of the person assigned to the lock Click to view all the details for a selected lock transaction Only SIMS managers can delete history items This option is grayed out for all other users A PDF file containing a copy of the Lock transaction receipt that was previously executed is created and saved for archival purposes on this tab 349 SIMS User Reference A Locks AA1 1 of 2 Archive Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Lock Transactions Archive Transaction Type User Hame 2 a 4am For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Locks Archive Page Fields Field Name Description Date The date that the transaction was performed Transaction Type The type of transaction User Name The user that performed the transaction Locks Remarks 350 SIMS User Reference amp Locks AA1 1 of 2 Histoy Archive Remarks DE Audit Trail Remarks S lt b di For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Locks Remarks Page Fields Field Name Description Remarks Enter any comments or remarks for the locks here Free form textual informatio
404. osh ce ong Meet Maas 290 UD AE VIS IONS REPONS sais Sot tt ces here echo ceased ca cana E hs ce fepgt Powe aoe ee RS cone een eae deca diag este ag est A et ea EY 291 13 9 VISIONS ThAMGACONS resoa cera tug Mcgee a n a ce ae a a gigas ea ee ee E E aE cal el ter a Dhan ego E eer 293 TA VISHCAUINONZALIONS rera othe coe ek Aaa eed Beg Mpa nda dg ane Senta Sea a Bers a eg Act de a terse dane Gate Sas 299 1421 PURBOSE OF VISIT AUTON ZATIONS setare Satna a ten cre Mt eer ered cep ghee ea Cent a a aster Sus Monel sl er Dg again Mae cee 300 TAZ VIS IU OUI ZATIONS INDU seg ase lec ecco a cance Bs fcc ae a cdg ait ee Rk cone Seen cae sce diag Sister eh ter cepa et a ae 300 VAD V ISIC PU TAOTI ZAM ONIS LSE so cee ee Sara caters Sax Ae wp Shoe ee cee ca te ah che ce aie A cea glnA a ce Se See ch E deg pep ena ace ae 307 14A VISICAUTNONIZATOASFRCDOMS coretan a Sen miu erate raed enna apt Bem ay Cee dae a E Sek ee eee gts Be ee eee 308 TOFS oaa ec a Sag Paces ca ee acd cca Sgt ar E gh Mica Set ete eke wh tha eran eI Sera ctr T er ard gee eee hota age Mica 308 1521 PURBOSE O1 the Program ACCESS Request 7 5 picg sieges tere A cesar ta a ghee diag sea a cake earn hae vce diag aioe Ss isha eh ter carpages agen Bs ae 309 TOs WAPOUETAUIOM eV SLEI SS tp Ashe a E r Phage we Sac e ce ts caer tee eae eee nrc a er tee ectg eva esta Su Marc er er dhe a e ogee ae cian 309 POW PURDOSC OLIS gorrota eat tea Seige canst agence a Sg a E tap ep depen Buse as Rete Ces ae th heehee
405. other document barcode for the current safe container ITEM ID C12345 D45678 F3 REV F4 EXIT 7 When you finish collecting document barcodes for the current safe container press the F4 key to return to the first prompt where you can either specify a new safe container 8 Repeat steps 5 through 7 until you have collected barcode D s for all documents at all safe container locations to be inventoried Then press the F4 key to return to the application menu The TopGun barcode scanners store the collected barcode data in a single ASCII text file When you download the file to your PC the data appears as a list Each line in the list contains two fields separated by a comma The first field is the safe container barcode D and the second field is the document barcode I D A sample data file appears below for inventories of two safes each with five documents C12345 D00001 C12345 D01231 C12345 D10456 C12345 D28904 C12345 D16793 224 SIMS User Reference C45774 D87442 C45774 D66335 C45774 D22778 C45774 D56489 C45774 D14773 Downloading Barcode Data from the TopGun Barcode Scanner After you ve scanned a series of safe container and document barcodes you can download the information to your PC for subsequent inventory reporting by SIMS see Barcode Inventory The TooGun barcode scanner comes with the Portable Applications Library PAL on a diskette You can also use the PTFER Windows file transfer utilities to download
406. oupName PersonnnellD ContainerlID ContractID DocumentStatus SIMS User Reference Signed For Agency From How Received Receipt Entered Into System Control Cross Ref Fax Authors Status Tab Declassify On Downgrade On Level Other Review On Authority Derived From X1 X2 X3 X4 Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document DocumentAuthors Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document SignedForDate Agency ReceivedFrom ReceiptNumber EnteredInSystemDa te ControlINumber CrossRefNumber FAXNumber Author_ID Authors DeclassDate DowngradeDate Downgrade _Level_ Levels Name D DowngradeOther ReviewDate DowngradeAuth DerivedFrom X1 X2 X3 X4 505 SIMS User Reference X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 OADR Declassification Date Manual Review Retention Authorized Letter Sent Retain Until Loaned Loaned To Phone Loan Date Date Due Last Audit LastInventory Sent To Facility Dispatched Suspense Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document Document X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 OADR DeclassDate ManReviewDeclas RetentionAuth RetentionLe
407. overnment agency 159 SIMS User Reference Facility ID Address Phone Fax Contact ID Email Position Phone Cell Phone What is Classified The government agency s ID The address of the government agency The phone number of the government agency The fax number of the government agency The contact person of the government agency The contract person s ID The contract person s email The contract person s position The contract person s phone number The contract person s cell phone number Textual information that describes what is classified Classified Contracts Special Accesses Contracts F49620 05 C 0100 15 of 17 f Government Info Special Accesses E Tasks i Performing Facilities Remarks Links Home Additional Info Special Accesses Special Accesses CH WDI COMSEC Osh harm Cancel Save 160 SIMS User Reference For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Contracts Special Accesses Page Fields Field Name Description Special Accesses Any special accesses required for this contract Special Accesses are defined in Utilities gt Special Access Definitions Classified Contracts Tasks Contracts F496270 05 C 0100 15 of 17 Remarks i Links OB Audit Trail Home IL Additional Info IL Government Info i Spe
408. pire SIMS User Reference 2nd Country of Citizenship Verification Passport Issued Passport Country Passport State Passport City Expires U S Person Evidence of Residency or Asylum Status Date Foreign Government Represented International Entity Represented Agency or Division of Entity or Government Cleared Personnel Photo Signature 110 The second country of citizenship of a dual citizenship if applicable The form of verification for the country of dual citizenship The person s passport number for the country of dual citizenship The date the passport was issued from the country of dual citizenship Select the check box to modify the date The country that issued the passport for dual citizenship The state that issued the passport for dual citizenship The city that issued the passport for dual citizenship The date the passport will expire for dual citizenship If the person is an alien indicate the method in which they legally reside in the U S as either a permanent resident temporary resident or granted political asylum Indicate the evidence of the persons residency or asylum status Indicate the date in which residency or asylum status was given Select the check box to modify the date If the person represents a foreign government select that government from the option menu If the person represents an international entity specify Specify the agency entity or go
409. port Headers Add Headers Header Name Header Text Personnel Report Title Personnel Report Add Custom Headers Add Header Text Add Reports Report Name of Headers Agsig Cancel f Requests DoD Detail Once different headers are created choose the Add button to select the report and the header text that will be displayed on the report Specify the following report name data group in which the header will appear on the report the data group in which the report header will appear the print margin in the header section of the report and the header that will be used on the report gt Custom Reports Custom Report Headers Report Overrides Additional Rep Add Headers Header Name Peon hom Data Group ROOT o O o Print Margin Poe Report Headers Personnel Report Title Repot Name Stet TEA ea E Add Reports Report Name ber of Headers Assi Requests DoD Detail 461 SIMS User Reference Custom Reports Report Overrides Additional Reports Report Headers Add Headers Header Name Header Text Personnel Report Title Personnel Report Add Reports Report Mame Data Group Requests DoD Detail ROOT Add Reports Field Name Report Name Data Group Number of Headers Assigned Auto Numbering Number of Headers Assig J Description Enter the name as it will appear in the module s Report menu The data group in which the report header will appea
410. prime contract If this is a follow on contract enter the preceding contract number The point of contact s name The point of contact s telephone number The Program Manager s name if this is a subcontract or the ACO s name if it is a prime contract The second contact s telephone number The required contractor facility clearance level The required level of contractor safeguarding The contract s facility ID The facility ID of the subcontractor The data group that the contract belongs to Data groups are defined in the User Management Data Groups dialog Indicate whether this is a prime contract subcontract generated or a subcontract received SIMS User Reference In Performing This Contract The Contractor Will Select the appropriate radio button to identify the contractor requirements and restrictions Classified Contracts Additional Info Contracts F49620 05 C 0100 15 of 17 Remarks Links DE Audit Trail oS F a oe Home Additional Info Government Info Special Accesses Tasks Performing Facilities Additional Info DO254 Customer Dept of State Annual Review Due Date _ Customer Location yfashington DC Award Date 1 1 2005 Task Order 12345 Start Date 1741 2005 41000 General Space amp Defense Corporation Scheduled Completion 1273172008 Prime Task Leader Powers Brad A Retention Date Closed Out Public Release Securnty Review Contact Mame Public Re
411. propriate domain Note The default User ID and Password should be changed as soon as possible after the installation New user IDs and passwords may be added See the Utilities gt User Management Users section for more information SIMS Main Screen The SIMS main screen is the starting point after logging into SIMS SIMS has been designed to be user friendly with easily learned full screen interfaces for editing modifying adding and deleting data in a consistent manner for all modules A SIMS Manager can define access privileges to the different modules by going to User Management i n Utilities SIMS User Reference E Host Facilities Classified Contracts Incidents Q Other Facilities Documents Visit Authorizations Cognizant Offices DoD Outgoing Requests IS Keys Change Password DoE Outgoing Requests a J Cleared Personnel Containers SCI Outgoing A equests Eg a3 Forms Conferences and Meetings ik Utilities Each module in SIMS is represented by an icon Click an icon to open that module The File and SIMS menus offer the same choices as the main screen Keyboard equivalents are listed in the menus The following table provides a brief overview of each module Icon Q J an m 12 Description Host Facilities Manages information regarding your facilities Entries include facility names and addresses clearance levels granting agencies and dates granted
412. r Sort By Custodian Name 7 Container ID 7 Document Number Total documents in selection range 19 of documents in the selection range to audit 100 Number of documents in selection range to audit 13 Display document title in the audit report E If you check Any current Document might be audited all documents with a status of In House will form the selection range If you do not check this field then the selection will be based on those documents that have not had a random audit since the entered date You can determine either a percentage of the documents in the range to be randomly selected out or a fixed number of documents to select out from the range Lastly there is an option to print document titles on the audit report Click OK to begin the selection process which is followed by a print action 246 SIMS User Reference DoD Outgoing Requests Purpose of DoD Outgoing Requests DoD Outgoing Requests maintains and prints DoD visit requests sent to other facilities The DoD Outgoing Requests module prepares and prints all DoD visit requests to be sent out to other facilities If a DoD visit request needs to be terminated a letter of visit termination can also be printed Items such as name and address of the facility visited point of contact phone dates of visit and the names and social security numbers of the visitors are stored in this module Input Scre
413. r parameter Add to Query Click to add the selected parameter combination to the list box in the lower portion of the screen Repeat to create a list of multiple parameter combinations 541 SIMS User Reference Remove Click to delete a selected row of parameters Remove All Click to delete all rows of parameters Save Query After selecting this button a Save dialog will appear Save the query so that it can be reloaded for later use Load Query After selecting this button an Open dialog will appear Select a query file that was saved at an earlier time The query must be loaded in the same module in which it was saved OK Click to start the search Cancel Click to close the screen The table below lists fields in the Containers module The subsequent columns list where the field can be found in the Query Editor Containers Home Tab ID Containers ContainerlD Accountability Containers AccountNumber Barcode Containers Barcode StorageLevel Containers Storage _Level_ID Levels Name Location Containers ContainerLocation_ ContainerLocation ContainerLocation D PrimeCustodian ContainerTrail PrimeCustodian D FacilityID Containers Facility ID Facility FacilityID Data Group Containers UserGroup_ ID UserGroups GroupName Combination Containers ComboChangeDate Changed Combination Containers ComboExpirationDa Expires te Type Containers ContainerType_ID ContainerType ContainerType 542 SIMS User Reference Maker Serial Number
414. r Issued Expires Photo Add Photo Clear Visitors From Facility 285 The visitor s place of birth The visitor s height The visitor s weight Information about the visitor s vehicle if it is parked at your facility Check this box if the visitor is a U S citizen The country of citizenship For non U S citizens select Dual Citizenship U S Person or Foreign Person The number of the visitor s work visa if applicable The visitor s naturalization number if applicable The visitor s registered alien number if applicable The country where the passport was issued The city where the passport was issued The state where the passport was issued The passport number The date that the passport was issued The date that the passport expires The person s photograph Click to select a photo for the record The maximum file size can be changed in Utilities gt System Customization gt Maximum Image size The file size maximum is set at 1000 kb However the maximum size can be set up to 10000 kb Click to remove the photo from the record SIMS User Reference Visitors Adams John Q 1 of 10 Horne Clearance Personal From Facility Information Facility siZ Electronics Corporation Address 1500 Digital Avenue Suite 100 Phoent 4 80000 Phone 702 234 5678 amp id 4 D gt bi Visiting Data Seles Badge Info Remakes DB Audit Trail Cancel Save For more inform
415. r on the report Indicates the number of headers assigned to the report The format for the receipt number and record numbering is defined here Auto numbering allows each record or transaction to be assigned a unique number automatically when a record is created or a transaction occurs A receipt number is composed of a prefix a counter and a suffix which are concatenated together to make up the receipt number For example a prefix of 2006 a counter of 100 and a suffix of A would have a result of 2006 100 A The next receipt would be 2006 101 A then 2006 102 A etc 462 SIMS User Reference Auto Numbering Auto Numbering Module Document Barcode Document Barcode Document Destruction Document Destruction Document External Transter Document External Transfer Document intemal Transter Document Internal Transfer Incident Tracking Incident Tracking Incoming visitors Incoming Yisitors IS Hardware External Transfer IS System External Transter Viet Authorization Visit Authorization Visit Request Visit Request Visit Request DoE Pretix D D D D ET ET IT IT IV viS WA VA WH ee l l l l d M ee eee ee M i i i i i i l l DJ DI LI OI DJ Di DJ Dd DJ Di DI DJ DJ OJ DJ DJ Suffix B2 L1 ROOT B2 L1 ROOT B2 L1 ROOT B2 L1 ROOT B2 L1 ROOT B2 L1 ROOT ROOT ROOT B2 L1 ROOT B2 L1 ROOT ROOT Data Group E A B2 L1 Enabled ROOT
416. r Visitor Lock Custodian and all Key Holders Verify that In House Personnel or Visitor Lock Custodians Hey Ring Holder and all Key Holders have a Clearance Brief Date and not a Debrief Date Verify that In House Personnel or Visitor Lock Custodians Rey Ring Holder and all Key Holders are not terminated Verity that Visitor Lack Custodian Key Ring Holder and all Key Holders have a Non Expired Visit Period Locks and Keys Options Do not display Locks transaction receipt preview Do not display Keys transaction receipt preview a ok For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization Locks and Keys Page Fields Field Name Enable Locks Validations Lock Classification lt Clearance Level of all Keyholders and Clearance Level of Lock Custodian Verify that Lock Custodian and all Keyholders have a Clearance Brief Date and not a Debrief Date Verify that Lock Custodian and all Keyholders are not terminated Verify that the Visitor Lock Custodian Key Ring Holder and all Key Holders have a Non Expired Visit Period Do not display Locks transaction receipt preview 400 Description If checked enables lock validation checks that are enabled below If checked the clearance level of the lock must be less than or equal to the clearance level of all kKeyholders and the clearance level of the lock custodian If checked the lock custodian and all keyholders must have a clearanc
417. r based on the way the stream is set up The document number field appears on the Classified Documenis home input screen Different streams can be used for different document numbering schemes Since most facilities have different document numbering systems users can define a scheme that suit their needs For larger facilities the ability to assign ranges of numbers for documents allows blocks of numbers to be assigned for a particular user or project Streams can be used for assigning document numbers to documents based on their classification level or project A portion of the document number could contain the document s classification level or project ID as a prefix with the actual document number appended A SIMS Manager has access to add edit delete Document Streams A Submanager has access only to add edit delete Document Streams within their Data Group Streams outside the Submanager s Data Group can only be viewed 450 SIMS User Reference Document Streams Document Numbering Streams Stream Mame Counter Default B2 L1 Deftault A oot Special ROOT Special B2 L1 1 r 1 1 Preview 2006 001 B2 L1 2006 001 ROOT Special 001 ROOT Special 001 B2 L1 Data Group B2 L1 ROOT ROOT B2 L1 For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Document Streams Page Fields Field Name Stream Name Counter Preview Data Group 451 Description The name of the document numbering stream The cou
418. r more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization DoD Outgoing Requests Page Fields Field Name Set Special Access to Blank on New Visit Requests Enable Naval Message Option Enable Contractual Warning Message 388 Description When adding visitors to an outgoing visit request set their special access fields to blank within the request record If unchecked all of the currently briefed accesses in the visitor s personnel record are mapped over to the request record If checked the DoD input home page will display a Naval Message checkbox If checked Info Precedence and Action Precedence can be modified by using a pick list Also in the DoD Detail Report dialog naval messaging will appear as a report format When opening a DoD record which has the Contractual check box unchecked a warning message will appear when this option is checked If this option is unchecked the warning message will not appear SIMS User Reference Disable Sending Facility When JPAS Checkbox Enabled Maximum number of records selected when performing Termination or Regrade Letters Warn user when Personnel added to a single operation exceeds the following limit Send pending accept or reject messages to All Visitors on the request Do not show OVR Picker Records that are Archived Contracts and Facilities Classified OVR From Facility ID Classified OVR From Facility ID Assign Visit Request Data Group
419. r server under the Object Explorer pane 4 Expand Databases SimsXnil 5 Right click on SimsXml and select Tasks Backup 6 Set Backup Type to Full 7 Under Destination click Add and specify the backup destination 8 Click OK Note While the method above provides a quick way to backup your data we strongly recommend you use this in conjunction with standard backup software that is scheduled for regular intervals If something happens to your PC you ll have to reinstall the operating system reinstall SIMS then restore your data from a backup A relatively inexpensive and easy to use program is Paragon Software s Drive Backup 10 http www paragon software com business db workstation 41 SIMS User Reference Another option is Symantec s Norton Ghost 15 http www symantec com norton ghost These programs will backup the entire disk operating system programs and data Restoring your SIMS database If you want to perform a manual restore of your SIMS database use the following Database Restore instructions 1 Go to Start Program Microsoft SQL Server 2005 SQL Server Management Studio 2 In the connection dialog make sure Server Name is SERVER INSTANCE example SIMS and click Connect 3 Expand your server under the Object Explorer pane 4 Expand Databases SimsXnil 5 Right click on SimsXml and select Tasks Restore Database 6 Set To database SimsXmI 7 Set From database SimsXml
420. r the report is selected in the Reports menu By keeping a copy of the rpx file in a Custom Reports folder you now have the ability to make further changes at a later date and then re save that modified custom report using the Custom Reports utility without needing to start from scratch Note that only one custom report can be saved in the database for each Report Name If you attempt to add the same Report Name when one was already saved you will be alerted that a Custom Report for this Report Name and whether or not you want to overwrite it The only exception to this is the Visitor Visitor Badges where multiple custom visitor badges can be saved in the database each with different Descriptions so that you can pick from a list of choices when performing a Visitor Check In transaction and printing a badge The descriptions will get added to the Badge Type list in the Visitor Registration screen For more information on Custom Reports please refer to the help documentation for Custom Reports Additional Reports Adding Reports Each module in SIMS includes pre defined reports that are accessible through the Reports menu If you want to add a new report you can create a rpx file and or revise an existing one using the Custom Reports option in the Reports menu Managers have full read write access to change the data group field for any custom report Submanagers can only add modify reports within their data group The Custom Report Ad
421. rail Personnel Access ID Name Granted Access Type 000 00 0000 Document Control Office 1 11 2006 111 11 1111 Maswell Peter C 1 11 2006 2222 22 2222 Powers Brad R 771572003 iili Ss Display Denied Personnel amp id a Bb bi Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Cipher Only Open Close Escort Secunty POC False False False False False False False False False False False False E Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Containers Personnel Access Page Fields Field Name ID Name Granted Denied Access Type Cipher Only Open Close 146 Description The ID of the person that has been granted access to the container The name of the person that has been granted access to the container The date the person was granted access to the container The date the person was denied access to the container The type of access Indicates if the Cipher Only check box is checked or unchecked Indicates if the Cipher Only check box is checked or unchecked SIMS User Reference Escort Security POC Find ID Find Name Filter Show All Display Denied Personnel Containers Special Accesses 147 Indicates if the Escort check box is checked or unchecked If checked it means that the personnel could be an escort Indicates if the Security POC check box is checked or unchecked Finds a person in the access list using the pers
422. rail Page Fields Field Name Description Timestamp The timestamp that the modification was made Subsystem The subsystem in which the change was made Action The type of action i e edit By The user that performed the change Description A description of the change i e record number Classified Document List Default Output List Screen The Classified Document default output list screen shows the Document Number Disposition and Classification fields for each document record in the database You can e Resize the columns by clicking the lines in the column headers and dragging them to the left or right much like a spreadsheet e Click on a column header to sort the records by that column e Double click on a record to open an input screen where you can modify the fields 194 SIMS User Reference Documents Document Mumber C Document B1 B1 L2 C Document B1 B2 L2 C Document B1 B3 B1 L3 C Document B1 B3 B2 L3 C Document B1 B3 L2 C Document B1 L1 C Document B2 B1 L2 C Document B2 B2 L2 C Document B2 B3 L2 C Document B2 L1 C Document B3 B1 L2 C Document B3 B2 L2 C Document B3 63 L2 C Document B3 L1 C SIMS SB 00001 90 C SIMS SB 00002 90 C SIMS SB 00003 90 Custodian Thompson Tom Thompson Tim Daniels Dave Daniels Dale Thompson Terry Jones John Thompson Ted Thompson Todd Thompeon Taft Jones dim Thompson Tug Thompson Tammy Thompeon Terrell Jones Joe Maxwell Peter L
423. rance Levels Delete SECRET SECRET Down The last 2 buttons are the Save Settings and Load Settings buttons After this report is set up appropriate to the desired results and the is report is to be run on a recurring basis save the layout by clicking Save Settings and next time the report is needed click Load Settings and everything previously set up will appear on the screen the way it was saved A very colorful report comes up with lots of information on it There are 3 sections on the report Clearance Case Closing Cycle Time Closed Case Timeliness and Pending Clearance Cases Section 1 Clearance Case Closing Cycle Time This section computes statistics on the clearance cases that have both an e QIP Start Date and a Granted date The former must be before the latter Section 2 Closed Case Timeliness This section uses the same data as the Closing Cycle Time but it groups the clearance cases into one of six ranges based upon the number of days between the e QIP Start Date and the Granted date Section 3 Pending Clearance Cases A clearance case will be included in the statistics reported for this section if 1 the clearance case is for a clearance level that is listed in one of the Clearance Groups 2 the e QIP Start Date is between the Start Date and End Date and 3 at least one of the follow is true a the PSQ App Pending checkbox on the Applications Polygraph tab of the Clearance Case dialog is checked b the Gr
424. rank of the contract s sub facility clearance level If checked the rank of a contract s storage level must be less than or equal to the rank of the contract s facility storage level If checked the rank of a contract s storage level must be less than or equal to the rank of the contract s facility clearance level If checked the start date must be later than or equal to the specified award date SIMS User Reference End Date gt Start Date If checked the end date must be later than or equal to the specified start date Scheduled Completion Date gt Start Date If checked the scheduled completion date must be later than or equal to the specified award date End Date gt Start Date If checked the end date for the performing facility must be later than or equal to the specified start date Validate Performing Facility Special Access If checked any special accesses identified for the contract must also be identified for each Performing Facilities System Customization DoD Outgoing Requests This tab contains validation information for DoD Outgoing Requests and maintains settings for enabling message options and special access It also contains the E mail and Fac subject message and cover page information for implementation of the Visit Request Administrator VR Admin User feature The VR Admin User capability allows personnel to submit requests for DoD Outgoing Requests to be processed and faxed using a web based interface
425. ransaction select the destination document Document Incorporation Home Transaction Remarks Incorporation Incorporation Date 6r 9 2008 Total Partial Hame ID Incorporation Receipt Options Print Document Special Accesses When the transaction is done each document will have the appropriate information entered into its Audit Trail record The destination document s Audit Trail record lists all the incorporated documents in the Remarks field If the Incorporation is total then all source documents will be automatically archived 219 SIMS User Reference Incorporation Date Enter the date of incorporation Destination Document Select the target document for the incorporation Total or Partial Select either a total or partial incorporation Performed by Select the person performing the incorporation Print Document Special Accesses If selected the document s special accesses will appear on the certificate Click OK when all of the requirements have been fulfilled Loan Check Out The Document Loan Check Out transaction allows selected documents to be loaned Document Transaction Loan Out Home Transaction Remarks Loan Date Bf 9 2008 Due Date lv 67 972008 Mame ID Phone Cnt JCS Loan Out Receipt Options Print Document Special Accesses Loan Check Out Loan Date Enter the date that the document s are being loaned Due Date Enter the date when the docum
426. ransaction was made in error External Transfer to Multiple Facilities Suppose that a SIMS user has generated 70 copies of a document and now wants to send one copy to each of 70 facilities Using the previously described external transfer technique this would require 70 separate transactions However this can be easily done in a single transaction To execute an external transfer to multiple facilities all documents to be processed must have the same Root ID which means that they must be copies of the same document First select the documents to be transferred and then go to Transactions and select External Transfer The Distri bution check box just below the list of document transaction types will become active 207 SIMS User Reference Document Transactions Selected Documents Document Number Title Classification Custodian SIMS 56 00003 50 Copy 008 HAWE WISTA Exploitation Report AN TLO 34 SECRET Hanwell Peter SIMS 56 00003 50 Copy 009 HAVE VISTA Exploitation Report AN TLO 34 SECRET Maxwell Peter Select Additional Documents Records Selected Scanner Document Number i Clear Selection Load ScanSet Barcode E Transaction Type Make scanset Pr aera Tat J E Distibution List Check the option Distribution List and then choose OK The following setup screen appears Document Transaction External Transfer Home Transaction Remarks Options Transfer Date 1 2 20 2006 Suspen
427. ransactions allows you to change the status of one or more keys or a key ring or key hook to Loaned in one step A record of the loaned key will be put in the history for each Key record 374 SIMS User Reference i Key Loaned Loaned To Crem a Date Loaned Date Due drede 00r DA OIT V Transaction Remarks Loaned To Click this button to open a pick list from the Cleared Personnel or Visitors module Select the individual and the name will appear in the box to the right of the button Date Loaned Enter the date the key s was loaned The Date Loaned defaults to the current system date Date Due Enter the date the key s is due back The Date Due defaults to the current system date Click OK to complete the transaction Key Lost Key Lost Transactions allows you to change the status of one or more keys or a key ring or key hook to Lost in one step A record of the lost key will be put in the history for each Key record 375 SIMS User Reference i Key Lost Reported By e a Date Lost Date Reported 2272007 2727 2007 Y Transaction Remarks Reported By Click this button to open a pick list from the Cleared Personnel or Visitors module Select the individual and the name will appear in the box to the right of the button Date Lost Enter the date the key s was lost The Date Lost defaults to the current system date Date Reported Enter the date the lost key s was reported The Date Reported d
428. rding this visit SIMS User Reference S DoD Requests 1 3 of 3 SE DB Audit Trail Home Send To Facility Visitors Endorsements Intemational Special Accesses Statue Archive Remarks Links Links Double click an tem below to open the linked document Description FilePath JELRE For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DoD Outgoing Requests Links Page Fields Field Name Description Description A brief description of the linked file File Path The full path and file name of the linked file DoD DB Audit Trail Select the Retrieve button to display the record s audit trail A SIMS Manager can run a report and manage audit trail changes by going to Utilities gt Database Audit Trail 297 SIMS User Reference S DoE Requests O6R 001 1 of 2 Home Purpose Certification Personnel Links DE Audit Trail Drag 4 column header here to group by that column Timestamp Subsystem Action By Description Press the Perieg Sutton to Wew he ostabese gumit ral H H 4 Record Oof O H H Table Record ID ls Field Before value b bi After value Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DoD Outgoing Requests DB Audit Trail Page Fields Field Name Timestamp Subsystem Action By Description DoD Outgoing Requests List Default Output List Screen The DoD Requests de
429. rds to exclude from the import exit out of the import dialog Open the JPAS spreadsheet report and delete any individual rows from the import Making this change will ensure these records are not included in the JPAS import and no information will be overwritten once the transaction is performed 141 SIMS User Reference El JPAS Import Wizard Completing the JPAS Import Wizard You have successfully completed the JP45 Import Wizard To close this wizard click Finish Choose the Finish button to close the JPAS Import Wizard dialog Refer also to the Cleared Personnel Input JPAS topic Frequently Asked Questions 1 Is the file open Solution Close the file and the program that has it open 2 Has the file been saved as a xls file Solution This can be corrected by obtaining a JPAS file that uses csv format 3 Do you have permission to read the file Solution Right click on the file and select Properties Select the Security Tab then add the Everyone user and give that file Full Control Save all changes 4 Is the JPAS Import file located on a shared drive and opened by another user Solution f so please have all users close the JPAS file 5 Did you install SIMS using Click Once on a 64 bit workstation Solution You can install the SIMS Client using the MSI installer instead of the ClickOnce package That will force the SIMS Client to run as a 32 bit process even if the operating system is 64 bit a
430. re defined in the User Management Data Groups dialog Click to select the individual who reported the event Click to select the facility that reported the event Select to indicate that the individual reported themselves Any special accesses for material compromised The reason for the event Select the compromise that was caused by the event Select the damage rating High Moderate Low or None The current status of the incident tracking SIMS User Reference Dollar Loss Any monetary loss involved Police File The police case number if filed Police Notified Check if the police were notified Incident Action FY Incidents 7001 001 1 of 2 Home Acton Description Findings Links DB Audit Trail Action and Status Next Status Date E 27 172001 Management Review Action Date EA 3 4 2002 Y Outside Action Estimated Date for Final Report E 17 22002 Responsible Agent Cognizant Office Notified eo Suse Address i Other Facility a Bldg 2304 Suite A Address2 maqing Cognizant Offi agnizant OITICe Address3 Analyst Address4 Hotify List John Jenkins amp Joe Bonkers i a Ha a gt pi Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Incidents Action Page Fields Field Name Description Next Status Date The date the status is expected to change Next Status The next status step expected Action Date The date action was t
431. rence Appendix Query Editor Fields Classified Contracts Using Query Editor The Query Editor allows complex searches It searches the current data file and displays only the records that fit the search conditions that you specify chal ra Click Query Editor gt at the bottom of any output list screen The Query Editor dialog box appears Query Editor Create Query Component Table Column Operator Modifier E E Contract EEE TEI HHH ContractPerformingF acility Is not equal to ls greater than H H ContractSAs le greater than or equal to E3 HH ContractT ask lz less than H H DD254 lz less than or equal to Contains Does not contain Left Parenthesis ls empty ls nok empty Right Parenthesis Current Query Components Operator Modifier Query Editor Screen Fields Field Name Description Tables Select the table type Fields Select the field within the selected table type Operator The value definition Modifier Select AND to include all parameters or OR to include one or more of the parameters in the query results 498 SIMS User Reference Value Add to Query Remove Remove All Save Query Load Query OK Cancel Classified Contracts Specify a date number or text for the Operator parameter Click to add the selected parameter combination to the list box in the lower portion of the screen Repeat to create a list of multiple parameter combinat
432. rence will be held The conference start date The conference end date Choose the Facility button to select a Facility related to the Conference The data group that the Conference belongs to Data groups are defined in the User Management Data Groups dialog Description of the conference or meeting Number of people attending the conference Detailed attendee information is found on the Attendee tab The conference s classification level The names of the Points of Contact POCs for the conference The work phone numbers of the Points of Contact POCs for the conference SIMS User Reference Conferences Issues in the News 1 of 3 Attendees Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Hame Attendee ID Facility ID Atkinson Brian william OOo 41000 Smith Janet L 333 33 3333 41000 Scan Barcode Print Options Barcode 16 30355500 15 30355493 Scanned Visitor Ready WAR Exp Ho Yes Ho Yes M 7202010 Print Scanned List Print Attendee List C2 Print Sign In Sheet Add Personnel Add Visitor Very Attendees Add Personnel by Special Access Add Visitors by Special Access Add Pre designated Visitors amp id 4 DP bi Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Conferences Attendees Page Fields Field Name List of Attendees Scan Barcode Scan Date Print Options Print Add Personnel Add Visitor 332 Description The list of conference att
433. rform a query so that the output list displays the records that you want to report on 2 Inthe output list screen select Quick Report from the Reports menu 3 Select the table that you would like to use on the report If a table that uses special accesses is selected a dialog will appear allowing the user to print all special accesses or select specific special accesses from a list In the Personnel module an example would be the PersonnelSAs table Selecting Yes will print all soecial accesses on the report Selecting No will allow you to select from a list of special accesses The Quick Report will display one row for each special access that an individual holds The Personnel module s Quick Report dialog has a unique field which allows users to print special accesses on one line for each individual In the PersonnelOutputList table there is a field A SAs This field will display all Special Accesses on one row separated by a character Unlike the PersonnelSAs table the Special Accesses using this method will include the following conditions e No briefing is required or e A briefing is required and the briefing date is equal to or less than the current date and there either is no debrief date or the debrief date is greater than the current date Typically the outputlist table will provide fields needed to generate a report Select the one table that will provide the fields that you need for your quick report If there is a need to use
434. rming IS hardware barcode inventory Require unique values for hardware serial numbers at each facility serial numbers cannot be used for barcode inventory if unchecked If checked the Owner must have a clearance brief date and not a debrief date If checked the Custodian cannot be terminated If checked the Assigned to person cannot be terminated If checked the Owner cannot be terminated If checked duplicate values will be ignored when performing the IS hardware barcode inventory If checked hardware serial numbers at each IS D facility record must be unique The serial numbers can be used for the barcode inventory report If this option is unchecked the serial number will not be enforced as unique and will not be used during barcode inventory System Customization Message Customization System Customization System Personnel DO254 Contracts DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visitors Time Periods Conferences Containers Output Lists Data Group Filters Locks amp Keys 1S Windows Login Message Block 1 SIMS Tutorial Data Messages Documents I OVA Notifications l OWA E mail amp Fax Colors Encryption LDAP o OSOS Web Page Legend Windows Background Legend Default Web Page Legend For more information about using this screen see Input Screen 404 SIMS User Reference System Customization Message Customization Page Fields Field Name Block 1 Bl
435. rnal transfer certificate If selected the default will be set so that the return address will appear on the external transfer certificate If selected the default will be set so that the control number will appear on the external transfer certificate If selected the default will be set so that labels will print on a separate page at the end of the external transfer certificate If selected the default will be set so that remarks will print on a separate page at the end of the external transfer certificate If checked the default will be set so that the document unaccountable field will get checked If checked the default will be set so that the container field will get cleared for the documents to be destroyed If checked the default will be set so that the custodian field will get cleared for the documents to be destroyed SIMS User Reference Mark Document Accountable on Return to Accountability Display Former Custodian on Receipt IS Transaction Defaults Tranzaction Defaults If checked the default will be set such that the document is marked as accountable when performing the return to accountability transaction If checked the default will be set such that the former custodian is printed on the internal transfer report J Print 15 ID Print Classification Level When Deere Print Shipping Labels SS For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Transacti
436. ro oo J O97 On Fe oo Pa Options Document Number Preview Use Next Document Number in Stream Special 045 82 L1 Use Selected Reserved Document Number E Scan Barcodes When you select the Scan Barcodes button you will be presented with a dialog Here you can manually type in each barcode or quickly scan in a bulk of barcodes at one time The status will indicate if it is searching found or not found 243 SIMS User Reference Scan Barcodes Barcode Status boog4 Found bo0940 Found D0936 Found Export Scanned Barcodes All Barcodes Exceptions Only Scan Barcodes All Barcodes To export all barcodes that were scanned including those that were found and not found choose this option and then the Export button A dialog will allow you to save the export as a csv file Exceptions only To export all barcodes that were scanned and have a status that is Not Found choose this option and then the Export button A dialog will allow you to save the export as a csv file Classified Documents Load Make ScanSet Load ScanSet When you pick Load Scan Set you will be presented with the standard Open File dialog box You should next open a scanfile that has been created by a TopGun or other barcode scanner that is compatible with the SIMS barcode inventory process SIMS will then find all the documents whose barcodes were recorded in the scanfile and those will be displayed on the output screen 244
437. rosoft ActiveSync will detect your scanner and prompt you to establish a partnership between the device and your PC When the following dialog appears leave Yes selected and click Next Microsoft s ActiveSync utility can synchronize your Microsoft Outlook Calendar Contacts and Tasks with a mobile device Those three items are optional and are not required by SIMS The only required option for SIMS is Files Make sure Files is selected and click Next 229 SIMS User Reference You may receive the following dialog File Synchronization oe A Synchronized Files folder will be created on your desktop computer aie el Place files that you want to synchronize into this folder Microsoft ActiveSync may need to convert files when synchronizing between your mobile device and this desktop computer Note 4 converted file may not contain all information found in the orginal file dp This indicates the data transferred from the scanner will be stored in a folder on your desktop If you need to change the destination click OK to close the dialog then highlight Files and click the Settings button After clicking Next you will receive the following dialog confirming that installation is complete Click Finish New Partnership Setup Complete You are now ready to start exchanging information between pour mobile device and this computer Upon exiting this wizard Microsoft ActiveSync wil open and IF your device is a quest click
438. rsion to complete this database move Part 1 Install SIMS The first step is to install SIMS Server on the target PC Please refer to the S MS Installation Guide for step by step instructions on installing SIMS Confirm you can login before proceeding Part 2 Locate Source Data Files 1 Open SQL Server Management Studio on your current SIMS PC 2 Click Connect on the initial connection dialog 3 Select File New Query with Current Connection 485 SIMS User Reference EL Microsoll SOL Sere r Hana gemeat Stadio Fie Edi Wew SOLRefeto SOL Prompt Tools Window Community Hep Beccte vm IG lat 2D Oy i oh Gel la i ver 9 0 3073 CCONRAD Developer 7 Item s g Save Al Source Conbtral 4 Enter the following and press F5 USE SimsXml GO sp_helpfile GO 5 Check the filename column in the Result window to identify all the files that make up your SIMS database there are usually two E Micros SHL Server Management Shefa rot Aalen SOL o Taaa Window Communi Hep cenie w a ahlu rag aE i ia nege Li oy d a C Propan Fie Mocroh SOL Server 500 TASSA MDA TA Seren birel on data oriy C Progemn Fin Maai SOL Seve HSSOL TASSOLDATA Samaki jog LDF WULL ISAE J4MHOHABE Ma log oriy Part 3 Detach existing database on source PC 6 Replace the current query text with the following and press F5 to detach your database Note that this will take your current SIMS database offline U
439. ry NISPOM PL Deactivate Deactivated By Location Mail Stop 8 602 Audit Relief Letter Multiple Production Facility Self Approved Trusted Downloads Number of Workstations Extended Storage Policy Operating Systems Current 6 month Review Due Date Current 6 month Review Completed Date Current Reaccreditation Due Date 315 Select the IS Type from a pick list Edit the Origination date Edit the When Processing date Select the Area Type from a pick list Select the Accreditation from a pick list Select the When Not Processing from a pick list Select the Network Type from a pick list Select the Reaccreditation from a pick list Select the System Category from a pick list Select the NISPOM PL from a pick list Select the Deactivate date from a pick list Select the Deactivated By person from a pick list Select the Location from a pick list Edit the Mail Stop field Select the 8 602 Audit Relief Letter from a pick list Check or uncheck the Multiple Production Facility field Check or uncheck the Self Approved field Select the Trusted Downloads from a pick list Edit the number of workstations Check or uncheck the Extended Storage Policy field Edit the Operating Systems field Edit the date for the current 6 month Review Due Date Edit the date for the current 6 month Review Due Date Edit the date for the current Reaccreditation Due Date SIMS User Reference Current Reaccreditation Completed Date Edit
440. ryptSSN 1 BEGIN UPDATE Visitors SET EncryptedSSN Q Visitor_TempEncryptedSSN SSN NULL FROM Visitors WHERE Visitors ID RowID END END ELSE BEGIN SET Visitor_TempSSN Visitor_SSN SET Visitor_TempBirthDate Visitor_BirthDate SET Visitor_TempBirthPlace Visitor_BirthPlace END 424 SIMS User Reference Select next Visitor row for processing SELECT RowID MIN ID FROM Visitors 425 SIMS User Reference WHERE Visitors ID gt RowID System Customization LDAP System Customization System Personnel OD254 Contracts DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visitors Time Pernods Conferences Containers Output Lists Data Group Filters Locks amp Keys 1S Messages Documents OVA Notifications OWA E mail amp Fax Colors Encryption LDAP Active Directory 7 LDAP Integration Authentication Types Enable LDAP Authentication Secure NTLM kerberos Default Basic Perform initial bind with user credentials Perform initial bind with global credentials Encryption Bid Account rm Saket Layar BSL Bind Passord Oem petat Domain o l O O Sealing LDAP Test Test LDAP For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization LDAP Page Fields Field Name Description Enable LDAP Authentication Check this box to use Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP to authenticate SIMS users when they login and t
441. s Click to delete a selected row of parameters Click to delete all rows of parameters SIMS User Reference Save Query Load Query OK Cancel Cogizant Offices After selecting this button a Save dialog will appear Save the query so that it can be reloaded for later use After selecting this button an Open dialog will appear Select a query file that was saved at an earlier time The query must be loaded in the same module in which it was saved Click to start the search Click to close the screen The table below lists fields in the Cognizant Offices module The subsequent columns list where the field can be found in the Query Editor Cognizant Code Office Name Phone FAX Field Office Chief Address Line 1 Adaress Line 2 Address Line 3 Remarks CogOffice CogOffice CogOffice CogOffice CogOffice CogOffice CogOffice CogOffice CogOffice Cog_Code Name Phone FAX FieldOfficeChief Address1 Address2 Address3 Remarks Conferences and Meetings Using Query Editor The Query Editor allows complex searches It searches the current data file and displays only the records that fit the search conditions that you specify Click Query Editor h i ai at the bottom of any output list screen The Query Editor dialog box appears 537 SIMS User Reference Query Editor Create Query Component Table Column E H Conference ConterenceA ttendess ConterencePOCs 3 Current Q
442. s Locks amp Keys 15 Messages Documents OVA Notifications OWA E mail amp Fas Colors Encryption LOAF system Personnel DO254 Contracts DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visors Time Periods Conferences Containers Output Lists Disable Record Paging Check Box Selection Display all of the records from the database at once in the output list C Disable selection check boxes for the selected modules This is similar to SIMS ion 6 behavior See are ae Pn Rea C Disable checked and highlighted warning dialog CAUTION Do not selectmodules with a substantial number of records or performance willbe very slow Check highlighted rows and add to existing checked rows C Classified Contracts Use only checked rows m E Clear all checked rows and check all highlighted rows ognizant Offices Conferences and Meetings C Containers C Documents C Dob Outgoing Requests C DoE Outgoing Requests Forme C Host Facilities Incidents Cys C Keys Locks Other Facilities C SCI Outgoing Requests Visit Authorizations C Visitors For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization Output Lists Page Fields Field Name Description Disable Record Paging If checked the selected module will display all the records from the database at once Instead of using the default page up down keys a scroll bar will allow the user to stroll up down through the al
443. s Description Personnel Involved Incidents PersonsInvolved Findings Tab Findings IS Using Query Editor The Query Editor allows complex searches It searches the current data file and displays only the records that fit the search conditions that you specify h rE ey Click Query Editor Se at the bottom of any output list screen The Query Editor dialog box appears 564 SIMS User Reference Query Editor Create Query Component Table Column Operator Gl ALS Ei ve to H AlSAccess eee E AlSHardware Soe AISSA ls less than ls greater than or equal to E3 Als Software le less than or equal to AlS Trail Contains Does not contain ls empty ls nok empty y Current Query Components Table Query Editor Screen Fields Field Name Tables Fields Operator Modifier Value Add to Query Remove Remove All Operator Modifier Left Parenthesis Right Parenthesis Modifier 565 Description Select the table type Select the field within the selected table type The value definition Select AND to include all parameters or OR to include one or more of the parameters in the query results Specify a date number or text for the Operator parameter Click to add the selected parameter combination to the list box in the lower portion of the screen Repeat to create a list of multiple parameter combinations Click to delete a selected row of parameters
444. s Document WorkStation Comment Remarks Abstract Keyword_ID SA_ID Remarks Keywords SA Classified Personnel Using Query Editor Keyword SAName The Query Editor allows complex searches It searches the current data file and displays only the records that fit the search conditions that you specify by h Click Query Editor gt atthe bottom of any output list screen The Query Editor dialog box appears 518 SIMS User Reference Query Editor Create Query Component Table Column Operator GE Personnel ls equal to i ls not equal to i ter th HH AlienStatus amp greater than 4 Ashlumotatus_ID eee ls greater than or equal to HH AuthCourier ls less than or equal to HH AuthToDestroy Contains HH AuthToTransfer eee 5 one Is not empty BEper HH BeepersN HH BithDate HH BithPlace Branch_IO H CellPhone HH ChargeNum Add to Query Jh Current Query Components Query Editor Screen Fields Field Name Tables Fields Operator Modifier Value Add to Query Remove Remove All Does not contain Operator Modifier Value OF Left Parenthesis Right Parenthesis Modifier C Enterprise Wide 519 Description Select the table type Select the field within the selected table type The value definition Select AND to include all parameters or OR to include one or more of the parameters in the query results Specify a da
445. s deserted Sap ete dem E eae ineg aang odes dee age Wer ned oii wh Begone oon oar 490 22 IPGOICK Repot Edl r sa Sscpee geen Bs Hice Sr E shape teh Mica og cg pre ca coe ip eg erste Be ea Scant Phan ae ee angen cdo E Seater AE 491 22 2 Generating EXceltiles WIN QUICK REDONS 4o42 c0tatciive reneged Narpaw eke needed Beh etek E ane ies 492 Ey ane lie S ame a arene ene ee me ae ae ee Oe a eae ie ae ee ea See ee eee ee ea eee em ae ee a me eee eee ee eee eee 493 22 ASNO Barcode FICS dsc cd Sus Macca weer a ph so ost nee os eg Matador Sar hae te ay haere anos chia Sp Mice N th aetna Madey 495 Zo SO Le ASIC CHEJU aarre etd ah Mice placa esc used oe cae Recs Cc ge et ete Sh gst Ree ah Bc es Sa ade ep ees aoe Sutin os Me Me 496 ZOO MASK SCMCOUINNG saces cess Mose a teenie seh Gusta oem Rca ear iehe eerie tee aie wh Suet eM N eee agian M GaSe AN E og Maden Meher 497 2A Appendix Query Editor Fielda seresa nire Raho tuted at doe hacen tee eat ae er haha tae aoa a hanna gate ea eee 497 247i Classiied Contracts Using Query Editor 12 cuychutcedateks bhai eka eke peo e A A ele ee tet tetete ds 498 24 2 Classified Documents Using Query Editor gacctctadcee ri niadaaieetedda tek te tet ede eh ee ie eee dee ees 502 24 3 Classified Personnel Using Query Editor csipet dar needed wake wreak oe feet Hehe S E NE RES 518 24 4 Cognizant Otices lt Using Query Edior 2 324 200 34 hde ee eee dete Wah ee ROAR wed Nee Ba ee EE EE E Meet 535 24 5 Conferences and
446. s not used by any other SIMS module Input Screen Description Home Hooks and Rings History Links Remarks List Screen Description Default Output List Transactions Transactions Reports Reports Keys Input Keys Home 362 SIMS User Reference ty Keys A 011 1 of 2 Hooks and Rings i History Remarks EE Links DE Audit Trail Base Rev ID A 011 Key Copy Holder 111 11 1111 lssued 1 23 2006 Retrieved _ Lock ID Classification Custodian id lt lt P ba Status Hame Hook ID Kep Aing Bitting Copy ASSIGNED Maxwell Peter L C Master Alpha Aing 4 123 C Inactive Original Location Status Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Keys Home Page Fields Field Name Base Key ID Key Copy Holder Facility Data Group Issued Retrieved Status Name 363 Description The combination of the Base Key ID and the Copy can be used to make a unique value for each Key record The Key Copy Holder field is linked to the Personnel or Visitor Pick Lists Click Facility to show the Facility Record Picker The data group that the key belongs to Data groups are defined in the User Management Data Groups dialo g Date the key was issued Date the key was returned Current status of the Key This value is assigned automatically when a Key Transact
447. s6103L55tandalone T utora SIMS ini MaM For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Contracts Links Page Fields Field Name Description Description A brief description of the linked file File Path The full path and file name of the linked file Classified Contracts DB Audit Trail Select the Retrieve button to display the record s audit trail A SIMS Manager can run a report and manage audit trail changes by going to Utilities gt Database Audit Trail 178 SIMS User Reference Contracts F49620 05 C 0100 15 of 17 maf Home Additional Info Government Info Special Accesses Tasks Performing Facilities Remarks Links DE Audit Trail Drag a column header here to group by that column Timestamp Subsystem Action Bry Description Press the Retrieve sutton io vew ie cotatbese guit raul WH H 4 Record O of O P P H Table Record ID Field Before value After Value BMI For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Contracts DB Audit Trail Page Fields Field Name Description Timestamp The timestamp that the modification was made Subsystem The subsystem in which the change was made Action The type of action i e edit By The user that performed the change Description A description of the change i e record number Classified Contracts List D
448. se Date 12 20 2006 Print Shipping Labels Name Remarks On Separate Page ID puoieedy JQ Ed ent racoumicte Clear Container PF tear custo External Transfer Receipt Options Print Control Number Print With Return Address Print Document Titles Print Document Special Accesses From Facility Distribution List a Name and Address External Distribution 208 SIMS User Reference Distribution lists are the key to multiple recipient type transactions The first time the screen shown above is displayed there won t be any previously defined distribution lists shown on the dialog beneath the words External D istribution To create one click Distribution which will bring up the distribution list screen shown below Distribution Lists Total Copies External Transfer Distribution List Screen Choose Add to create a new external distribution list External Distribution List Facility Marne Facility IO Send Method Attention Copies 209 SIMS User Reference External Transfer Distribution List Entry Screen Specify a name for the distribution list After the distribution list has been given a name add facilities to the list by clicking Add which brings up the screen shown below External Distribution To Facility Tracking ToFacility Method Attention pO Copies Click To Facility and select a facility You can select the method of transfer by clicking Method and then selecting
449. se to manually enter a date range a new page allowing you to enter the date range will appear Select the Down arrow to display a calendar or choose the question mark which will give other date options You must select a From and To Date Click on the Failed Only check box if you wish to filter failed login attempts between the date range Otherwise leave this unchecked to filter all failed and successful logins between your date range Choose the Search button to complete the date range filtering Select a Time Period Enter Date Range I ided ony rom PMT Y o 8 22 2007 vo 479 SIMS User Reference Currently Connected Users To view currently connected users connect to a server using IE and go to the following URL http 127 0 0 1 Sims Web ASP SIMSClientUsers aspx Replace the local host IP 127 0 0 1 with the IP address of the server you are connected to if it is other than your own PC You will get a login screen You must be a SIMS Administrator to connect Web Access Bypass If your primary requirement is just to save the users from logging in you can use the data group bypass URL feature Instructions to setup your Web Bypass for any SIMS Web page 1 Create a SIMS account where username and password are the same 2 Grant the account only access to the web s outgoing request module 3 Assign it to a data group with the same name as the user account 4 Then add this to the end of the URL that accesses the
450. see Input Screen System Customization IS Hardware Page Fields Field Name Description Enable Hardware Checks If checked enables IS hardware validation checks that are enabled below Classification Level lt Custodian Personnel Visitor If checked the hardware Classification Level must be Clearance Level less than or equal to the clearance level of the Custodian personnel visitor Classification Level lt Owner Personnel Visitor If checked the hardware Classification Level must be Clearance Level less than or equal to the clearance level of the Owner personnel visitor Classification Level lt Assigned To Personnel If checked the hardware Classification Level must be Visitor Clearance Level less than or equal to the clearance level of the Assigned To personnel visitor Require Custodian to have a Clearance Brief Date and If checked the Custodian must have a clearance brief not a Debrief Date date and not a debrief date Require Assigned to person to have a Clearance Brief If checked the Assigned to person must have a Date and not a Debrief Date clearance brief date and not a debrief date 403 SIMS User Reference Require Owner to have a Clearance Brief Date and not a Debrief Date Verify that Custodian Personnel Visitor is not Terminated Verify that Assigned to Personnel Visitor is not Terminated Verify that Owner Personnel Visitor is not Terminated Ignore duplicate values when perfo
451. sent to other facilities The DoE Outgoing Requests module prepares and prints all visit requests to be sent out to other facilities If a visit request needs to be terminated a letter of visit termination can also be printed Items such as name and address of the facility visited contact phone dates of visit along with the names and social security numbers of the visitors are stored in this module Input Screen Description Home Purpose Certification Personnel Links List Screen Description Default Output List Reports Reports DoE Outgoing Requests Input DoE Requests Home S DoE Requests 06R 001 1 of 2 Purpose Certification Personnel Links DE Audit Trail Request Number 06A 001 Valid From Valid To Oo epartment of Energy wl ot aal wt To HOD FE 2427 2010 272672011 0 0 From Acme Aerospace 2 27 2011 t 12345 Walnut Street Miami FL 44455 22672012 Y Facility 1 to be Visited Large Software Systems Inc Date Facility 2 to be Visited Space Systems Company Prepared by Jim Conrad DOE Security Official Verifying DOE Clearance Symbol Ni Daniel Delbert Telephone For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DoE Requests Home Page Fields 262 SIMS User Reference Field Name Request Archived Data Group To From Facility 1 To Be Visited Facility 2 To Be Visited DoE Security Official Verifying DoE Clearance Date Prepared By Symbol
452. ser Reference Patent Copyright and Trade Secret Infringement SELLER warrants that the Work performed or the Software delivered under this contract will not infringe or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of any third party in the United States or in any foreign country in which the SELLER decides in the future to do business LICENSOR agrees to defend indemnify and hold harmless LICENSEE and its customers from and against any claims damages losses costs and expenses including attorneys fees arising out of any action by a third party that is based upon a claim that the Software infringes or otherwise violates the intellectual property rights of any person or entity in the United States To qualify for such a defense and payment LICENSEE must i give LICENSOR prompt written notice of any such claim and ii allow LICENSOR to control and provide reasonable assistance to LICENSOR at LICENSOR s expense in the defense and all related settlement negotiations LICENSOR shall pay all damages finally awarded to third parties which LICENSEE is obligated to pay but shall not be responsible for any compromise made without its consent Upon notice of an alleged infringement or if in LICENSOR s opinion such a claim is likely LICENSOR shall have the right at its option and expense to obtain the right to continue licensing the Software substitute other computer software with substantially similar operating capabilities that is non infringin
453. ship of the contact to the person Cleared Personnel Contracts Vehicles The Associated Contracts list displays contracts assigned to the person s record The vehicles screen lists a person s vehicles for parking purposes 114 SIMS User Reference El Personnel Maxwell Peter C 2 of 21 l Clearances Special Accesses Contracts Wehicles Military Home Employnnertt Personal Contacts Foreign Travel Remarks Associated Contracts Description SDI Research Heavy Equipment MH aintern Prime Contract ID F49620 05 C 0111 Contract ID F49620 05 C 07 00 sIMS BDF O0234 Yehicles License LA LAM PETES 944 Vehicle Type Roadster Convert amp iM 4 Db bi Citizenship Access Date Seles Training DB Audit Trail Photo Links HR Badges JPAS Clearance TOR SECR SECRET Facility ID A1000 A1000 Prog Mar Lionel H Storage TOP SE SECRE Parking Decal Az Al2345 Az B23239 Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Contracts Vehicles Page Fields Field Name Contract ID Prime Contract ID Description Access Date Facility ID Clearance Storage Prog Mgr End Date 115 Description The contract number ID associated with the person The prime contract number ID which is used if this contract is a sub contract A brief description of the contract The date the individual was granted acc
454. sing this screen see Input Screen Clearance Level Definitions Page Fields Field Name Clearance Level Clearance Rank Require Witness 469 Description The clearance level Each clearance level is assigned a rank order so that SIMS is able to determine whether one clearance is higher than another A rank of 4 would be higher than a rank of 1 Ranks are used by online error checking to verify that a person s clearance is high enough for a document container etc More than one clearance can have the same rank number if they should be treated as the same i e Interim Secret and Secret Indicates whether a witness is required to perform a Document Destruction transaction on documents at this classification level SIMS User Reference Reinvestigation Period The number of days from the time a clearance has been investigated until the next investigation is required JPAS Clearance Level The JPAS clearance level Clearance Level Input Clearance TOR SECRET Reinvestigation Time Period days 1825 JPAS Level Require Witness If you want to Import JPAS data using a csv file generated by JPAS you need to assign the JPAS Access that corresponds to your SIMS Clearance Level Refer to the topic on Cleared Personnel Transactions for more information on JPAS import Check Require Witness if a document is destroyed at this classification level and needs to have a witness The Reinvestigation Time Period is the nu
455. sonnel Contracts Paints of Contact Awards Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Awards Awards JEKEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Other Facilities Contracts Page Fields Field Name Description Awards Enter a description of the awards that the facility has received in the space provided Other Facilities Remarks 72 SIMS User Reference h Other Facility XYZ Electronics Corporation 3 of 4 Sele Home Other Addresses Cog Office Cog Inspections Access Control Key Security Personnel Contracts Paints of Contact Awards Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Remarks ATZ Electronics was formerly known as Sy Data Syshems JEKEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Other Facilities Remarks Page Fields Field Name Description Remarks Free form textual information up to 32kb Other Facilities Links 73 SIMS User Reference a Other Facility XYZ Electronics Corporation 3 of 4 Home Other Addresses Cog Office Cog Inspections Access Control Points of Contact Awards Remarks DE Audit Trail Links Double click an tem below to apen the linked document Description FilePath ey Security Personnel Contracts amp iH 4 Db bi Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Other Facilities Links Page Fields Field Name Descr
456. special accesses held by the individual 100 Description Enter free form textual information up to 32k bytes of text SIMS User Reference El Personnel Maxwell Peter C 9 of 21 Contracts Vehicles Military Clearances Special Accesses Contacts Home Special Accesses Special Access Sponsor COMSEC NATO WHINTEL DIA Ss i id a P bi amp Foreign Travel Employment Personal Submit D ate 0170171990 Remarks Grant Date 020171990 E afk DB Audit Trail Training Links HR Fhoto JFAS Citizenship Badges Rebneted 03 10 2005 Briet Date ebriet Date 067 0771993 1170771958 1170271991 117 0272005 Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Special Accesses Page Fields Field Name Special Access Sponsor Submit Date Grant Date 101 Description Lists any special accesses the person holds Validations can be turned on off by going to the Personnel System Customization settings If the Special Access requires a briefing Personnel type gt Briefing Required is checked in the Special Access Definitions dialog the special access will appear gray and italicized in this screen if a brief date has not been set Note that in the System Customization Personnel settings tab there is a setting and when checked this screen will show only those Special Accesses that have a briefing are not debriefed or
457. splays a list of contracts where this facility has been identified as a Performing Facility The start date of the contract The end date of the contract The contract category Click to display a count of current contracts for this facility SIMS User Reference Host Facility General Space amp Defense Corporation 1 of 15 Home Other Addresses Cog Office Cog Inspections Internal Inspections Access Control Key Security Personnel Contracts Paints of Contact Awards Remarks Linke DB Audit Trail Points of Contact Contact Person Position S id 4 gt bi Cancel _ For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Host Facilities Points of Contact Page Fields Field Name Description Contact Person The name of the Point of Contact PoC associated with this facility The PoC records are used only in the Host Facility module and do not have a relationship outside of this module The Facility address tab however can specify the contact related to an address That contact will have a relationship outside of the Host Facility module i e when the host facility address is used in a visit request Position The PoC s position or title Phone The PoC s telephone number Notes Any notes related to the PoC Host Facilities Awards 54 SIMS User Reference a Host Facility General Space amp Defense Corporation 1 of 15 Sele _ Home f Other Addresses
458. st screen will open using the same location before it was previously closed The module s output list screen can be re sized or maximized If this option is checked the output list screen will open using the output list screen s window size before it was previously closed Click to close the dialog box and not save changes Click to accept your changes and close the dialog box The Input Screen displays one record at a time and lets you add or modify fields The Personnel input screen is shown below as an example 21 SIMS User Reference El Personnel Maxwell Peter C 2 of 21 Contacts Home Contracts Vehicles L Military Special Accesses Clearances ID Last Hame 117 17 1111 Facility ID A1000 General Space amp Defe lO 2543 POOOOO Work Phone 310 555 1213 E Mail Grade A ank Employee Barcode pmaswelitgeneralzpace com Civ Primary Clearance Information TOP SECRET Final B 29 7 20398 A1000 General Space amp Dete Edit Primary Clearance 3 id lt lt P bi Level Type Basis Billet Facility ID T al Input screen buttons Button a Wel Cancel Maxwell Employment Status Aeinvestigation Foreign Travel E mploymert Remarks Personal First Mame Department Location Division Fositiorn Employee Type Granted Investigated Granted By Next Bret 055 Motification Data Group Middle Hame Management Bldg 21
459. stem Tab of System Customization C Change Password Allows each user to change their E own password Itis not visible when users login using LDAP Active Directory authentication y Utilities Contains system customization default a settings password management and administrative ms items Quit Closes the SIMS database and exits the program Each SIMS module is equipped for printing reports for accounting and auditing purposes You can print a variety of predefined reports SIMS generates security specific reports based on the information in the modules including visit requests document receipts and courier authorizations Along with a complete database manager and report generator SIMS can e Validate data entered for correct type and consistency e Cross check at the audit level all modules for inconsistencies and errors e Prepare action item security reports for upcoming tasks Setting Up Accounts For New SIMS Users When you first create a new SIMS data file and log in with the default logins User ID sims Password sims you have logged in as the System Manager To create additional SIMS user accounts and to change the password of the System Manager click the Utilities icon on the SIMS main screen and then click the User Management icon See the User Management section for more information SIMS User Reference Output List Screen When you open a module you will see an output list screen that lists all the recor
460. strators by having this check box checked When that Web browser request has been submitted the VR Admin user in SIMS is automatically notified of a Pending Request They can then review the request since it has been automatically entered into SIMS and then use the buttons at the bottom of the DoD Request module input screen to send an e mail back to the requester that the request has either been Approved of Rejected 1 A Visit Request Administrator that is not an Enterprise Coordinator has read write access to DoD Visit Request records within their data group but read only to those records in a subordinate data group and no access to records in data groups either above or adjacent to them 2 A Visit Request Administrator is an Enterprise Coordinator has read write access to DoD Visit Request records in their data group as well as subordinate data groups but no access to adjacent data group records When checked the user can view the information contained in the SSN field in Personnel records to which they have Read or Read Write access and access for within their Data Group When checked the user can modify the Transfer Courier and Destroy restriction check boxes on Personnel records to which they have Read Write access This checkbox overrides the ability for users to modify these fields for records outside their Data Group When checked the user can modify the contents of the Barcode field on Personnel records to which the
461. struction of the document Check here if this is an accountable document Non accountable documents will not appear on barcode inventory reports as missing if they are not scanned SIMS User Reference Stream Restrictions Data Group Number of Enclosures Ditto 183 Shows currently defined document numbering streams Document numbering streams may be defined via the Document Numbering Streams utility See also the topic Document Reserved Numbers which appears in the Transactions section Destruction Check this box to prevent this document from being destroyed Transfers Check this box to prevent this document from being transferred outside of the host facility Copy Check this box to prevent this document from being copied The data group that the document belongs to Data groups are defined in the User Management Data Groups dialog The number of enclosures relating to the document record In the Document Transaction Copy dialog specify the number of copies For example specify 4 Then choose the Format button In the Copy Document Format screen select the check box option for Enclosures If the document record is a parent document and the 4 copies being generated are enclosures the prefix or suffix may be modified in a way to indicate this The copy prefix for document 1998 001 could be Enclosure 1 Each copy would then have the name 1998 001 Enclosure 1 1998 001 Enclosure 2 etc Once th
462. t Indicate if this is a Final DD254 Form If this is not a Final DD254 Form enter what the retention is authorized for If this is not a Final DD254 Form enter the retention period authorized SIMS User Reference Sechons 1 5 sections 6 8 Sechons 9 10 Section 11 Sections 6 8 Sections 12 13 Sections 14 16 Section 17 ATOU Cognizant Office General Space amp Defense Corporation DSS Pacific Region 1200 Wo Century Boulevard 3605 Long Beach Bled Suite 405 Suite 800 PO Box 12345 Lot Angeles GA 30045 Long Beach GA 90807 4013 ATTN Brad Powers B1000 Cognizant Oe ave Electronics Corporation DSS Southwestern Region 1500 Digital Avenue 106 Decker Court Suite 100 Irving TS FoUb2 2795 Phoent 4 S0000 Actual Facility E1000 Eorna iie Space Systems Company DSS Southeastern Region Att Visitor Control Office 2300 Lake Park Drive Suite 250 12800 Illinois Ave Smyrna GA 30080 7606 Orlando FL 48312 For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DD 254 Section 6 8 Page Fields Field Name Prime Facility Cognizant Office Subcontractor Actual Facility Classified Contracts DD254 Section 9 10 171 Description Click to select the prime facility The Cognizant Office information will automatically be completed when the Prime Subcontractor or Actual facility is specified Click to select the subcontractor facility if applicable Click to select the facility wh
463. t Request via a Web browser System Customization Facilities This tab enables facility validations by regulating clearance level storage level rank privileges facility type and inspection characteristics 389 SIMS User Reference A System Customization Data Group Filters Locks amp Keys 15 Messages Documents OYA Notifications OVA E mail amp Fax Colors Encryption LDAP System Personnel DO254 Contracts DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visitors Time Periods Conferences Containers Output Lists Validations Enable Facility Validations Clearance Level gt Storage Level If Clearance Level empty Storage Level must be empty Host Facilities Only SPP Update Date lt Next Check Date Other Facilities Only Verified Date lt Next Check Date Cognizant Inspecbons Last Inspected Date lt Next Inspection Date Internal Inspecbons Inspection Date lt Next Scheduled Inspection Date Settings Disallow Changes to Facility Records Above This Rank o 6S Require Unique Facility ID for Records Above This Rank 0 Remove data group assignment on new Facility records created by an Enterprise Coordinator with a clearance rank greater than 0 For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization Facilities Page Fields Field Name Description Enable Facility Validations If checked enables validations that are enabled below Clearance Level gt Storage Leve
464. t Requests Manages DoE visit requests going from your facility to other facilities and agencies SCI Outgoing Visit Requests Manages SCI visit requests going from your facility to other facilities and agencies Visitors Manages incoming visit requests from other companies and can generate visitor logs and badges for processing visitors to your facility Visit Authorizations Manages incoming visit requests from other companies and can generate visitor logs and badges for processing visitors to your facility IS Manages information regarding all approved Information Systems IS upon which classified processing computing is to be performed Conferences and Meetings Tracks scheduled events and the incoming visitors and in house personnel expected to attend Also tracks the point of contact for the events and the associated classification level of topics SIMS User Reference Incidents Logs all security violations or events that need to be reported or tracked Locks Manages the inventory of all of the locks in the facility Keys Manages the inventory of all of the keys key rings and key hooks in the facility Logon Opens SIMS NET when the user enters the appropriate ID and password Logoff Logs the current user out of SIMS NET without quitting the program gt o Jeg Help Opens the online help system This includes all the SIMS documentation in electronic format The Help URL can be customized in the Sy
465. t date End Date The person s employment termination date If checked the Terminated checkbox on the Personnel home page will get checked Exclusion Date The Exclusion Date is used when printing the Key Management Personnel report 105 SIMS User Reference From Facility Employment Status Organization Work Phone Supervisor Supervisor ID Supervisor E mail Employee Type Rate Investigation Cost Mailstop Beeper Number Beeper Serial Cell Phone Charge Consultant Type Agreement Date Expiration Vendor Number Vendor Purchase Order 106 The ID and facility name for the person s From Facility record Click From Facility to show the Facility Record Picker The person s employment status Any group or organization a person belongs to that cannot be classified as department A field for department is on the home tab The person s work telephone number The name of the person s supervisor The identification number of the persons supervisor The e mail of the person s supervisor The person s employee type The person s accounting charge billing rate The amount of the cost for the investigation Internal mail stop address Beeper phone number Beeper serial number The person s cell phone number The person s accounting charge number The type of consultant The date of agreement for the consultant The date the agreement with the consultant expires The vendor number Select the Vendor
466. t have already been added to the Cleared Personnel module and the safe the document is stored in must be in the Containers module Another example would be adding an employee to the Cleared Personnel module In this case SIMS checks whether the clearance of the employee exceeds the clearance of the facility This requires data about the facility to have been already added to the Host Facilities module You can customize the validations by selectively turning on off the validation check boxes in the System 37 SIMS User Reference Customization utility For SIMS to perform the necessary checking between modules enter data the order shown below Host Facilities requires only 3 below Other Facilities requires only 3 below Cognizant Offices example DSS entries are pre stored Cleared Personnel requires only 1 above Containers requires 1 amp 4 above Classified Contracts requires 1 amp 4 above Classified Documents requires 1 4 5 amp 6 above Outgoing DoD DoE amp SCI Visit Requests requires 1 2 amp 4 above amp optionally 6 above for DoD Requests Visitors amp Visit Authorizations requires 1 2 amp 4 above 10 Information Systems IS requires 1 amp 4 above 11 Incidents requires 1 2 amp 4 above 12 Conferences requires 1 2 4 and 9 above 13 Lock amp Keys requires 1 2 amp 4 above COND OF ON O Creating Unique Fields Creating a Unique Index There are v
467. t on the Home tab this information is read only To enter information click the Other Addresses tab and enter information for the primary address The name of the Facility Security Officer FSO The FSO s e mail address The FSO s telephone number The date the individual became the FSO The maximum security clearance level of the facility SIMS User Reference Storage Level Granted Verified FOCI Next Check Other Facilities Other Addresses Other Facility XYZ Electronics Corporation 3 of 4 Paints of Contact Awards Remarks Links OB Audit Trail Home Uther Addresses Cog Office Cog Inspections Access Control The maximum storage level of the facility The date that the facility s security clearance was granted The date of the last verification of the Other Facilities clearance Select this if the facility is under foreign ownership control or influence The date that the next clearance verification is required Kep Securty Personnel IL Contracts Other Addresses m amp iH 4b bi Type Address Contact PRIMARY 1500 Digital Avenue Suite 100 Phoenix AZ 60000 Peter Darnell 702 234 5678 OTHERST P O Box 12345 Phoenis A 8000 2345 Jane williams r02 234 1212 Phone For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Other Facilities Other Addresses Page Fields Field Name 65 Description SIMS User Reference Type
468. t page up down keys a scroll bar will allow the user to stroll up down through the all the records This is similar to SIMS 6 behavior and is the default behavior for all modules in SIMS Standalone Records in the output list can be highlighted or checked depending on how the options are set in System Customization If check box selection is disabled users will only be able to highlight records in the output list If check box selection is enabled the user can highlight or check records in the output list screen If records are both checked and highlighted a warning dialog can be displayed for each user or the default behavior can be set for all users Check box selection is disabled as the default in SIMS Standalone These settings however can be changed in the System Customization Output Lists tab When checking records Check a record to select it Double click a record to edit it 000 00 0000 Document Control Office TOP SECRET C 119 11 1111 Maxwell Peter C TOP SECRET eee ee eee Powers Brad A TOP SECRET C 333 353 3333 Smith Janet L TOP SECRET 444 44 dda4 Willams Howard D UNCLASSIFIED 999 98 8998 Atkinson Brian william TOP SECRET Selected Record To select more than one record in a group check each check box for the records you want to select 000 00 0000 Document Control Office TOP SECRET 111 117 1171 Maxwell Peter C TOP SECRET eee eee Powers Brad A TOP SECRET 333 335 3533 Smith Janet L TOP SECR
469. t the Key Transaction Type from this option menu Transactions Assigned Damaged Destroyed Inventoried Loaned Lost Retrieved Key Assigned Key Assigned Transactions allows you to assign one or more keys or a key ring or key hook to an individual in one step A record of the assignment will be put in the history for each Key record i Key Assigned Assigned To Date Assigned Transaction Remarks Assigned To Click this button to open a pick list from the Cleared Personnel or Visitors module Select the individual and the name will appear in the box to the right of the button Date Assigned Enter the date the key s will be assigned The Date Assigned defaults to the current system date Click OK to complete the transaction Key Damaged Key Damaged Transactions allows you to change the status of one or more keys or a key ring or key hook to Damaged in one step A record of the damaged key will be put in the history for each Key record 372 SIMS User Reference ii Key Damaged Reported By EE Date Damaged Date Reported ferrell efeh i200 M Transaction Remarks Reported By Click this button to open a pick list from the Cleared Personnel or Visitors module Select the individual and the name will appear in the box to the right of the button Date Damaged Enter the date the key s was damaged The Date Damaged defaults to the current system date Date Reported Enter the date the damaged key s
470. t using this screen see Input Screen Host Facilities Cog Office Page Fields Field Name 47 Description SIMS User Reference Cognizant Office Phone Fax Host Facilities Cog Inspections gt Host Facility General Space amp Defense Corporation 1 of 15 Remarks Links Cog Inspections Points of Contact Awards Contracts Wi Cog Office Home Other Addresses Cognizant Field Office S531 0 055 Pacific Region Cognizant Resident Office 55310 D55 Pacific Region Inspection History Date Cog Office Rep be 200F John Walters 1 16 2006 John Peters 175 2006 Sam Aubur 175 2005 John Peters SMM 4 DP bi Click to select a cognizant office from the Cognizant Offices module and attach it to this facility The telephone number of the cognizant office as obtained from the Cognizant Office module The facsimile telephone number of the cognizant office as obtained from the Cognizant Office module DB Audit Trail Internal Inspections Access Control kep Security Personnel Cog Office Rep Rating Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Nest Facility Inspection g B2007 Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Host Facilities Cog Inspections Page Fields Field Name Cognizant Field Office Cognizant Resident Office Cog Office Rep Date 48 Description Click to select a cognizant field office Click to select the cognizant resident o
471. ta Groups dialog A brief description of the reason for the visit This information is printed on the visit request report under the heading Purpose of Visit DoD Outgoing Requests Send to Facility 249 SIMS User Reference E DoD Requests 1 1 of 2 Pef Home Send To Facility Visitors Endorsements Intemational Special Accesses Status Archive Remarks Links dee L L Lu s Send To Facility Facility ID Facility Name C1000 Large Software Systems Inc Contact Override Contact Hame Wanda Wallaby Contact Phone 2133 666 9090 s o For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DoD Outgoing Requests Send To Facility Page Fields Field Name Description Facility ID The facility ID Facility Name The facility name Contact Name The contact name specified in this field will override the contact name that appears in the Send To Facility record Contact Phone The contact phone specified in this field will override the contact phone that appears in the Send To Facility record DoD Outgoing Requests Visitors 250 SIMS User Reference E DoD Requests 1 3 of 3 DB Audit Trail Home Send To Facility Visitors Endorsements International Special Accesses Status Archive Remarks Links Visitor Personnel ID Name Place OF Birth 2333 33 3333 Smith Janet L Dallas TX 117 117 1711 Maxwell Peter
472. ta Group IS Boggy Blocker l Cisca Firewall Available Lists Never Pass System IS Firewall Hardware w For more information about using this screen see Input Screen List Management Page Fields Field Name Description Module Name Select the appropriate SIMS module from the drop down menu Available Lists Select a list associated with the Module Name from the drop down menu The list options are displayed in the text list box Within the List Management utility select a module and then choose a list you would like to create entries for To add an entry simply click the Add button and then type in the value By editing the data group you can restrict who is allowed to see the value when using the pick list If a value is outside of the user s data group the value will not appear in the pick list You may need to log out of SIMS and log back in for the system to refresh once you have added entries Note If a main module record i e Personnel Facilities has a value in which a SIMS user can already view a field s value the user will continue to see the values assigned to the current records The value however will no longer be available once the user selects the pick list 449 SIMS User Reference IS Firewall Hardware Related Topics Pick Lists and Pickers Data Groups Document Streams Document Streams are an automatic document numbering system A stream is used to create the next available document numbe
473. ta Group Clearance Type Employee Type Primary Clearance CONFIDENTIAL INTERIM S m EMP m Terminated INTERIM TS SECRET m Enterprise Wide 4 TOP SECRET C UNCLASSIFIED Department Date Field Field From To DO Combine all search terms with G AND OR Add to previous query Personnel Quick Find Screen For example to find all personnel with a SECRET security clearance 1 Select SECRET in the list 2 Click OK Personnel with a SECRET level security clearance appear on the screen To find all personnel whose last name begins with MAX 1 In the Last Name field enter MAX 2 Click OK Personnel whose last names begin with MAX appear on the screen Field Name Description And Or Select the type of operation Add to previous query Check this option if you want to filter based on the previous query in the Output List Save Use this button to save the Quick Find settings The information will be saved as a xml file Load Use this button to open the xml file that was saved earlier 28 SIMS User Reference Three state check boxes In many of the Quick Find dialogs there will be a field that uses a check box The Archived field is one example in which a 3 state check box is used The following is a description of the 3 states 1 Inactive By default when the Quick Find dialog is displayed the check box is inactive The field will not be used to complete the search 2 False
474. taining a copy of the DoD Request record that was previously E mailed or Faxed but not printed is created and saved for archival purposes on this tab Also when printing a DoD Termination and Regrade Letter a copy of the report is saved so that if it needs to be retrieved or reprinted it can be done so in this tab E DoD Requests 1 3 of 3 DE Audit Trail Home l Send To Facility Visitors i Endorsements i International i Special Accesses d Status Archive Remarks Links E Yist Request Archive Date Subject JEKEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DoD Outgoing Requests Archive Page Fields Field Name Description Date The date that the record was E mailed or Faxed To The To field for the E mail or Fax Subject The Subject field for the E mail or Fax DoD Outgoing Requests Remarks 255 SIMS User Reference S DoD Requests 1 3 of 3 DB Audit Trail Send To Facility Home Visitors Endorsements International Remarks These are remarks for YA H1 9 amp i 4 P Di Special Accesses Status Archive Bees Remarks Links For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DoD Outgoing Requests Remarks Page Fields Field Name Remarks DoD Outgoing Requests Links 256 Description Enter comments or other information rega
475. tamp that the modification was made Subsystem The subsystem in which the change was made Action The type of action i e edit By The user that performed the change Description A description of the change i e record number DoE Requests List Default Output List The DoE Requests default output list screen shows the Request Request Date Request From Request To and Facility fields for each request record in the module You can e Resize the columns by clicking the lines in the column headers and dragging them to the left or right much like a spreadsheet e Click on a column header to sort the records by that column 268 SIMS User Reference e Double click on a record to open an input screen where you can modify the fields S DoE Requests Request Request D ate Request From Request To Facility C 06A 001 111672010 Acme Aerospace HO Department of Energy C1000 C O6R 002 01705 2011 Acme Aerospace HO Department of Energy B1000 E E ba ue Fo aS aS HH Hal _ Filter Inactive 2 records Page 1 of 1 Filter Inactive Check the Filter Inactive check box to show archived visit requests on this output screen For more information about using this screen see Output List Screen Customizing Output List Columns Finding Records Using Quick Find Finding Records Using Query Editor DoE Requests Reports DoE Requests Reports Reports Menu For more information about the default reports that appear in every module s
476. te checked in and checked out without returning a badge List of Visitors by Contract This report prints a list of all visitors associated with the specified Contract ID Each visitor is listed with their name social security number company represented and the beginning and ending dates for the visit The report prompts for the Contract ID Sign In Sheet This report prints a sign in sheet for the selected visitors sorted alphabetically by visitor name 292 SIMS User Reference Visitor Sign In Print for Displayed Records Only Print for All Persons Whose Visit Period Includes Ble A00b Print SSNs Print Facility Names Visitors Transactions Visitors Check In The Visitors Check In screen is accessed by clicking Visitors Check In from the Transactions menu Visitor Check In Search Last Name First Name Visitor ID Visitor SSM PO tive Ort F ctvanced Search Visitors Facility Cony Code Visit Auth H Visitor Info of sd NO PHOTO Citizenship gl Non Citizen Type fe Clearance Oooo Point of Contact s Purpose 8 D Note For more information about using this screen see Input screen Visitors Check In Page Fields Field Name Description 293 SIMS User Reference Last Name First Name Visitor ID Visitor SSN Active Only Search Advanced Search Visitor List Type of ID ID Citizenship Non Citizen Type Clearance Photo Point of Contacts 294
477. te number or text for the Operator parameter Click to add the selected parameter combination to the list box in the lower portion of the screen Repeat to create a list of multiple parameter combinations Click to delete a selected row of parameters Click to delete all rows of parameters SIMS User Reference Save Query After selecting this button a Save dialog will appear Save the query so that it can be reloaded for later use Load Query After selecting this button an Open dialog will appear Select a query file that was saved at an earlier time The query must be loaded in the same module in which it was saved Enterprise Wide If filters are turned on in System Customization Data Group Filters the query will search only the filtered records Select this option if you want to query on the entire module instead OK Click to start the search Cancel Click to close the screen Classified Personnel The table below lists fields in the Classified Personnel module The subsequent columns list where the field can be found in the Query Editor Home Tab ID Personnel PersonnellD Last Name Personnel LastName First Name Personnel FirstName Middle Name Personnel MiddleName SSN Personnel SSN Terminated Key Management Personnel KMP Personnel SCI Personnel SCI Facility __ID Personnel Facility Facility _ID Facility ID Employee Personnel EmployeeNumber Barcode Personnel Barcode 520 SIMS User Reference Wor
478. ted and assigned to a user filtering is controlled by going to the Syst em Customization Data Group Filters tab Below is a Summary of how Data Group membership affects read write privileges in the Personnel Module If the check box for Enterprise Coordinator is checked the user will have the read write privileges shown below The other two cases illustrate how privileges are affected by a user s data group Tab Fields Home Authorized To Check Boxes Home Barcode Home All Other Fields Clearances All Special Accesses All Employment All Personal All Enterprise Coordinator RW RO E4 RW RW E1 RW RW 435 Within Data Group Outside Data Group RW RO E3 RW RO E4 RO RO RO RO E2 E5 RO RO RO RO SIMS User Reference Citizenship All RW RO RO Photo amp Signature All RO RW RO Badges All RO RW RO Training All RW RW RO Contacts All RO RW RO Contracts Vehicles All RO RW RO Military All RO RW RO Foreign Travel Contacts RO RW RO All Remarks All RW RW RO Links All RO RW RO HR Activity All RW RO RO Legend RO Read Only RW Read Write E1 Exception RW only for Special Accesses without a Data Group assignment RO otherwise E2 Exception RW if in same Data Group RO otherwise E3 Exception RO unless Allow Modifications to Personnel Transfer Courier Destroy check box in User Management utility is checked for the user E4 Exception RO unless
479. ted date If checked the person s special access rebriefed date must be greater than or equal to the person s special access briefed date If checked the person s special access debriefed date must be greater than or equal to the person s special access briefed date If checked the person s special access debriefed date must be greater than or equal to the person s special access rebriefed date These check boxes set Personnel parameters when enabled Indicates the maximum number of personnel allowed ona single special access billet number SIMS User Reference System Customization Data Group Filters Locks amp Keys 15 Messages Documents OYA Notifications OVA E mail amp Fax Colors Encryption LDAP System Personnel DD254 Contracts DoD Requests Facilities Incoming Visitors Time Periods Conferences Containers Output Lists Validations Enable DD254 Yalidations DO254 Classification Level lt Facility Storage Level For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization DD254 Page Fields Field Name Enable DD254 Validations DD254 Classification Level lt Facility Storage Level System Customization Contracts 384 Description If checked enables DD254 validation that is enabled below If checked the DD254 classification level must be less than or equal to the facility storage level SIMS User Reference A Syste
480. tems B2 B3 L2 Acme Laser Systems B2 L1 Acme Sensors B 3 B1 L2 Acme Satlom Systems B3 B2 L2 Acme Landline Comm Systems B3 B3 L2 Acme VOIP Comm Systems B3 L1 Acme Communications Systems lt Filter Show All Show Filtered Picker Screen Fields Field Name Find Name Other Facility False False False False False False False False False False False False False False False Convenience CF Friman Address Line 1 Headquarters Fa 1200 Century Bouleyare C 25 Clear Cancel Description Enter a name to be searched for If searching for a name that starts with a certain string of text enter that string and then follow that entry with the wildcard character A string that both starts and ends with the character wildcard is a contains type of search SIMS User Reference Find ID Enter an identification number to be searched for If searching for a number that starts with a certain string of numbers enter that string and then follow that entry with the wildcard character A string that both starts and ends with the character wildcard is a contains type of search Show All Select to redisplay all records Show Filtered Select to begin search and find only those records that meet the Find Name and or Find ID Facility Address Facility Type and or Convenience Code parameters Select Select desired record from the list box and click Select To select a specific address e g for a T
481. ter use After selecting this button an Open dialog will appear Select a query file that was saved at an earlier time The query must be loaded in the same module in which it was saved The Enterprise Wide option appears only in the Personnel module If Personnel filters are turned on in System Customization Data Group Filters the query will search only the filtered records Select this option if you want to query on the entire Personnel module instead Click to start the search Click to close the screen Once the query has been created you can drag drop one or more rows to re arrange the query 32 SIMS User Reference Query Editor Create Query Component Table Column Operator Moditier H H Personnel lz equal to H H PersonnelB adges ls greater than a Is greater than or equal ta H H PersonnelClearanceCases le A ihar i H PersonnelClearanceT ask Set lz less than or equal to PersonnelClearanceT rail Contains H H PersonnelContacts l not empty H H PersonnelContracts _ Left Parenthesis H H PersonnelForeignContactD ates C Right Parenthesis H H PersonnelF oreignContacts H H PersonnelForeignT ravel H PersonnelForeignTravelD est PersonnelPaAs H E PersonnelSAs H E PersonnelSAT racking H H Personnel raining l Current Query Components Operator Modifier Personnel StartD ate lz less than 1 7 2006 S AN ame lz equal to Remove All T _ Enterprise wide
482. the Barcode Code 3 of 9 to get a barcode the scanner can read and or Barcode to get the alpha numeric charaters a human can read Quick Reports Label Wizard Use the Barcode to get a barcode the scanner can read The Barcode Code 3 of 9 field is not supported and will result in There are invalid characters in the text appearing in the labels Custom Reports Use the new Barcode Code 3 of 9 field and a Code39 font type to display a barcode the scanner can read Other font types will display the asterisks before and after the alpha numeric characters Use the Barcode field to display human readable alpha numeric characters 496 SIMS User Reference SQL Task Scheduling SQL Task Scheduling Microsoft knowledgebase article for How to schedule and automate backups of SQL Server databases in SQL Server Express Editions http support microsoft com kb 2019698 For Customer In addition to daily SQL backups we strongly recommend using a comprehensive backup program that images the entire drive including Windows and all programs They can be purchased for less than 50 This should run at least once a week Microsoft has a workaround for SQL Express backups in their knowledgebase http support microsoft c om kb 2019698 However SIMS makes no warranties regarding the suitability or reliability of this workaround and it should not be your only form of backup 497 SIMS User Refe
483. the IS hardware is assigned to Select from the facility pick list Enter the IP Address Enter the MAC Address Enter the RMA Specify the sent date Specify the expected return date Specify the equipment life expiration date SIMS User Reference Alternate Barcode Status IPV Location Owner Agency Cost Account POC POC Phone Retains Processes Classified Disposed Damaged Broken Usable Not in Service Repair Required Description IS Software 319 Specify an alternate barcode for the IS hardware Select the status Select the IPV Select the location Select the owner of the IS hardware Select the agency Enter the cost Enter the account number Enter the point of contact Enter the point of contact phone number Specify the retains processes classified status Specify the disposed status Specify the damaged broken status Specify if the hardware is usable Specify if a repair is required Description or name of the system SIMS User Reference Information Systems BUENA VISTA 14 1 of 3 Audit Trail DB Audit Trail Seles Home Additional Into Hardware Software Access List Special Accesses Remarks IS Software IS Software Type Version Classification Level Serial Number Windows P Profession UNCLASSIFIED AA Vendor Resident Tested for Virus Mal True False Count 1 S i4 4D bi
484. the date of the last verification of other facilities clearances or generating mailing lists are examples of using the Other Facilities module The Other Facilities module is separate from the Other Facilities selections within other modules to simplify database reporting The following modules use information from the Other Facilities module Classified Contracts Classified Documents DoD Outgoing Requests DoE Outgoing Requests SCI Outgoing Requests Visitors Visit Authorizations Input Screen Description Home Other Addresses Cog Office Cog Inspections Access Control Key Security Personnel Contracts Points of Contact Awards Remarks Links List Screen Description Default Output List Reports Reports Facility Record Picker Facility Record Picker Other Facilities Input Other Facilities Home 62 SIMS User Reference Other Facility XYZ Electronics Corporation 3 of 4 Points of Contact Awards DB Audit Trail Home Other Addresses Remarks Links Cog Office Cog Inspections Access Contral I Kep Security Personnel Contracts ID B1000 C Govt Facility Inactive C International Name 22 Electronics Corporation Physical Address 1500 Digital Avenue Suite 100 Fhoenis 4 lt 60000 Address Phone 702 234 5679 Facility Securty Officer Jack Murphy Cognizant Office Contractor 54210 D55 Southwestern Region Convenience Code x2 Data Group ROOT
485. the previously collected barcode data to your PC Downloading Directly from the SIMS Application Select the Barcode Inventory report from the Reports menu in the Classified Documents module Transactions Help Copy Document Internal Transfer Internal Transfer Receipt Returned External Transfer External Transfer Receipt Returned Tracer Letter Return to Accountability Destruction Certificate Undestroy Document Contract Transfer Retention Regrade Classification Incorporation Loan Check Ouk Loan Check In Barcode Inventor Y h Manual Inventory Transaction Reprints Reserve Document Numbers Load ScanSet f Make ScanSet Random Audit Export data Import data A dialog as shown below will appear 225 SIMS User Reference Barcode Inventory Source File Barcode Scanner Type of Barcode Data Container Custodian Options Print Exceptions Only Show Exceptions in Red Export List of Exceptions Sort Containers By Container ID Sort Order Ascending Descending Sort Documents By D ocument Humber ka Sort Order Ascending Descending Scanner Select Barcode Scanner as the source of barcode data The TopGun scanner comes with a 00 884 28 cable that should be used to connect the scanner to the computer s RS 232 serial port and that port should be selected as COM1 COM2 COM3 or COM4 depending on w
486. thers at Necessary Information All other necessary Info goes here For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DD 254 Section 17 Page Fields 176 SIMS User Reference Field Name Required Distribution Classified Contracts Remarks Contracts F49620 05 C 0100 15 of 17 Home Additional Info Government Info Special Accesses Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Description Check the appropriate boxes to specify the required distribution of this DD Form 254 If the Others as Necessary option is selected specify the additional distribution in the text box Seles Performing Facilities Remarks Process This contracts is a blanket purchase order Created through the Copy process Created through the Copy process Created through the Copy SMM Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Contracts Remarks Page Fields Field Name Remarks Classified Contracts Links 177 Description Enter free form textual information up to 32k bytes of text SIMS User Reference lt gt Contracts F49620 05 C 0100 15 of 17 Home Additional Info Government Info Special Accesses Performing Facilities DD 454 Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Links Double click an tem below to open the linked document Description FilePath SIMS ini file D aim
487. this button an Open dialog will appear Select a query file that was saved at an earlier time The query must be loaded in the same module in which it was saved Click to start the search Click to close the screen The table below lists fields in the Other Facilities module The subsequent columns list where the field can be found in the Query Editor Home Tab ID Name Type Inactive Govt Facility International Cognizant Office Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility FacilityID FacilityName Facility Type Inactive IsGovtFacility International CogOffice_ID CogOffice Cog_Code 578 SIMS User Reference Convenience Code Data Group Address Line 1 Address Line 2 Address Line 3 Address Line 4 Address Phone Contact Name Contact Telephone FAX secure Phone Emergency Phone Facility Security Officer Name Facility Security Officer Phone Facility Security Officer e mail Clearance Level Storage Level Granted Verified FOCI Next Check Facility Facility FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility Facility ConvienceCode UserGroup_ D UserGroups Line Line2 Line3 Line4 Phone SecurePhone EmergencyPhone SecurityOfficer FSOPhone FSOEmail Clearance Level ID Levels Name
488. tility If checked and the user isn t a Manager all Manager utilities will be available as read only and all Submanager utilities will be available as read only unless specifically selected for read write access If checked the user will have permissions to execute the JPAS import transaction in the SIMS personnel module If checked the user will have permissions to modify a record s Data Group without requiring administrator privileges Enabled by default for all current users with read write access to the Visitors module If the Visitors module access is read only checking this option will grant the user access to the check in check out transactions in the visitor module menu If checked the timeouts set in System Customization will not apply for the user If any one of the utility options is checked the user will have read write access to that utility The user will be able to add edit delete items in the utility only within their Data Group If a Submanager utility is not checked there will be no access to the utility unless the option Allow read only access to all utilities is checked SIMS User Reference User Properties Account Information Change Password Archive User User Options Module Access Data Groups Windows Module Access Host Facilities Other Facilities Cognizant Offices Cleared Personnel Containers Classified Contracts Documents DoD Outgoing Requests DoE Outgoing Requests S
489. tion Level When Not Processing field will get checked for the IS external transfer If checked the default will be set so that the print IS Special Access will get checked for the IS external transfer If checked the default will be set so that the Print Hardware Item field will get checked for the IS external transfer If checked the default will be set so that the Print Software Item field will get checked for the IS external transfer If checked the default will be set so that the print return address field will get checked for the IS external transfer If checked the default will be set so that the print shipping label field will get checked for the IS external transfer If checked the default will be set so that transaction remarks will print on a Separate page SIMS User Reference Document Transactions IS Transactions Clearance Levels Clearance Level Definitions allows you to add and or modify clearance levels in order to tailor SIMS to a specific application The four standard DoD classification level defaults are Top Secret Secret Confidential and Unclassified Clearance Levels Clearance Level Definitions Clearance Level Require Witness CONFIDENTIAL False INTERIM 5 False INTERIM TS True SECRET False TOP SECRET True UNCLASSIFIED False Aeinvestigation Pernod JPAS Clearance Level 3650 3650 1825 3650 1825 B Interim 5 Interim TS 5 TS MA For more information about u
490. tion Remarks Visitors Using Query Editor The Query Editor allows complex searches It searches the current data file and displays only the records that fit the search conditions that you specify Click Query Editor a at the bottom of any output list screen The Query Editor dialog box appears Query Editor Create Query Component Table Column Operator Modifier ibuthorizationS 43 lz equal to 7 ls not equal to n peters ls greater than t Visitor sits ls greater than or equal to ls less than ls less than or equal to Contains Does not contain Left Parenthesis ls empty ls nok empty Right Parenthesis 3 Current Query Components Operator Modifier Query Editor Screen Fields Field Name Description Tables Select the table type Fields Select the field within the selected table type 590 SIMS User Reference Operator Modifier Value Add to Query Remove Remove All Save Query Load Query OK Cancel Visitors The value definition Select AND to include all parameters or OR to include one or more of the parameters in the query results Specify a date number or text for the Operator parameter Click to add the selected parameter combination to the list box in the lower portion of the screen Repeat to create a list of multiple parameter combinations Click to delete a selected row of parameters Click to delete all rows of parameters After selecting this
491. tion Type Investigation Open Date Investigation Close Date First Access Non SCl subsequent Accesses Non 3Cl Accesses SCI Date of Birth Place of Birth Nd Date WA SIMS Primary Clearance Facility ID Primary Clearance Granted Date Primary Clearance Basis Primary Clearance e QIP Sent Date Primary Clearance Investigation Date Primary Clearance Level Personnel Special Accesses Personnel Special Accesses Personal Information Date of Birth Personal Information Place of Birth Primary Clearance Brieted Date lt Back J E Next Sy Cancel In the JPAS field selection area you can select the fields that you want updated Uncheck any fields that you do not wish to update Note If the field Place of birth field is selected the results may differ between JPAS and SIMS and create discrepancies due to the fact that JPAS stores only the state of birth and not city and state Choose the Next button El JPAS Import Wizard JPAS to SIMS Discrepancy Report 4 discrepancy report for the fields identified on the previous page can be created but is not required CAGEISMO Eligibility Date Invest Type Invest Open Invest Close Dale SIMS Facilit SIMS Grant SIMS Basis SIMS eQIF SIMS Invest SIMS Level ATKINSON BRIAN W GENTRY SHIRLEY R 29 79 9999 MAXWELL PETER C 111 11 1111 POWERS BRAD R ee fe EEEE SMITH JANET L 3343 33 3333 E 41000 41000 41000 41000 41000 41000 41000 41000
492. to each Special Access Personnel Count By Level This report lists the number of Personnel assigned to each Clearance Level Personnel Count By SA and By Facility This report lists the number of Personnel assigned to each Special Access and each Facility 129 SIMS User Reference Personnel Termination Report When a person is terminated there is an option to print this report This report can also be manually selected by selecting this option in the Reports menu Personnel Incident Report This report summarizes incident records that are related to the selected Personnel record The report can only be executed by users who have access to the Incidents module Security Profile This reports lists all special accesses and other clearances for the selected personnel record s Personnel Clearance Task Metrics This report calculates the average number of days required to complete a set of personnel clearance tasks Briefed Personnel Chart This report provides a personnel chart based on the following parameters Facility ID Special Accesses Year Briefed Personnel Clearance Task Metrics This report is a valuable tool for obtaining statistics regarding how long it is taking to perform important security clearance related tasks including security clearance processing and reinvestigations To access the report open the Personnel module and view the output screen Like most reports if there is a selection in the output list only the
493. todian Visitor Issued By Personnel Issued By Visitor Facility Data Group Classification Maker Status Locks Locks Locks Locks Locks Locks Locks Locks Locks Locks Locks Locks LockID LockType_ID Description Custodian Personn el ID Custodian_ VisitAuth orizationVisitors ID IssuedBy_Personne ID IssuedBy_VisitAuth orizationVisitors_ ID Facility ID UserGroup_ D Classification Level ID LockMaker_ID LockStatus_ D 575 LockType VisitAuthorizationVis itors Personnel VisitAuthorizationVis itors Facility UserGroups Levels LockMaker LockStatus LockType VisitorID PersonnellD VisitorID FacilityID GroupName Name LockMaker LockStatus SIMS User Reference Serial Base Key ID Location Inventoried Issue Date Inactive Copy Number Current Holder Status Issued Retrieved Master Keys Shown History Tab Copy Number Current Holder Status Issued Retrieved Master Keys Shown Locks Locks Locks Locks Locks Locks SerialNumber LockType_ID BaseKeyID ContainerLocation_ ContainerLocation D InventoryDate IssuedDate Inactive 576 ContainerLocation SIMS User Reference Remarks Tab Remarks Tab Locks Remarks Other Facilities Using Query Editor The Query Editor allows complex searches It searches the current data file and displays only the records that fit the searc
494. tor in the Visit Authorization Module the text that is entered here is copied to the purpose field in the Visitor record The purpose field is located on the Clearance tab of the Visitor record See the section below on Visit Authorization Visitors for information about the tab in which a visitor record can be added to the Visit Authorization record The text for the Visit Authorization purpose field is copied and there is not an actual link with the Visitor s purpose field Visit Authorizations Visitors When choosing the Add button there is an input screen for visitor information When that data is entered and when the visit authorization is saved a visitor record will be created in the Visitors module When selecting an existing visitor i e by selecting the ID in the Add Visitor input screen a duplicate visitor record will be created in the visitors module This is done so that people can track visitors who might hold multiple clearances with different companies or for different contracts If the visitor only needs to view secret material for a specific VAL under a specific contract the visitor will only be allotted that information rather than potentially higher information 302 SIMS User Reference EF Visit Authorizations 06V 001 1 of 7 Visitors Sending Facility Remarks Links DB Audit Trail Visitors ID Mame Level Termination Tre 00 1947 Jose Raoul Capablanca TOP SECRET 123 45 6789 John Q Adame TOP
495. tracts o contracta o subcontracts subcontracts JEKEL For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Other Facilities Contracts Page Fields Field Name Description Contract ID Displays a list of contracts where this facility has been identified as a Performing Facility Start The start date of the contract 70 SIMS User Reference End The end date of the contract Category The contract category Contract Counts Displays a count of current contracts for this facility Other Facilities Points of Contact h Other Facility XYZ Electronics Corporation 3 of 4 Other Addresses I Cog Office Awards Home Paints of Contact Cog Inspections Remarks Links OB Audit Trail Access Control ey Security Personnel Contracts Points of Contact Contact Person Position amp iH 4 Db bi Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Other Facilities Points of Contact Page Fields Field Name Contact Person Position Phone Notes 71 Description The name of the Point of Contact PoC associated with this other facility The PoC s position or title The PoC s telephone number Any notes related to the PoC SIMS User Reference Other Facilities Awards Other Facility XYZ Electronics Corporation 3 of 4 E um Eg Home Other Addresses Cog Office Cog Inspections I Access Control Key Security Per
496. trol Screen OVA Notifications OYA E mail amp Fax Time Periods Encryption LDAP Containers Colors Conferences Output Lists Display all available Visitors when the Visitor Check In or Check Out transaction screens are initially displayed Number of records displayed in Visitor Check In Check Out screen Allow non numeric characters in SSM field Mandatory SSM Format perege boxes C Display warning when visitor has visited more than times in the last days For more information about using this screen see Input Screen 391 SIMS User Reference System Customization Incoming Visitors Page Fields Field Name Enable Incoming Visitor Validations Incoming Visit Authorization Dates Within Maximum Visit Period Require Manager Access to Grant Security Department Approval Require Need To Know Verification For Classified Visits Require an Escort For All Classified Visits Require an Escort For All Unclassified Visits Require a Visit Authorization Record Require a Security Department Approval Show visitor photo in the entry control screen Display all available Visitors when the Visitor Check In or Check Out transaction screens are initially displayed Number of records displayed in Visitor Check in Check Out screen Allow non numeric characters in SSN field Mandatory SSN format XXX XX XXXX 392 Description If checked enables incoming visitor validations that are enabled below If c
497. tter Sent Retain Until Cancel For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Documents Status Page Fields Field Name Status Declassify On Downgrade Info Declass Exemptions 187 Description This field will always show a document as being In House Transferred or Destroyed If transferred this field will indicate either In Transit or Received If a document is later returned to accountability these values are reset The date the document requires declassification Documents may be downgraded as OADR or downgraded to a specified classification level on a specified date Also other types of downgrading may be specified via the Other field Check any exemptions that are applicable SIMS User Reference Retention Authorized Letter Sent Retain Until Loan Info Disposition Information Last Audit Last Inventoried Sent to Facility Dispatched Suspense Receipt Sent Destroyed By Witness 188 If retention of this document is authorized beyond the expiration of the contract to which it was originally assigned check this box and enter the date when a letter was sent requesting retention and the date when retention authorization expiration expires Note that these fields are automatically filled in upon performing a Retain Until transaction If a document is loaned through a transaction then the transaction information will show up in these
498. tterSent Date RetainUntilDate Loaned Custodian Personn Personnel PersonnellD el_ID Custodian Personn Personnel WorkPhone el_ID LoanDate LoanDueDate LastAuditDate InventoryDate SentTo_Facility_ID FacilityID DispatchDate SuspenseDate 506 SIMS User Reference Receipt Sent Dest By Witness Method Audit Trail Tab New Entry New Entry Type New Entry Date Comments User Name Workstation Comments Remarks Remarks Audit Trail Internal Transfer Internal Transfer Type Receipt No Date Perform Date Document Document Document Document DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail ReceiptNumber sentDestroyBy DestroyWitness DocumentDestroyM DocumentDestroyM ethod_ D ethod Transtype TransDate UserName WorkStation Comment Remarks Transtype ReceiptNumber TransDate PerformDate 507 DocumentDestroyM ethod SIMS User Reference Receipt Returned Receipt Return Date From Custodian Name Personnel From Custodian Name Visitor From Custodian ID Personnel From Custodian ID Visitor To Custodian Name Personnel To Custodian Name Visitor To Custodian ID Personnel To Custodian ID Visitor Signed for Date Old Container ID New Container ID From Facility ID From Facility Name From Fa
499. u can e Resize the columns by clicking the lines in the column headers and dragging them to the left or right much like a spreadsheet e Click on a column header to sort the records by that column e Double click on a record to open an input screen where you can modify the fields 152 SIMS User Reference Containers Container ID Expires Storage Level Descriptions Type Location C SAFE 1 06 13 2008 TOP SECRET SAFE BLOG 204 COLUMN H 22 C SAFE 2 06 25 2008 SECRET SAFE BLOG 201 ROOM 227 C SAFE B1 B1 L2 06 25 2008 SECRET SAFE BLOG 201 ROOM 22 C SAFE B1 B2 L2 06 25 2008 SECRET SAFE BLOG 201 ROOM 227 C SAFE B1 83 B1 L3 06 25 2008 SECRET SAFE BLOG 201 ROOM 227 C SAFE B1 83 B2 L3 06 25 2008 SECRET SAFE BLDG 201 ROOM 227 C SAFE B1 B3 L2 06 25 2008 SECRET SAFE BLOG 201 ROOM 22 C SAFE B1 L1 06 25 2008 SECRET SAFE BLOG 201 ROOM 227 C SAFE B2 B1 L2 06 25 2008 SECRET SAFE BLOG 201 ROOM 227 C SAFE B2 B2 L2 06 25 2008 SECRET SAFE BLDG 201 ROOM 227 C SAFE B2 B3 L2 06 25 2008 SECRET SAFE BLOG 201 ROOM 22 C SAFE B2 L1 06 25 2008 SECRET SAFE BLOG 201 ROOM 22 C SAFE B3 B1 L2 06 25 2008 SECRET SAFE BLOG 201 ROOM 227 C SAFE B3 B2 L2 06 25 2008 SECRET SAFE BLOG 201 ROOM 227 C SAFE B3 B3 L2 06 25 2008 SECRET SAFE BLDG 201 ROOM 227 C SAFE B3 L1 06 25 2008 SECRET SAFE BLOG 201 ROOM 22 Ei E bea ue Fo x xs Hal _ Filter Inactive 16 records Page 1 of 1 Filter Inactive Check the Filter Inactive check box to pre
500. uch as DoE DoJ CIA FBI etc The case number for the polygraph The type of polygraph test performed lifestyle counterintelligence etc Information about the results of the polygraph The name of the person who performed the polygraph The date the polygraph was performed SIMS User Reference Clearance Case Clearance Information Applications Polygraph Task List ae Task List Audit Tra il Remarks Sequence Task Print Previous PSO PS0 to Employee PSQ to DSS Yenik PSO at DSS Verity Case Opened Primary Status Check Assigned 017 0872006 017 0872006 017 0872006 01 10 2006 01 10 2006 01 10 2006 Expected Completed Color Key 01 03 2006 0171172006 Completed 01 22 2006 Overdue 017 0572006 Scheduled This screen shows a list of all tasks for this clearance Click Add Group to add a group of tasks to a clearance Tasks record the history of all activities required for securing and maintaining a clearance For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Clearance Cases Task List Page Fields Field Name Sequence Assigned Expected Completed Show Incomplete Tasks Show All Clearance Case Task List Detail 92 Description The sequence number for the task The date the task was assigned The date the task is expected to be completed The actual completion date for the task Click to view only tasks that have not been completed Click to view
501. uery Click to add the selected parameter combination to the list box in the lower portion of the screen Repeat to create a list of multiple parameter combinations Remove Click to delete a selected row of parameters Remove All Click to delete all rows of parameters Save Query After selecting this button a Save dialog will appear Save the query so that it can be reloaded for later use Load Query After selecting this button an Open dialog will appear Select a query file that was saved at an earlier time The query must be loaded in the same module in which it was saved OK Click to start the search Cancel Click to close the screen Keys The table below lists fields in the Keys module The subsequent columns list where the field can be found in the Query Editor Home Tab Base Key ID Keys BaseKeyID Key Copy Holder Keys KeyHolder_Personn Personnel PersonnellD Personnel el ID 570 SIMS User Reference Key Copy Holder Visitor Facility Data Group Issued Retrieved Status Hook ID Key Ring Bitting Copy Inactive Original Master LockID Classification Custodian Location Status Hooks and Rings Tab Key Hook ID Building Room Keys Keys Keys Keys Keys Keys Keys Keys Keys Keys Keys Keys Keys Keys Keys Keys KeyHolder_VisitAut horizationVisitors ID Facility ID UserGroup_ ID IssuedDate RetrievedDate KeyStatus_ID KeyHook_ ID KeyRing_ ID KeyBittin
502. uery Components Operator ls equal to ls not equal to ls greater than ls greater than or equal to ls less than ls less than or equal to Contains Does not contain ls empty ls nok empty Query Editor Screen Fields Field Name Tables Fields Operator Modifier Value Add to Query Remove Remove All Operator Modifier Left Parenthesis Right Parenthesis Modifier 938 Description Select the table type Select the field within the selected table type The value definition Select AND to include all parameters or OR to include one or more of the parameters in the query results Specify a date number or text for the Operator parameter Click to add the selected parameter combination to the list box in the lower portion of the screen Repeat to create a list of multiple parameter combinations Click to delete a selected row of parameters Click to delete all rows of parameters SIMS User Reference Save Query After selecting this button a Save dialog will appear Save the query so that it can be reloaded for later use Load Query After selecting this button an Open dialog will appear Select a query file that was saved at an earlier time The query must be loaded in the same module in which it was saved OK Click to start the search Cancel Click to close the screen Conferences and Meetings The table below lists fields in the Conferences and Meetings module
503. uests 1 of 2 Kef Home Visitors Facilities DB Audit Trail Links Double click an tem below to open the linked document Description FilePath lS M lt I P For more information about using this screen see Input Screen SCI Requests Links Page Fields Field Name Description Description A brief description of the linked file File Path The full path and file name of the linked file SCI DB Audit Trail Select the Retrieve button to display the record s audit trail A SIMS Manager can run a report and manage audit trail changes by going to Utilities gt Database Audit Trail 2 6 SIMS User Reference S SCI Requests 1 of 2 Vistors Endorsements Facilities Links DE Audit Trail Drag a column header here to group by that column Timestamp Subsystem Action By Description Press the Seteve Sutton to Wew he ostabese gumit ral AA 4 Record O of O P P H Table Record ID Field Before Value After Value Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen SCI Outgoing Requests DB Audit Trail Page Fields Field Name Description Timestamp The timestamp that the modification was made Subsystem The subsystem in which the change was made Action The type of action i e edit By The user that performed the change Description A description of the change i e record number SCI Requests List Default Output List The SCI Requests default output list scr
504. uests Facilities Incoming Visitors Time Periods Conferences Containers Output Lists Data Group Filters Locks amp Keys Is Messages Documents OVA Notifications OWA E mail amp Fax Colors Encryption LDAP ii Visit Request Notification VA Admin User Default Email YR Admin Motitication Interval min E mail Approved Subject Default Approved Subject Message Default Approved Message Footer Default Approved Footer E mail Pending Subject Default Pending Subject Message Default Pending Message Footer Default Pending Footer E mail Rejected Subject Default Rejected Subject Message Default Rejected Message Footer Default Rejected Footer For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization OVR Notifications Page Fields Field Name Description VR Admin User Default Email When a VR Admin User uses the Accept or Reject buttons in a Pending Visit Request record an email is sent to the Requester This email address entered here is used as the Return or Reply to address VR Admin Notification Interval This sets the time interval for VR Admin notification of pending records The default is 30 minutes The interval range can be set from 1 minute to 10080 minutes 1 week 410 SIMS User Reference Approved Default Subject Approved Default Message Approved Footer Pending Default Subject Pending Default Message P
505. ument Transaction ReceiptReturn Home Transaction Remarks Acknowledge Date 671072006 Receipt Number Internal Transfer Receipt Return Acknowledge Date Enter the date when the signed transfer receipt was returned Receipt Number Enter the Receipt Number found on the returned internal transfer receipt Click OK when all of the requirements have been fulfilled External Transfer to a Single Facility The document external transfer report prints a receipt for transferring one or more documents to a facility or group if facilities via a distribution list currently in the Host Facilities or Other Facilities database The document external transfer transaction screen is shown below 205 SIMS User Reference Document Transaction External Transfer Home Transaction A emarks Options Transfer Date 1 2 20 2006 w Suspense Date v 12 20 2006 _ Print Shipping Labels Hame ID L Remarks On Separate Page puoicedy JQ Ld ent raccoumicbe Clear Container PF tea tutor External Transfer Receipt Options Print Control Number Print With Return Address Print Document Titles Print Document Special Accesses From Facility To Facility Name and Address Hame and Address Tracking External Transfer Authorized by Select a person who is responsible for the external transfer Choose a visitor or personnel record that is authorized to transfer documents On the upper right section on the Home tab o
506. untry PersonnelMaritalSta MaritalStatus tus MaritalSatus_ID MaidenName Alias KinName KinPhone KinRelation LicenseNumber SuffixName PassportNum PassportCity PassportSate Country_ID Country Country Passportlssued PassportExpires HomeAddress1 HomeAddress2 HomeCity HomeState HomeZip HomePhone 528 SIMS User Reference U S Citizen DualCitizenship U S Person Foreign Person Country of Citizenship Verification Passport Issued Passport Country Passport State Passport City Expires 2nd Country of Citizenship Verification Passport Issued Passport Country Passport State Passport City Expires Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel Personnel USCitizen CitizenCase CitizenCase CitizenCase Citizenship1_Countr y_ID CitizenVerify1_ ID PassportNum Passportlssued Passport Country_ ID PassportState PassportCity PassportExpires Citizenship2_Countr y_ID CitizenVerify2_ID CitizenVerify2_ID Passportlssued2 Passport2_Country_ ID PassportState2 PassportCity2 PassportExpires2 529 Country CitizenshipVerificati on Country Country Country CitizenshipVerificati on CitizenshipVerificati on Country Country SIMS User Reference A
507. urier from the Cleared Personnel module The employee number of the selected courier is completed automatically The name of the selected courier is completed automatically Enter the type of identification Click to select the host facility The name of the selected host facility is completed automatically The date of the courier authorization The date that the courier authorization expires The cognizant agency authorizing the courier The official from the cognizant agency authorizing the courier Select to print the facility s return address Select to use the facility s other address when printing a return address Choose this option if you want to print the SSN number field instead of the Personnel ID The SSN number can be displayed in the personnel record is the option to Show SSNs is checked in the User Properties The itinerary of the courier A description of the material to be transferred Any additional verification information Key Management Personnel List This report prints a list of all employees that are considered to be Key Management Personnel KMP These personnel are also known as OODEPs Owners Officers Directors Partners Regents Trustees or Executive Personnel All non terminated personnel with the KMP check box selected will be included 125 SIMS User Reference fa Key Management Personnel Report FaciityID J o O O Initial Report Date L2 3 7 2011 Change Report Date af
508. urpose Certification Links Personnel Certification For Personnel Having DOD and DOE Clearance Certification for Personnel Having DoD Clearance Name and title Requesting DoD Official Jack Bee Dir Energy Title Authorizing DoD Official Gill Sedeo Certification for Personnel Having DoE Clearance Title Deputy Director Requesting DOE or Other Government Agencies DoE HG Approval ii granted with limitations indicated below Mo limitations Manager of Operations or Headquarters Division Director Evan Tooley S M Ph CH WwDI Normally leave blank DB Audit Trail For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DoE Request Certification Page Fields Field Name Certification for Personnel Having DoD Clearance Certification for Personnel Having DoE Clearance DoE Requests Personnel 265 Description Contractors leave these items blank your user agency will complete them DoD organizations need to fill these items out These items will be used by DoE SIMS User Reference S DoE Requests 06R 001 1 of 2 _ Home Purpose Certification Personnel Links Personnel ID Hame 222 22 22 ee Powers Brad A 111 11 1111 Maxwell Peter C DB Audit Trail Termination amp id 4 Db bi Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen DoE Requests Personnel Page Fields Field Name Search by Name ID ID Name Ter
509. using the Facility Record Picker The purchase order information SIMS User Reference Cleared Personnel Personal El Personnel Maxwell Peter C 2 of 21 Contacts Contracts Wehicles i Military Foreign Travel Home Clearances Special Accesses Employment Personal Information Height e thi in Hair weight lbs Eyes Birthdate 1 1940 Gender Male Birthplace Kansas City MO USA Marital Status Married Maiden Hame i lt Alias Mustache Pete Hest of Kim Name Carol vw Manwel Next of Kin Fhone 310 123 4567 Relation Mother Drivers License ABRESS50940 BM 4D di Remarks Links HR PAS OB Audit Trail Personal Citizenship Photo Badges Training Passport Passport U S A Issued 1 4 2004 Expires 17 3 2014 Home Address Address 1 344 Encinitas Blyd bess Address 3 Address 4 iy State ZIP 92024 5505 Home Phone 310 123 4567 Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Personal Page Fields Field Name Height Weight Birthdate Birthplace Country Hair Eyes Gender Marital Status Description The height of the person in feet and inches The weight of the person in pounds The person s date of birth The person s place of birth city and state Select the person s country of birth from the option menu The hair color of the person The eye color
510. ut Screen of a SCI Outgoing Request record 2 8 SIMS User Reference Visitors Purpose of Visitors Visitors maintains information about the personnel who visit your facility The Visitors module provides control for visitors that actually come to the facility An accounting of all visitors to the facility will be available for audit trails Incoming Visitor Control has an Entry Control screen for checking visitors in and out of your facility In addition you can print visitor badges Visitors Input Screen Description Home Clearance Info Personal Info From Facility Visiting Data Badge Info Remarks List Screen Description Default Output List Reports Reports Visitors Input Visitors Home 2 9 SIMS User Reference F Visitors Home Clearance Personal From Facility Visitor Visiting Data US Citizen Badge Info Remarks DB Audit Trail Archived Authorized To Courier C Destroy C Transfer Visit Dates Contact Visit Authorization Number Po C Government Facility C Long Term SSF ae C Need To Know e ee FOOT Facility i Clearance Verity Method SS Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Visitors Home Page Fields Field Name ID US Citizen SSN Archived First Name Middle Name Last Name Suffix Clearance Level Position Title 280 Description The ID of the
511. ut button When returning to the Quick Report dialog use the Load Layout button to open the saved file Related Topics Quick Report Labels Generating Excel files with Quick Reports Quick Report Using Barcode Fields Generating Excel files with Quick Reports 492 SIMS User Reference FIRST YOU HAVE TO FIND THE RECORDS FOR THE REPORT 1 Go to Personnel or the module in which you want to generate an excel report and pick the search for your records button using the Query Editor or Quick Find 2 Either create the query conditions or click the Load button and open the Query that you created before NEXT YOU HAVE TO GET THE REPORT FORM 1 In the output list screen select Quick Report from the Reports menu 2 Select the table that you would like to use on the report 3 Typically the outputlist table will provide fields needed to generate a report Select the one table that will provide the fields that you need for your quick report If there is a need to use fields from multiple tables or allow for particular requirements that are not available using a quick report a custom report should be built instead Some programming may be needed when building a custom report Please refer to the Custom Reports documentation or contact SIMS technical support for further assistance on these types of reports Highlight the field and choose the Add to report button or double click on the field to add it to the report 4
512. ut using this screen see Input Screen Classified Contracts Performing Facilities Notes Page Fields Field Name Description Notes Notes area for this facility Classified Contracts DD254 Classified Contracts DD254 Input Screen Description Section 1 5 Section 6 8 Section 9 10 Section 11 Section 12 13 Section 14 16 Section 17 167 SIMS User Reference Contracts F49620 05 C 0100 15 of 17 Remarks Links DB Audit T rail Additional Into Government Info Prime Contract ID Subcontract ID Subcontractor Facility ID F49620 05 C 0100 Prime B1000 m YZ amp iH 4 Db bi Special Accesses F49620 05 C 0100 Sub Revision Subcontractor Facility Mame Electronics Corporation Performing Facilities Completion Date 12 31 2009 Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Classified Contracts DD254 Page Fields Field Name Prime Contract ID Subcontract ID Revision Completion Date Subcontractor Facility ID Subcontractor Facility Name Print DD254 Classified Contracts DD254 Section 1 5 168 Description Primary contract identification Subcontract identification The revision number The completion date Subcontract facility identification The name of the subcontractor facility selected in the Section 6 8 tab of the DD254 record Highlight the Form DD254 record to be printed then click on the Print DD254 button S
513. uthorization VisitAuthorization FromDate ToDate VisAuthNumber ClassifiedVisit SendFacVisAuthNu m Conference _ID Conference Contract_ID Contract Personnel_ID Personnel 588 ConferencelD ContractID PersonnellD SIMS User Reference Contact ID Visitor Contact Name Personnel Contact Name Visitor Contact Phone Personnel Contact Phone Visitor Hardcopy Confirm NATO Contractual Data Group Received Received How Sending Facility ID Sending Facility Name Host Facility Visited Purpose Sending Facility Tab Sending Facility ID Sending Facility Name VisitAuthorization VisitAuthorization VisitAuthorization VisitAuthorization VisitAuthorization VisitAuthorization VisitAuthorization VisitAuthorization VisitAuthorization VisitAuthorization VisitAuthorization VisitAuthorization VisitAuthorizationVis itors Personnel ID VisitAuthorizationVis itors Personnel ID VisitAuthorizationVis itors HardCopyConfirmed NATOVisit Contratual UserGroup_ ID ReceivedDate HostFacility_ID Purpose 589 VisitAuthorizationVis itors_ID Personnel VisitAuthorizationVis itors_ID Personnel VisitAuthorizationVis itors_ID UserGroups Facility VisitorID LastName FirstNam e MiddleName LastName FirstNam e MiddleName WorkPhone ContactPhone GroupName FacilityID SIMS User Reference Remarks Tab Remarks VisitAuthoriza
514. v V 1719 Termingied W VINTI Y Other Application Pending Polygraph Cmeg DPI89729 Polygraph Type 1 Courter itel Green By HSA Case Polygraph Type 2 Audt Tal Remarks OIP Cases 666 e GQIP Sent Date i 1985 mial Clearance L Penodic Reinvestigaton Pending Basis con Reviewer Randy Smart Resul dicales no deception Teat Daie V 4 14 1999 Result TestDate E 1271072010 Under the Clearance Groups area there is an opportunity to determine which clearances are to be included on this report as well as to create groups of clearance levels to be reported on together such as SECRET and INTERIM SECRET By default each of the clearance levels defined in the Clearance Levels utility is shown in a clearance group with the same name To change the name of a clearance group simply select the name in the list and type the new name To change the clearance levels assigned to a clearance group click the drop down arrow next to the clearance level and select the check box or boxes from the list of available clearances To delete a clearance group select it by clicking on the row in the table to set the active row indicator a triangle on the row and then click on the Delete button To add a new clearance group click on the Add button 135 SIMS User Reference Start Date 1 1 2010 End Date 12 31 2010 E Separate Initial Clearance from Reinvestgations Clearance Groups Add Description Clea
515. ve 347 Description The ID for the Lock Description of the Lock Serial number of the Lock The base key ID of the Key for the Lock ID and name of the custodian or person responsible for the Lock Name of the person who issued the Lock Click Facility to show the Facility Record Picker The data group that the lock belongs to Data groups are defined in the User Management Data Groups dialo g Indicates if a Lock is no longer used SIMS User Reference Status Inventoried Issue Date Type Classification Maker Location Key List Show All Show Assigned Only Keys Shown Locks History 348 Current status of the Lock This value is assigned automatically when a Lock Transaction is done Date the Lock was last inventoried Date the Lock was issued Type of Lock The maximum classification of any items the Locked item contains Manufacturer of the Lock Location of the Lock List of keys that can open the Lock Add any keys that can be used to open the Lock Click to list all keys assigned and unassigned to the lock Click to display only the keys assigned to the lock The number of keys displayed in the list SIMS User Reference A Locks AA1 1 of 2 Home Histoy Archive DE Audit Trail History Date Transaction Type 1 24 2006 ENTERED amp id 4 DP bi ID 11111 1111 Mame Maxwell Peter C Cancel Save For m
516. vent archived containers from appearing on this output screen For more information about using this screen see Output List Screen Customizing Output List Columns Finding Records Using Quick Find Finding Records Using Query Editor Containers Reports Containers Reports Reports Menu For more information about the reports that appear in this module see Standard Reports The rest of this page describes module specific reports Containers By SA Report This report lists the Containers associated with each special access as defined in Utilities gt Special Access Definitions Containers by Facility This report lists the Containers by each facility Containers by Storage Levels This report lists the Containers by each storage level Containers Count By SA 153 SIMS User Reference This report provides a count of Containers that are associated with each special access Containers Count by Storage Level This report provides a count of Containers that are associated with each storage level 154 SIMS User Reference Classified Contracts Purpose of Classified Contracts Classified Contracts maintains information for classified contracts that have been obtained or generated The Classified Contracts module provides a place for recording essential information on all classified contracts that the facility has obtained or generated In addition the Classified Contracts module area helps close out contracts through the identi
517. vernment that the foreign person represents SIMS User Reference El Personnel Maxwell Peter C 2 of 21 Contacts Contracts Vehicles Miltary Foreign Travel Remarks Home Clearances Special Accesses Employment Personal Links HA _APAS DE Audit Trail Citizenship Fhoto Badges Training Ji Signature Add Signature OSMIH Cancel Save For more information about using this screen see Input Screen Cleared Personnel Photo Signature Page Fields Field Name Add Signature Clear Signature Add Photo Clear Photo Cleared Personnel Badges 111 Description Select to add the person s scanned handwritten signature from another application The signature can be used for printing or faxing outgoing visit requests The maximum file size can be changed in Utilities gt System Customization gt Maximum Image size The file size maximum is set at 1000 kb However the maximum size can set up to 10000 kb Select to remove the displayed signature Select to add the person s scanned or digital photograph from another application The maximum file size can be changed in Utilities gt System Customization gt Maximum Image size The file size maximum is set at 1000 kb However the maximum size can be up to 10000 kb Select to remove the displayed photo SIMS User Reference El Personnel Maxwell Peter C 2 of 21 Contacts C
518. visitor Each Incoming Visitor Control record contains one individual visitor If more than one person is listed on an incoming visit authorization a separate record must be entered for each visitor ID is not a unique field and is not required Visitor records can be used by more than one Visit Authorization Check this box if the visitor is a U S citizen The Social Security Number of the visitor This box is checked if the To Date has expired The visitor s name The visitor s clearance level The rest of the clearance info is on the Clearance Info tab The visitor s job function The visitor s job title SIMS User Reference Rank Visitor Type ID Type ID Value Valid From To Terminated Added Authorized to Visit Authorization Contact Name Phone Escort Conference Name Contract From Facility 281 The visitor s rank if military The type of visitor You can use this to generate reports grouped by type of visitor The type of ID the visitor has to present for verification such as a driver s license or passport The ID number such as a driver s license number or passport number The start date of the visit request The end date of the visit request If the request was terminated early the termination date The date this record was created Check the appropriate box to indicate if this person is authorized to destroy documents externally transfer documents and or be an
519. was reported The Date Reported defaults to the current system date Click OK to complete the transaction Key Destroyed Key Destroyed Transactions allows you to change the status of one or more keys or a key ring or key hook to Destroyed in one step A record of the destroyed key will be put in the history for each Key record ti Key Destroyed Destroyed By Date Destroyed Transaction Remarks Destroyed By Click this button to open a pick list from the Cleared Personnel or Visitors module Select the individual and the 373 SIMS User Reference name will appear in the box to the right of the button Date Destroyed Enter in the date the key s was destroyed The Date Destroyed defaults to the current system date Click OK to complete the transaction Key Inventoried Key Inventoried Transactions allows you to change the status of one or more keys or a key ring or key hook to Inventoried in one step A record of the inventoried key will be put in the history for each Key record i Key Inventoried Inventoned By Date Inventoned Transaction Remarks Inventoried By Click this button to open a pick list from the Cleared Personnel or Visitors module Select the individual and the name will appear in the box to the right of the button Date Inventoried Enter the date the key s was inventoried The Date Inventoried defaults to the current system date Click OK to complete the transaction Key Loaned Key Loaned T
520. wee ee vom fe ae ee ee bk Ee ee ee en ee es ee 142 71 PURDOSE OL COMIAINCIS jin ectvea raven ot a cue aes ik Rae a eed Hos eha he eave hed bh oe eden toes 143 7 2 GCOMalnens IPUN execu aaek Shee ee ese ee da tee ete A acc ete ne de ae ee te a eee che cae tee ae dhe ese ee 143 TAU OMAN S ISL aah eis Sie eos eat Eke Meee iene eG Ge Santis Scie Eau ay tees Gates Remit e hee aa Se eee a ee Sate es 152 TA COMAINEKS REPOS enka Ao Shae eee dea tee ote a ad elect dle dedi tok hte ade ante e sche bok Ete ae eh de tee Ee ee ee 153 8 Classitled COMUaClS messener an ed ee be ee heed a ee Ea a ee Qe eh hk ee ea ee ak ee ee ek oes 154 9 1 Purpose or GClassinied CONACS a tees ied tee eee Mee ee edema deer ce eh Oe Bee ace bk Ge ee ae a due ew ea ee ee 155 g2 LeMninale a CONTAC fico anna te bese Stet Goines Ai ein Ge te ee Sete ee a dla eos ee ee ae a a oe Se he a 155 8 3 Glassitied Contracts INnpul 2 i22e08 oe ses diene eed e ewe eho es bese eee ea anaes bee hey hoes bee k Phe ee ees 156 8 4 Classified CoN AGtS LIST seasick Nocera op ary aed a ned ete Gara arte es ep ar ec el eek A carte ch ht oc chests asa Ohta et en E Se Nilo Meas 179 8 5 CLASSIS CS OMUEACIS TSO ONS rie eane TERE Set Sec cae hea eet ded cal chap erat Sem Acasa ark eae thee Sg eek cheek adored erga ag vee ok ee ee 180 Ds VAS SINCE OG ISIS oeart n ce A a ait a Agta ae fe at aang hs hice ge ce ae eta advo ane chs N teckel R a eens 180 9 I PURpOSe OF ClaSsifiod DOCUMISINS
521. well as the first copy created would look like for the control number stream parameters specified elsewhere on this screen SIMS User Reference Root Series Copies Pad Append Series Copy X of Y Use Copy Format for Originals Save Counter when Document Number Modified Use Maximum 453 The Prefix and Suffix for this document numbering stream such as the classification level type of document or project ID The Counter automatically increments by one each time a new document is entered into the database and assigned a number from this stream The Min Width minimum character width field indicates the minimum number of digits Numbers smaller than the minimum width are padded with zeroes For example if the counter is 10 and the minimum width is 4 then the number will be 0010 Setting a minimum width equal to the width of the largest counter you expect to use is a good idea for proper sorting of document numbers The Prefix and Suffix for this document numbering stream The counter portion automatically increments e g A B C or 1 2 3 each time that you create a new series by copying a document that subscribes to this document numbering stream The counter portion will have the minimum number of characters The Prefix and Suffix for this document numbering stream The counter portion automatically increments by one for each copy you create The counter portion will have the minimum number of d
522. whether they were in the correct container or identification of all documents found for each person and whether they were assigned to the correct person e A list of all missing documents from each container or person scanned The user must choose the source of the downloaded barcode data as shown below 221 SIMS User Reference Barcode Inventory Source File Barcode Scanner Type of Barcode Data Container Custodian Options Print Exceptions Only Show Exceptions in Red Export List of Exceptions Sort Containers By Sort Order Ascending Descending Sort Documents By Document Humber Sort Order Ascending Descending Scanner Cancel Select Read Barcode From Disk if a file was previously downloaded and saved If a leading period appears in the barcode inventory file the period can be filtered by enabling an option in the System Customization Documents tab If the data was not previously downloaded and a Top Gun scanner is being used then select Read Barcode From Scanner and download the file See Barcode Scanning for additional instructions on how to scan barcode labels and download the barcode data If you check Print Exceptions Only then only documents that do not belong in the inventory or were not found will be printed This can save a considerable amount of time and paper when printing the reports Turn on off the option to group by custodian
523. width for the field as it appears in the output list screen To change the header text for a column select the column name in the Displayed Fields list box and modify the contents of the Header text box When opening a record the selected tab will be displayed The Enterprise Wide option appears only in the Personnel module Choose the state for the Enterprise Wide option 1 False Select the check box one time so that it is no longer in its inactive state If the Enterprise Wide field is set to false and if filters are turned on in System Customization Personnel Data Group Filters the query will search only the filtered records 2 True Select the check box two times and a check mark will appear Select this option if you want to search on records in the entire Personnel module regardless of the data group filtering When the output list displays the list will be sorted by the selected column in this list box If a sort by field is not selected the default output list will sort by the first field listed in Displayed Fields SIMS User Reference Sort Order Filter Inactive Remember Module Window Location Remember Window Size Cancel OK Related Topic Output List Screen Input Screen The default sort by column in the output list screen can be sorted ascending or descending If checked inactive records will be filtered when entering the output list screen If checked the output li
524. will be presented directly to SIMS for use in identifying documents for various transactions e g destruction transfer etc Please refer to the appropriate chapter of the TopGun User s Manual for detailed instructions on connecting the necessary cables between the TopGun and the PC to use it as a keyboard wedge device Portable Barcode Scanning Device When the TopGun is to be used as a portable barcode device the barcode data collected must first be collected and then downloaded to the PC prior to performing a barcode inventory report of either classified documents or AIS hardware The TopGun barcode scanner comes pre programmed with PALPRO which contains a variety of barcode data collection programs The PALPRO barcode data collection program that is compatible with SIMS is called ASSETPRO To use ASSETPRO to collect barcode inventory information for use with SIMS follow the following steps 1 After you have first turned on the TopGun and have entered the appropriate password under PALPRO OPTIONS press the F2 key to SELECT PROG PALPRO OPTIONS F2 SELECT PROG F3 WEDGE F4 PASSWORD 2 Press F1 to select the ASSETPRO program F1 ASSET MGMT F2 INV MGMT F3 ITEM TRACKING F4 EXIT 3 To change the application s title or prompts select F3 and follow the instructions below Otherwise select F4 and 223 SIMS User Reference skip to step 4 CHANGE PROMPTS F3 YES F4 NO Enter a new name for the ASSETTPRO program su
525. y Custodian Document Counk by Keyword Document Count by Special Access Document Counk by Document Type Document Count by Rook Mumber Documents by Author Documents by Special Access Documents by Keyword Documents by Classification Level Documents by Loan Status Accountable Documents by Custodian Summary Report Detail Report Design Custom Report Execute Custom Report Classified Documents Reports Menu Document Count by Classification Level This report provides a count of Documents that are associated with each Classification Level Document Count by Container This report provides a count of Documents that are associated with each Container Document Count by Contract This report provides a count of Documents that are associated with each Contract Document Count by Custodian This report provides a count of Documents that are associated with each Custodian Document Count by Keyword This report provides a count of Documents that are associated with each Keyword Document Count by Special Access This report provides a count of Documents that are associated with each Special Access Document Count by Document Type This report provides a count of Documents that are associated with each Document Type Document Count by Root Number This report provides a count of Documenis that have that same Root Number Documents by Author This report provides a list of Documents that are associated with each Author Documents by Special Ac
526. y Name From Facility Address 1 From Facility Address 2 From Facility Address 3 From Facility Address 4 DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumentT rail DocumenttT rail DocumentT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumentT rail DocumentT rail Courier_Visitor_ID Attention UserName WorkStation Comment Remarks Transtype TransDate PerformDate ReceiptReturned FromFacilityName From_Facility_ Addr ess ID From_Facility_ Addr ess ID From_Facility_ Addr ess ID From_Facility_ Addr ess ID 511 VisitAuthorizationVis itors FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress FacilityAddress VisitorID Line1 Line2 Line3 Line4 SIMS User Reference Method Custodian Name Personnel Custodian Name Visitor Custodian ID Personnel Custodian ID Visitor Signed For Date Container Contract Comments User Name Workstation Comments Remarks Remarks Audit Trail Destruction Destruction Type Receipt No Date Perform Date DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumentT rail DocumentT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumenttT rail DocumentT rail Se
527. y have Read Write access When checked the user can modify the Special Accesses on Personnel records to which they have Read Write access When checked the user can modify the fields of Personnel records with the Read Write privileges indicated in the table below regardless of the user s or the Personnel record s Data Group The table can be found under the Section User Management Data Groups in Personnel SIMS User Reference Allow Special Access Visibility across All Data Groups Database Audit Distributor Override Manager only Restriction to Record Deletion Allow Read only Access to All Utilities Allow JPAS import transaction Modify Data Group Allow Access to the Visitor Check in Check out transaction Override Timeout Setting Submanager Read Write Utility Access 432 When checked the user is able to see and select all Special Accesses regardless of whether or not they are assigned to his her hierarchical or individual data group memberships An e mail is sent to each e mail address specified on a data group Each report by data group contains records that are 1 assigned to no data group 2 assigned to current data group or 3 assigned to any child data group The audit results are attached as both a PDF and Excel file If checked the user will be able to delete records within their Data Group even though the manager only deletion option is checked in the System Tab of the System Customization u
528. y s Storage Level 407 If checked the send to facility must have all special accesses that belong to the externally transferred document If checked all externally transferred documents must have a classification level equal to or less than the send to facility s storage level If checked the special accesses for the in house personnel type custodian must be listed as one of the special accesses for the document If checked the clearances for the custodian must have a brief date and not a debrief date If checked the in house personnel type custodian must have all special accesses that belong to the document In addition the special accesses of the custodian must have brief dates and cannot have debrief dates If checked an in house personnel type custodian or visitor is not terminated If checked a visitor type custodian cannot have an expired visit period If checked the document s classification level must be less than or equal to the In House Personnel or Visitor clearance level If checked the loaned to in house personnel or visitor cannot be terminated If checked a loaned to visitor type cannot have an expired visit period If checked the document will be archived after an external transfer to a host facility occurs If checked transaction remarks will appear in the transaction report This settings are modifiable in the document transaction dialog If checked a U will need to appear at the end
529. y the visit Select the Report Format Each format will print a slightly different visit request layout Print DoD Request Report Options Report Format Blank Lines in Header Print With Retur Address Print Signature Industrial Standard Use Host Facility Other Address Print Date Print With Endorsement Visitor Special Access Options No Special Accesses All Special Accesses O Required Special Accesses Only Fax To Company Country Code Area Rading Cade Fas subject Default Fax Subject Cover Page Default Fax Cover Page To CL BCC Subject Detault Transmit Subject Message Default Tranemit Message E mail a Visit Request To E mail a visit request for a record edit the record by double clicking it in the output screen and then clicking on the Approve or Reject button If you haven t setup your E mail SMTP server and information for the Visit Request Administrator in the System tab and the OVR Notifications tab of System Customization you will see the following 260 SIMS User Reference E mail Notification Error X You must specify an e mail address For Visit Request Administrator under Utilities f System Customization SIMS needs to know what your SMTP Host mail server address and the Visit Request Administrator is so it can send email 261 SIMS User Reference DoE Outgoing Requests Purpose of DoE Outgoing Requests DoE Outgoing Requests maintains and prints visit requests
530. you could also use the Browse button 21 If more than one account was found matching the name you will be prompted to select the correct account PA Multiple Objects Found No object was found with the name Developer but objects wih names containing tg ition Select one or more names from this bat or cick Cancel to ne erter the A CCONRADWAM 0 DEVELOPER al 22 At the bottom of the window scroll down under Database role membership and check the box for db_owne r Click OK 484 SIMS User Reference y PL i atabase User ew A Securatsles A Edended Properties koe a reer COOMRAAD Denepioger m m a D de Tr d er aii me i Linnadion M obpr OOOH FOAL Devigi 2 ew conmecton properties Progen Read qq 7 23 This completes the migration process If you experience problems during the process and if you cannot access a database that you have moved or if you cannot start SQL Server examine the SQL Server error log for more information about the errors that you are experiencing Moving SIMS Client Server Database to a New PC The following steps will guide you through the process of moving SIMS data files to a new machine This guide assumes SIMS and SQL Server 2005 Express Edition or Standard Edition or SQL Server 2008 have been installed into the default locations Both SIMS databases will need to be at the same SIMS Client Server ve
531. ys DB Audit Trail Page Fields Field Name Timestamp Subsystem Action By Description Keys List Screen Description Default Output List Screen Description The timestamp that the modification was made The subsystem in which the change was made The type of action i e edit The user that performed the change A description of the change i e record number The default Keys Output List screen shows the Base Key ID Copy Key Holder and Key Status Keys for each key record You can e Resize the columns by clicking the lines in the column headers and dragging them to the left or right much like a spreadsheet e Click on a column header to sort the records by that column 369 SIMS User Reference e Double click on a record to open an input screen where you can modify the fields Baze kep ID Kep Holder Key Status 1 Atkinson Brian illiam ASSIGNED 2 Powers Brad A ASSIGNED E En a R Fo as a Ha Ha Filter Inactive 2 records Page 1 of 1 Filter Inactive Check the Filter Inactive check box to prevent archived keys from appearing on this output screen For more information about using this screen see Output List Screen Customizing Output List Columns Finding Records Using Quick Find Finding Records Using Query Editor Keys Reports Reports Menu For more information about the default reports that appear in every module see e Standard Reports The rest of this page describes module specif
532. zation Default Nest Clearance Briet Document Overdue Document Internal Transter Receipt Tracer Overdue Document External Transfer Receipt Tracer For more information about using this screen see Input Screen System Customization Time Periods Page Fields Field Name Description Overdue Host Facility Domestic SPP Verification Verification is overdue in the number of days specified Overdue Other Facility Domestic Verification Verification is overdue in the number of days specified Overdue Other Facility International Verification Verification is overdue in the number of days specified Overdue PSQ Submittal Time Period Submittal is overdue in the number of days specified Default is 30 days 393 SIMS User Reference Notification Lead Time for Overdue Personnel Reinvestigation Overdue Personnel Polygraph Test Personnel Courier Authorization Default Next Clearance Brief Overdue Document Internal Transfer Receipt Tracer Overdue Document External Transfer Receipt Tracer Maximum Visit Default Container Combination Expiration System Customization Conferences 394 The value in Utilities System Customization gt Time Periods tab gt Personnel section gt Notification Lead Time for Overdue Personnel Reinvestigation henceforth Lead Time is compared to the Utilities gt Clearance Levels gt Reinvestigation Period for the selected Clearance Level in the pers
533. zation Containers Page Fields Field Name Description Enable Container Checks If checked enables container checks that are enabled below Storage Level lt Facility Storage Level If checked the rank of a container s storage level must be less than or equal to the rank of the container s facility storage level Storage Level lt All Access List In House Personnel If checked verify that all in house personnel identified and Visitor Clearance Levels on the container s access list have current clearances with a rank that is greater than or equal to the storage level the container 396 SIMS User Reference Require All Access list In House Personnel to have a If checked verify that all in house personnel identified Clearance Brief Date and not a Debrief Date on the container s access list have a clearance witha brief date and not a debrief date Require All Access List In House Personnel and If checked verify that all in house personnel and Visitors to have all required Special Accesses visitors identified on the container s access list have all special accesses that belong to the secured container Require All Access List In House Personnel to have If checked verify that all in house personnel identified Brief Dates and not Debrief Dates for all required on the container s access list have all special accesses Special Accesses that belong to the secured container The special accesses must have a brief date and no debrief dates

SIMS User Reference Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents